雜阿含經 卷第十五Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 15

〔T02 0101a03〕
心要Essence

頗求那問誰食此識,世尊答:「我不言有食識者,我若言有食識者,汝應作是問,我說識是食。」〔T02 0102a17〕六問六改,為誰改成何緣故有。這一卷四十二經,前十四經說食,後二十八經說諦;兩邊都不立一個誰。

一、食無食者

四食由愛養出:「愛集是食集」〔T02 0102a06〕。觀摶食如度曠野食子肉,「凡食摶食,當如是觀」〔T02 0102c02〕;觸食如無皮之牛,意思食如無煙之火,識食如三百矛。於四食有喜有貪,「則識住增長,識住增長故,入於名色」〔T02 0103a03〕;無貪無喜,日光「應照虛空,無所攀緣」〔T02 0103b04〕,畫師不能畫虛空。識住是光有壁可照;無貪無喜,壁沒有了,「識無所住」〔T02 0103b05〕。

二、諦無知者

鹿野苑三轉十二行,每一行「本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺」〔T02 0103c15〕。憍陳如知法,「是故名阿若拘隣」〔T02 0104a13〕,名字是知法以後才有的。於四諦當知當解當斷當證當修,已知已解已斷已證已修者,名阿羅漢,名上士,名賢聖;「無明謂之深塹」〔T02 0105a07〕,我慢斷是建立聖幢。如來是大醫王,四諦是病、病源、對治、不復發,「彼世間良醫於生根本對治不如實知」〔T02 0105b14〕。沙門之沙門,是如實知四諦的人;從出家到成佛七層人,知的是同一個四諦。

三、當勤方便

知四諦像日出前的明相,像日月出而眾星現,像十六肘石柱八肘入地,「至諸論處,無能屈」〔T02 0107b21〕。頭衣著火不急,「當置頭衣,於四聖諦起增上欲」〔T02 0107c01〕;百歲三百槍不苦,「不以終身受三百槍為大苦也」〔T02 0107c20〕。所說法如手中葉,所不說如大林葉。射毛難,「未若於苦聖諦生如實知,此則甚難」〔T02 0108b29〕。盲龜浮木,「愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身,甚難於彼」〔T02 0108c14〕。

無間等:食沒有食者,識有住與不住;諦沒有知者,眼智明覺生與不生。人身已得,四諦可知,「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等」〔T02 0108b10〕。

Phalguna asks who feeds on this consciousness, and the World-Honored One answers: “I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness. If I said there were one who feeds on consciousness, you should ask this; I say consciousness is a nutriment.” Six questions, six corrections: “for whom” is changed each time to “through what condition is there.” The forty-two discourses of this fascicle speak of nutriment in the first fourteen and of the truths in the last twenty-eight, and on neither side is anyone set up as the one.

Nutriment without One Who Feeds

The four nutriments are nourished by craving: “the arising of craving is the arising of nutriment.” Morsel food is to be contemplated as the couple crossing the wilderness ate their son’s flesh: “whenever one eats morsel food, one should contemplate it thus.” Contact is like a cow with its skin stripped off, mental intention like a fire without smoke, consciousness like three hundred spears. When there is delight and craving for the four nutriments, “the station of consciousness grows; because the station of consciousness grows, it enters name-and-form.” Without craving and delight the sunlight “would shine upon empty space, with nothing to grasp at,” and the painter cannot paint upon empty space. The station of consciousness is light with a wall to shine on; without craving and delight the wall is gone, and “consciousness has no place to abide.”

The Truths without One Who Knows

The three turnings and twelve aspects in the Deer Park: at each aspect, “a dharma never heard before, to be rightly reflected upon; at that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.” Kauṇḍinya understands the Dharma, “and therefore he is called Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya”; the name comes only after the understanding. The four noble truths are to be known, understood, abandoned, realized, cultivated; one who has known, understood, abandoned, realized, and cultivated them is called an arhat, a superior person, a noble one; “ignorance is called the deep moat,” and to have cut off the conceit of self is to have raised the noble banner. The Tathāgata is the great king of physicians, and the four truths are the disease, its source, its cure, and its not recurring: “that good physician of the world does not know as it really is the cure for birth as the root.” An ascetic among ascetics is one who knows the four truths as they really are; from leaving home to becoming a Buddha, seven ranks of people know the same four truths.

Strive with Skilful Means

Knowing the four truths is like the sign of light before sunrise, like the stars appearing when sun and moon appear, like a stone pillar sixteen cubits long with eight cubits set in the ground: “when he comes to the places of debate, nothing can bend him.” A head-cloth on fire is no emergency: “Set aside the head-cloth, and give rise to heightened desire for the four noble truths.” Three hundred spears a day for a hundred years is no great suffering: “he would not take three hundred spears for his whole life to be great suffering.” What is taught is like the leaves in the hand; what is not taught is like the leaves of the great forest. Shooting a hair is hard, “but it is not so hard as giving rise to knowledge as it really is of the noble truth of suffering; that is very hard indeed.” The blind turtle and the floating log: “for the foolish ordinary person drifting through the five destinations to regain a human body for a while is harder still.”

Unbroken comprehension: nutriment has no one who feeds, consciousness has abiding and not abiding; the truths have no one who knows, vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening arise or do not arise. The human body has been obtained, and the four truths can be known: “one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.”

原典Canonical · verbatim

宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈緣起食諦界相應·卷第十五〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0101a03〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷42經)。

〔T02 0101a03〕雜阿含經卷第十五 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 〔T02 0101a06〕(三六五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「謂見法般涅槃。云何如來說見法般涅槃?」諸比丘白佛:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願為說見法般涅槃,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。云何比丘得見法般涅槃?」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。若有比丘於老、病、死,厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫,是名比丘得見法般涅槃。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0101a16〕(三六六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「毘婆尸佛未成正覺時,獨一靜處,專精禪思,作如是念:『一切世間皆入生死,自生自熟,自滅自沒,而彼眾生於老死之上出世間道不如實知。』即自觀察:『何緣有此老死?』如是正思惟觀察,得如實無間等起知:『有生故有此老死,緣生故有老死。』復正思惟:『何緣故有此生?』尋復正思惟,無間等起知:『緣有故有生。』尋復正思惟:『何緣故有有?』尋復正思惟,如實無間等起知:『有取故有有。』尋復正思惟:『何緣故有取?』尋復正思惟,如實無間等起觀察:『取法味著顧念,緣觸愛所增長。』當知緣愛取,緣取有,緣有生,緣生老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,如是純大苦聚集。譬如緣油炷而然燈,彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」如前來歎譬、城譬廣說。佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如毘婆尸佛,如是尸棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,皆如是說。 〔T02 0101b08〕(三六七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當勤方便修習禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘禪思,內寂其心,精勤方便者。如是如實顯現。云何如實顯現?老死如實顯現,老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡如實顯現;生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行如實顯現,行集、行滅、行滅道跡如實顯現。此諸法無常、有為、有漏如實顯現。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0101b17〕(三六八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當修無量三摩提,專精繫念,修無量三摩提,專精繫念已。如是如實顯現。云何如實顯現?謂老死如實顯現,乃至行如實顯現,此諸法無常、有為、有漏。如是如實顯現。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0101b24〕(三六九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「昔者毘婆尸佛未成正覺時,住菩提所,不久成佛,詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,端坐正念,一坐七日,於十二緣起逆順觀察,所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,緣無明行,乃至緣生有老死,及純大苦聚集,純大苦聚滅。「彼毘婆尸佛正坐七日已,從三昧覺,說此偈言: 「『如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪, 永離諸疑惑,知因緣生法。 若知因生苦,知諸受滅盡, 知因緣法盡,則知有漏盡。 如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪, 永離諸疑惑,知有因生苦。 如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪, 永離諸疑惑,知諸受滅盡。 如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪, 永離諸疑惑,知因緣法盡。 如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪, 永離諸疑惑,知盡諸有漏。 如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪, 普照諸世間,如日住虛空。 破壞諸魔軍,覺諸結解脫。』」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如毘婆尸佛,如是尸棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,亦如是說。 〔T02 0101c21〕(三七〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住欝毘羅尼連禪河側大菩提所,不久當成正覺,往詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,正身正念……如前廣說。 〔T02 0101c25〕(三七一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?謂一、麤摶食,二、細觸食,三、意思食,四、識食。「此四食何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂此諸食愛因、愛集、 〔T02 0102a01〕愛生、愛觸。此愛何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂愛受因、受集、受生、受觸。此受何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂受觸因、觸集、觸生、觸觸,此觸何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂觸六入處因、六入處集、六入處生、六入處觸。六入處集是觸集,觸集是受集,受集是愛集,愛集是食集,食集故未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦集,如是純大苦聚集。「如是六入處滅則觸滅,觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則食滅,食滅故於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0102a12〕(三七二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?一、麤摶食,二、細觸食,三、意思食,四、識食。」時,有比丘名曰頗求那,住佛後扇佛,白佛言:「世尊!誰食此識?」佛告頗求那:「我不言有食識者,我若言有食識者,汝應作是問,我說識是食。汝應問言:『何因緣故有識食?』我則答言:『能招未來有,令相續生,有有故有六入處,六入處緣觸。』」頗求那復問:「為誰觸?」佛告頗求那:「我不言有觸者,我若言有觸者,汝應作是問:『為誰觸?』汝應如是問:『何因緣故生觸?』我應如是答:『六入處緣觸,觸緣受。』」復問:「為誰受?」佛告頗求那:「我不說有受者,我若言有受者,汝應問:『為誰受?』汝應問言:『何因緣故有受?』我應如是答:『觸緣故有受,受緣愛。』」復問:「世尊!為誰愛?」佛告頗求那:「我不說有愛者,我若說言有愛者,汝應作是問:『為誰愛?』汝應問言:『何緣故有愛?』我應如是答:『緣受故有愛,愛緣取。』」復問:「世尊!為誰取?」佛告頗求那:「我不說言有取者,我若說言有取者,汝應問言:『為誰取?』汝應問言:『何緣故有取?』我應答言:『愛緣故有取,取緣有。』」復問:「世尊!為誰有?」佛告頗求那:「我不說有有者,我若說有有者,汝應問言:『為誰有?』汝今應問:『何緣故有有?』我應答言:『緣取故有有,能招當來有觸生是名有,有六入處,六入處緣觸,觸緣受,受緣愛,愛緣取,取緣有,有緣生,生緣老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。如是純大苦聚集,謂六入處滅則觸滅,觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則取滅,取滅則有滅,有滅則生滅,生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚集滅。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0102b18〕(三七三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。云何為四?謂一、麤摶食,二、細觸食,三、意思食,四、識食。「云何比丘觀察摶食?譬如有夫婦二人,唯有一子,愛念將養,欲度曠野嶮道難處,糧食乏盡,飢餓困極,計無濟理,作是議言:『正有一子,極所愛念,若食其肉,可得度難,莫令在此三人俱死。』作是計已,即殺其子,含悲垂淚,強食其肉,得度曠野。云何?比丘!彼人夫婦共食子肉,寧取其味,貪嗜美樂與不?」答曰:「不也,世尊!」復問:「比丘!彼強食其肉,為度曠野嶮道與不?」答言:「如是,世尊!」佛告比丘:「凡食摶食,當如是觀。如是觀者,摶食斷知,摶食斷知已,於五欲功德貪愛則斷,五欲功德貪愛斷者,我不見彼多聞聖弟子於五欲功德上有一結使而不斷者,有一結繫故,則還生此世。「云何比丘觀察觸食?譬如有牛,生剝其皮,在在處處,諸蟲唼食,沙土坌塵,草木針刺,若依於地,地蟲所食,若依於水,水蟲所食,若依空中,飛蟲所食,臥起常有苦毒此身。如是,比丘!於彼觸食,當如是觀。如是觀者,觸食斷知,觸食斷知者,三受則斷,三受斷者,多聞聖弟子於上無所復作,所作已作故。「云何比丘觀察意思食?譬如聚落城邑邊有火起,無煙無炎,時有士夫聰明黠慧,背苦向樂,厭死樂生,作如是念:『彼有大火,無煙無炎,行來當避,莫令墮中,必死無疑。』作是思惟,常生思願,捨遠而去。觀意思食,亦復如是。如是觀者,意思食斷;意思食斷者,三愛則斷;三愛斷者,彼多聞聖弟子於上更無所作,所作已作故。「諸比丘!云何觀察識食?譬如國王,有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」如前須深經廣說。「以彼因緣,受三百矛苦覺,晝夜苦痛,觀察識食,亦復如是。如是觀者,識食斷知,識食斷知者,名色斷知,名色斷知者,多聞聖弟子於上更無所作,所作已作故。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0102c28〕(三七四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益 〔T02 0103a01〕眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?一者摶食,二者觸食,三意思食,四者識食。「若比丘於此四食有喜有貪,則識住增長,識住增長故,入於名色,入名色故,諸行增長,行增長故,當來有增長,當來有增長故,生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦集,如是純大苦聚集。「若於四食無貪無喜,無貪無喜故,識不住、不增長,識不住、不增長故,不入名色,不入名色故,行不增長,行不增長故,當來有不生不長,當來有不生長故,於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦不起。如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0103a13〕(三七五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?一者摶食,二者觸食,三意思食,四者識食。諸比丘!於此四食有貪有喜,則有憂悲、有塵垢,若於四食無貪無喜,則無憂悲,亦無塵垢。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0103a21〕(三七六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?一者摶食,二者觸食,三意思食,四者識食。「諸比丘!於此四食有貪有喜,識住增長,乃至純大苦聚集。譬如樓閣宮殿,北西長廣,東西牕牖,日出東方,光照西壁。如是,比丘!於此四食有貪有喜……」如前廣說,乃至「純大苦聚集。「若於四食無貪無喜……」如前廣說,乃至「純大苦聚滅。譬如,比丘!樓閣宮殿,北西長廣,東西牕牖,日出東方,應照何所?」比丘白佛言:「應照西壁。」佛告比丘:「若無西壁,應何所照?」比丘白佛言:「應照虛空,無所攀緣。」「如是,比丘!於此四食無貪無喜,識無所住,乃至如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0103b08〕(三七七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?一者摶食,二者觸食,三意思食,四者識食。諸比丘!於此四食有貪有喜,識住增長,乃至純大苦聚集。譬如。比丘!樓閣宮殿,北西長廣,東西牕牖,日出東方,應照何所?」比丘白佛言:「應照西壁。」佛告比丘:「如是,四食有貪有喜,識住增長,乃至如是大苦聚集。若於四食無貪無喜,亦無識住增長,乃至如是純大苦聚滅。譬如,比丘!畫師、畫師弟子集種種彩色,欲粧畫虛空,寧能畫不?」比丘白佛:「不能。世尊!所以者何?彼虛空者,非色、無對、不可見。」「如是,比丘!於此四食無貪無喜,亦無識住增長,乃至如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0103b24〕(三七八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?一者摶食,二者觸食,三意思食,四者識食。諸比丘!於此四食有貪有喜,識住增長,乃至純大苦聚集。譬如。比丘!畫師、若畫師弟子集種種彩,欲粧畫於色,作種種像。諸比丘!於意云何?彼畫師、畫師弟子寧能粧於色不?」比丘白佛:「如是,世尊!能粧畫色。」佛告比丘:「於此四食有貪有喜,識住增長,乃至如是純大苦聚集。諸比丘!若於四食無貪無喜,無有識住增長,乃至如是純大苦聚滅。比丘!譬如畫師、畫師弟子集種種彩,欲離於色有所粧畫,作種種像,寧能畫不?」比丘白佛:「不能。世尊!」「如是,比丘!若於四食無貪無喜,無有識住增長,乃至如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0103c13〕(三七九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈鹿野苑中仙人住處。爾時,世尊告五比丘:「此苦聖諦,本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。此苦集、此苦滅、此苦滅道跡聖諦,本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。「復次,苦聖諦知當復知,本所未聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。苦集聖諦已知當斷,本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。「復次,苦集滅,此苦滅聖諦已知當作證,本所未聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。復次,此苦滅道跡聖諦已知當修,本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。「復次,比丘!此苦聖諦已知,知已出,所未聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。復次,此苦集聖諦已知,已斷出,所未聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。「復次,苦滅聖諦已知、已作證出,所未聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。復次,苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已 〔T02 0104a01〕修出,所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼、智、明、覺者,我終不得於諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門聞法眾中,為解脫、為出、為離,亦不自證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。我已於四聖諦三轉十二行生眼、智、明、覺,故於諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門聞法眾中,得出、得脫,自證得成阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。」爾時,世尊說是法時,尊者憍陳如及八萬諸天遠塵離垢,得法眼淨。爾時,世尊告尊者憍陳如:「知法未?」憍陳如白佛:「已知。世尊!」復告尊者憍陳如:「知法未?」拘隣白佛:「已知。善逝!」尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣。尊者阿若拘隣知法已,地神舉聲唱言:「諸仁者!世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中三轉十二行法輪,諸沙門、婆羅門、諸天、魔、梵所未曾轉,多所饒益,多所安樂,哀愍世間,以義饒益,利安天人,增益諸天眾,減損阿修羅眾。」地神唱已,聞虛空神天、四天王天、三十三天、炎魔天、兜率陀天、化樂天、他化自在天展轉傳唱,須臾之間,聞于梵天身。梵天乘聲唱言:「諸仁者,世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中三轉十二行法輪,諸沙門、婆羅門、諸天、魔、梵,及世間聞法未所曾轉,多所饒益,多所安樂,以義饒益諸天世人,增益諸天眾,減損阿修羅眾。」世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104b01〕(三八〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104b06〕(三八一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當修無間等,起增上欲,方便堪能,正念正知,應當學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104b13〕(三八二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於苦聖諦當知、當解,於苦集聖諦當知、當斷,於苦滅聖諦當知、當證,於苦滅道跡聖諦當知、當修。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104b20〕(三八三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於苦聖諦已知、已解,於苦集聖諦已知、已斷,於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修。如是比丘則斷愛欲,轉去諸結,於慢無間等,究竟苦邊。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104b29〕(三八四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於苦聖諦已知、已解,於苦集聖諦已知、已斷,於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修。如是比丘名阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,所作已作,離諸重擔,逮得己利,盡諸有結,正智善解脫。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104c09〕(三八五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於苦聖諦已知、已解,於苦集聖諦已知、已斷,於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修。如是比丘邊際、究竟邊際、離垢邊際,梵行已終,純一清白,名為上士。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104c18〕(三八六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於苦聖諦已知、已解,於苦集聖諦已知、已斷,於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修。如是比丘無有關鍵,平治城壍,度諸嶮難,解脫結縛,名為賢聖,建立聖幢。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0104c27〕(三八七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖 〔T02 0105a01〕諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於苦聖諦已知、已解,於苦集聖諦已知、已斷,於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修。如是比丘無有關鍵,平治城塹,度諸嶮難,名為賢聖,建立聖幢。諸比丘!云何無有關鍵?謂五下分結已斷、已知,是名離關鍵。云何平治城塹,無明謂之深塹,彼得斷知,是名平治城塹。云何度諸嶮難?謂無際生死,究竟苦邊,是名度諸嶮難。云何解脫結縛?謂愛已斷、已知。云何建立聖幢?謂我慢已斷、已知,是名建立聖幢。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0105a13〕(三八八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。若比丘於苦聖諦已知、已解,於苦集聖諦已知、已斷,於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修,是名比丘斷五支,成六分,守護於一,依猗於四,捨除諸諦,離四衢,證諸覺想,息身所作,心善解脫,慧善解脫,純一清白,名為上士。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0105a24〕(三八九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四法成就,名曰大醫王者,所應王之具、王之分。何等為四?一者善知病,二者善知病源,三者善知病對治,四者善知治病已,當來更不動發。云何名良醫善知病?謂良醫善知如是如是種種病,是名良醫善知病。云何良醫善知病源?謂良醫善知此病因風起、痰陰起、涎唾起、眾冷起、因現事起、時節起,是名良醫善知病源。云何良醫善知病對治?謂良醫善知種種病,應塗藥、應吐、應下、應灌鼻、應熏、應取汗。如是比種種對治,是名良醫善知對治。云何良醫善知治病已,於未來世永不動發?謂良醫善治種種病,令究竟除,於未來世永不復起,是名良醫善知治病,更不動發。「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,成就四德,療眾生病,亦復如是。云何為四?謂如來知此是苦聖諦如實知、此是苦集聖諦如實知、此是苦滅聖諦如實知、此是苦滅道跡聖諦如實知。諸比丘!彼世間良醫於生根本對治不如實知,老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦根本對治不如實知,如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,於生根本對治如實知,於老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦根本對治如實知,是故如來、應、等正覺名大醫王。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0105b21〕(三九〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若諸沙門、婆羅門於此苦聖諦不如實知,此苦集聖諦不如實知,此苦滅聖諦不如實知,此苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,此非沙門之沙門,非婆羅門之婆羅門,彼亦不於沙門義、婆羅門義見法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「若沙門、婆羅門於此苦聖諦如實知,此苦集聖諦如實知,此苦滅聖諦如實知,此苦滅道跡聖諦如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門,沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門,於沙門義、婆羅門義見法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』是故,比丘!於四聖諦無間等,當起增上欲,精勤堪能,方便修學。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0105c09〕(三九一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中……廣說如上。差別者:「於四聖諦不如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門,非沙門數、非婆羅門數;於四聖諦如實知者,是沙門數、是婆羅門數。」乃至……。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0105c15〕(三九二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦不如實知,苦集聖諦不如實知,苦滅聖諦不如實知,苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門不得脫苦。若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦如實知,於苦集聖諦如實知,於苦滅聖諦如實知,於苦滅道跡聖諦如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門解脫於苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如於苦不解脫、解脫,如是捨惡趣不解脫、解脫;堪能捨戒退減,不捨戒退減;能自說得過人法自證,不能自說得過人法作證;能於此外求良福田,不能於此外求良福田; 〔T02 0106a01〕能於此外求大師,不能於此外求大師;不能越苦,堪能越苦;不堪能脫苦,堪能脫苦;如是上諸經重說,悉繼以偈: 「若不知苦者,及彼眾苦因, 一切諸苦法,寂滅永無餘。 若不知道跡,能思一切苦, 心解脫於苦,慧解脫亦然。 不能越眾苦,令苦究竟脫, 若如實知苦,亦知眾苦因。 及一切諸苦,永滅盡無餘, 若復如實知,息苦之道跡。 意解脫具足,慧解脫亦然, 堪能越眾苦,究竟得解脫。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0106a16〕(三九三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若善男子正信非家,出家學道,彼一切所應當知四聖諦法。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,修無間等。如此章句,一切四聖諦經,應當具說。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如是知、如是見、如是無間等,悉應當說。「又三結盡,得須陀洹,一切當知四聖諦。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。」如是當知,如是當見、無間等。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。「若三結盡,貪、恚、癡薄,得斯陀含,彼一切皆於四聖諦如實知故。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。」如是當知、如是當見、如是無間等,亦如是說。「五下分結盡,生般涅槃阿那含,不還此世,彼一切知四聖諦。何等為四?知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。」如是知、如是見、如是無間等,亦如是說。「若一切漏盡,無漏心解脫、慧解脫,見法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』彼一切悉知四聖諦。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。」如是知、如是見、如是無間等,亦如是說。「若得辟支佛道證,彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。」如是知、如是見、如是無間等,亦如是說。「若得無上等正覺,彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。」如是知、如是見、如是無間等,亦如是說。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0106b24〕(三九四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦。何等為四?知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如是知,如是見,如是無間等,亦如是說。 〔T02 0106c02〕(三九五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若日月不出世間者,一切眾星亦不出於世間,晝夜、半月、一月、時節、歲數、尅數、須臾,皆悉不現,世間常冥,無有明照,唯有長夜,純大闇苦現於世間。若如來、應供、等正覺不出世間時,不說苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦現於世間,世間盲冥,無有明照。如是長夜,純大闇冥現於世間。「若日月出於世間,眾星亦現,晝夜、半月、一月、時節、歲數、尅數、須臾,悉現世間,長夜明照,出於世間。如是,如來、應、等正覺出於世間,說苦聖諦現於世間,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦現於世間,不復闇冥,長夜照明,純一智慧現於世間。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0106c18〕(三九六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如日出,周行空中,壞諸闇冥,光明顯照。如是,聖弟子所有集法,一切滅已,離諸塵垢,得法眼生,與無間等,俱三結斷。所謂身見、戒取、疑,此三結盡,名須陀洹,不墮惡趣法,必定正覺,趣七有天人往生,作苦邊。彼聖弟子中間雖起憂苦,聽彼聖弟子離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足住。不見彼聖弟子有一法不斷,能令還生此世者,此則聖弟子得法眼之大義。是故,比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增 〔T02 0107a01〕上欲,精進修學。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0107a03〕(三九七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當作是說,我於苦聖諦未無間等,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦未無間等,而言我當得苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,此說不應。所以者何?無是處故。「若苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦未無間等,而欲苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,無有是處。譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器,盛水持行者,無有是處。所以者何?無是處故。如是言我於苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦未無間等,而欲得苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,無有是處。「若復有言我當於苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦無間等已,復得苦滅道跡聖諦者,斯則善說。所以者何?有是處故。「若苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦無間等已,而欲苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,斯有是處。譬如有言我以純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,合集盛水持行者,此則善說。所以者何?有是處故。如是若言我於苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦無間等已,而欲苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,斯則善說。所以者何?有是處故。若於苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦無間等已,而欲苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,斯有是處故。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0107a28〕(三九八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「如小綿丸、小劫貝華丸,置四衢道頭,四方風吹,則隨風去向於一方。如是,若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦不如實知,於苦集聖諦、於苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,當知彼沙門、婆羅門常觀他面,常隨他說,以不如實知故,聞彼所說,趣說而受,當知此人不宿修習智慧故。「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,於深入地中,四方猛風不能令動。如是,沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦如實知,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知者,當知是沙門、婆羅門不視他面,不隨他語。是沙門、婆羅門智慧堅固,本隨習故,不隨他語。是故,比丘!於四聖諦當勤方便,起增上欲,精進修學。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0107b16〕(三九九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如石柱,長十六肘,八肘入地,四方風吹,不能令動。如是,沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦如實知,於苦集聖諦,苦滅聖諦,苦滅道跡聖諦如實知,斯等沙門、婆羅門至諸論處,無能屈。其心解脫、慧解脫者,能使餘沙門、婆羅門反生憂苦。如是如實知、如實見,皆是先世宿習故,使智慧不可傾動。是故,比丘!於四聖諦當勤方便,起增上欲,精進修學。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0107b27〕(四〇〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如有人火燒頭衣,當起增上欲,急救令滅。」佛告比丘:「莫作是說!當置頭衣,於四聖諦起增上欲,勤加方便,修無間等。何等四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦未無間等,當勤方便,修無間等。所以者何?比丘!長夜熾然,地獄、畜生、餓鬼。諸比丘!不見極苦,如苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,未無間等者,是比丘當忍苦、樂、憂、悲,於四聖諦勤加精進,方便修習無間等,應當學。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0107c11〕(四〇一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如士夫年壽百歲,有人語言:『士夫若欲聞法,當日日三時受苦,晨朝時受百槍苦,日中、晡時亦復如是。於一日中受三百槍苦。如是日日,至於百歲,然後聞法,得無間等,汝寧能不?』「時,彼士夫為聞法故,悉堪能受。所以者何?人生於世,長夜受苦,有時地獄,有時畜生,有時餓鬼,於三惡道空受眾苦,亦不聞法,是故我今為無間等故,不以終身受三百槍為大苦也。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未得無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0107c25〕(四〇二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。何等為四?所謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。於此四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、 〔T02 0108a01〕應、等正覺。是故,諸比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0108a04〕(四〇三) 如是我聞:一時,佛在摩竭國人間遊行,於王舍城波羅利弗是中間竹林聚落,國王於中造福德舍。爾時,世尊與諸大眾於中宿止。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我與汝等於四聖諦無知、無見、無隨順覺、無隨順受者,應當長夜驅馳生死。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。我與汝等於四聖諦無知、無見、無隨順覺、無隨順受者,應當長夜驅馳生死。以我及汝於此苦聖諦順知、順入,斷諸有流,盡諸生死,不受後有。於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦順知、順入,斷諸有流,盡諸生死,不受後有。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,修無間等。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「我常與汝等,長夜涉生死, 不見聖諦故,大苦日增長。 若見四聖諦,斷有大流海, 生死永已除,不復受後生。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0108a24〕(四〇四) 如是我聞:一時,佛在摩竭國人間遊行,王舍城波羅利弗是中間竹林聚落,大王於中作福德舍。爾時,世尊與諸大眾於中止宿。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「汝等當行,共至申恕林。」爾時,世尊與諸大眾到申恕林,坐樹下。爾時,世尊手把樹葉,告諸比丘:「此手中葉為多耶?大林樹葉為多?」比丘白佛:「世尊!手中樹葉甚少,彼大林中樹葉無量,百千億萬倍,乃至算數譬類不可為比。」「如是,諸比丘!我成等正覺,自所見法,為人定說者,如手中樹葉。所以者何?彼法義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益、明、慧、正覺、向於涅槃。如大林樹葉,如我成等正覺,自知正法,所不說者,亦復如是。所以者何?彼法非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益、明、慧、正覺、正向涅槃故。是故,諸比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0108b13〕(四〇五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離獼猴池側重閣講堂。爾時,尊者阿難晨朝著衣持鉢,入毘舍離城乞食。時,有眾多離車童子晨朝從城內出,至精舍門,持弓箭,競射精舍門孔,箭箭皆入門孔。尊者阿難見已,以為奇特,彼諸離車童子能作如是難事。入城乞食,還舉衣鉢,洗足已,往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!我今晨朝著衣持鉢,入毘舍離城乞食,見有眾多離車童子從城內出,至精舍門,競射門孔,箭箭皆入。我作是念:『此甚奇特!諸離車童子能為難事。』」佛告阿難:「於意云何?離車童子競射門孔,箭箭皆入,此為難耶?破一毛為百分,而射一毛分,箭箭悉中,此為難耶?」阿難白佛:「破一毛百分,射一分之毛,箭箭悉中,此則為難。」佛告阿難:「未若於苦聖諦生如實知,此則甚難。如是,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知見,此則甚難。」爾時,世尊而說偈言: 「一毛為百分,射一分甚難, 觀一一苦陰,非我難亦然。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0108c06〕(四〇六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住獼猴池側重閣講堂。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木,止有一孔,漂流海浪,隨風東西。盲龜百年一出其頭,當得遇此孔不?」阿難白佛:「不能。世尊!所以者何?此盲龜若至海東,浮木隨風,或至海西,南、北四維圍遶亦爾,不必相得。」佛告阿難:「盲龜浮木,雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身,甚難於彼。所以者何?彼諸眾生不行其義、不行法、不行善、不行真實,展轉殺害,強者陵弱,造無量惡故。是故,比丘!於四聖諦當未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 雜阿含經卷第十五

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第十五,承卷第十二、卷第十四,仍屬緣起食諦界相應;自經三百六十五至經四百零六,凡四十二經。前十四經多就緣起與四食而說:或說比丘於老、病、死厭、離欲、滅盡,名見法般涅槃;或說毘婆尸佛未成正覺時逐支思惟老死乃至取之緣,以油炷然燈為譬,及其在菩提樹下一坐七日、於十二緣起逆順觀察,從三昧起而說偈,並說過去六佛皆如是說;或說禪思內寂其心、修無量三摩提,則老死乃至行如實顯現;或說四食以愛為因、為集、為生、為觸,愛以受、受以觸、觸以六入處;或比丘頗求那住佛後扇佛,六度問誰食、誰觸、誰受、誰愛、誰取、誰有,佛六度答以不說有其人,只說何因緣故有;或以夫婦食子肉、生剝皮之牛、無煙無炎之火、國王防邏者捉捕劫盜四喻說觀四食;或說於四食有喜有貪則識住增長、入於名色,以樓閣宮殿日照西壁、畫師粧畫虛空與色為譬。後二十八經皆就四聖諦而說:或說轉法輪經,三轉十二行生眼、智、明、覺,尊者憍陳如及八萬諸天得法眼淨,地神舉聲唱言乃至梵天;或九經同起於「有四聖諦」,而各說當知當斷、已知已斷之別,以及斷愛欲、阿羅漢、上士、無有關鍵平治城塹建立聖幢、斷五支成六分;或以大醫王四法比如來四德;或說沙門、婆羅門於四聖諦如實知與不如實知;或說出家學道乃至無上等正覺皆知四聖諦;或以日出明相、日月眾星、日出壞闇、佉提羅葉與曇摩葉盛水、綿丸與因陀羅柱、石柱、火燒頭衣、百歲受三百槍、平等正覺為說;或在摩竭國竹林聚落說長夜驅馳生死、手中樹葉與大林樹葉;或尊者阿難見離車童子射門孔,佛說破一毛為百分;或以盲龜浮木說人身難得。說者多為世尊告諸比丘;經三百六十五為世尊先設問、諸比丘請說,佛乃說之;經三百七十二為比丘頗求那問、佛答,凡六回合;經三百七十三·三百七十六·三百七十七·三百七十八·四百零四,經內佛問、比丘答;經三百七十九為世尊告五比丘,其後二度問尊者憍陳如知法未,前答者稱「憍陳如」,後答者稱「拘隣」,同一人而二名,白話照其二名;經四百零五以尊者阿難乞食、見而白佛起,佛問阿難答;經四百零六世尊告諸比丘,而答問者為阿難,白話照之不改。本卷有偈四首:經三百六十九毘婆尸佛之偈三十句,經三百九十二重說之偈二十句,經四百零三世尊之偈八句,經四百零五世尊之偈四句,白話皆以偈體逐句譯之;無攝頌。往返問答與譬喻之長經,經內依問答回合、譬文與解譬分段。底本略說之處——經三百六十六之「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說」、經三百七十之「如前廣說」、經三百七十三之「如前須深經廣說」、經三百七十六二處之「如前廣說,乃至」、經三百九十一之「廣說如上」與「乃至」、經三百九十三之「應當具說」「悉應當說」「亦如是說」、經三百九十四之「亦如是說」——白話依底本之語照省,不代為補出;經三百九十二經末之『如於苦不解脫、解脫……如是上諸經重說,悉繼以偈』為結集者省文之列舉,白話照譯其列舉,不展為諸經。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。

〔0·題署〕(0101a03)經名是「雜阿含經」,這是「卷第十五」。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。本卷收經四十二部,自經三百六十五至經四百零六;有偈四首,在經三百六十九、經三百九十二、經四百零三、經四百零五;卷末以「雜阿含經卷第十五」作結。

〔365·見法般涅槃〕(0101a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『所謂見法般涅槃——在現前所見的法中般涅槃。如來怎樣說見法般涅槃呢?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止。善哉!世尊!唯願為我們解說見法般涅槃,諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。比丘怎樣才得以見法般涅槃呢?』佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。如果有比丘對於老、病、死,生厭、離欲、趣向滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫,這叫做比丘得以見法般涅槃。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔366·毘婆尸佛未成正覺時〕(0101a16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『毘婆尸佛還沒有成就正覺的時候,獨自一人在寂靜之處,專精禪思,生起這樣的念頭:一切世間都進入生死之中,自己生起、自己成熟,自己滅去、自己沒落,而那些眾生對於老死之上出離世間的道路,不如實知。他隨即自己觀察:由什麼緣而有這老死呢?像這樣正確地思惟、觀察,得到如實的無間等,生起了知:有生的緣故有這老死,緣生的緣故有老死。他又正確地思惟:由什麼緣故有這生呢?隨即又正確地思惟,生起無間等的了知:緣有的緣故有生。隨即又正確地思惟:由什麼緣故有有呢?隨即又正確地思惟,生起如實無間等的了知:有取的緣故有有。隨即又正確地思惟:由什麼緣故有取呢?隨即又正確地思惟,生起如實無間等的觀察:取,是對法的貪味、執著、顧念,是緣觸而生的愛所增長的。應當知道:緣愛而有取,緣取而有有,緣有而有生,緣生而有老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,像這樣,純大苦聚集起。譬如緣著油與燈炷而點燃燈火,那人時時添油、修治燈炷,那燈就常明,熾盛燃燒而不熄……』如前面所說燈炷之譬、古城之譬廣說。佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如毘婆尸佛那樣,尸棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,也都是這樣說的。

〔367·修習禪思〕(0101b08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當勤加方便,修習禪思,在內寂靜其心。為什麼呢?比丘修習禪思、在內寂靜其心、精勤方便的人,就會這樣如實顯現。怎樣如實顯現呢?老死如實顯現,老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡如實顯現;生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行如實顯現,行集、行滅、行滅道跡如實顯現。這些法是無常的、有為的、有漏的,如實顯現。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔368·修無量三摩提〕(0101b17)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當修習無量三摩提,專精繫念;修習無量三摩提、專精繫念之後,就會這樣如實顯現。怎樣如實顯現呢?就是老死如實顯現,乃至行如實顯現,這些法是無常的、有為的、有漏的。像這樣如實顯現。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔369·一坐七日〕(0101b24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『從前毘婆尸佛還沒有成就正覺的時候,住在菩提之所,不久將要成佛,來到菩提樹下,鋪草為座,結跏趺坐,端身正坐,正念現前,一坐七日,對十二緣起逆向、順向地觀察,就是所謂:這個有,所以那個有;這個生起,所以那個生起;緣無明而有行,乃至緣生而有老死,以及純大苦聚集起,純大苦聚滅去。那毘婆尸佛端正坐了七日之後,從三昧中出覺,說了這首偈:

  『像這樣諸法生起的時候,梵志勤勉地思惟禪定,

  永遠離開一切疑惑,了知從因緣所生的法。

  若了知由因而生苦,了知諸受滅盡,

  了知因緣之法已盡,就了知有漏已盡。

  像這樣諸法生起的時候,梵志勤勉地思惟禪定,

  永遠離開一切疑惑,了知有因而生苦。

  像這樣諸法生起的時候,梵志勤勉地思惟禪定,

  永遠離開一切疑惑,了知諸受滅盡。

  像這樣諸法生起的時候,梵志勤勉地思惟禪定,

  永遠離開一切疑惑,了知因緣之法已盡。

  像這樣諸法生起的時候,梵志勤勉地思惟禪定,

  永遠離開一切疑惑,了知諸有漏已盡。

  像這樣諸法生起的時候,梵志勤勉地思惟禪定,

  普遍照耀一切世間,如同太陽住於虛空。

  破壞一切魔軍,覺悟而從諸結解脫。』』

佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。如毘婆尸佛那樣,尸棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,也是這樣說的。

〔370·不久當成正覺〕(0101c21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在欝毘羅尼連禪河岸邊的大菩提之所,不久將要成就正覺,前往菩提樹下,鋪草為座,結跏趺坐,端正身體,正念現前……如前面所廣說。

〔371·此四食何因〕(0101c25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?就是第一、粗的摶食,第二、細的觸食,第三、意思食,第四、識食。

『這四種食,以什麼為因、以什麼為集、從什麼而生、以什麼為觸呢?就是這些食以愛為因、以愛為集、從愛而生、以愛為觸。這愛以什麼為因、以什麼為集、從什麼而生、以什麼為觸呢?就是愛以受為因、以受為集、從受而生、以受為觸。這受以什麼為因、以什麼為集、從什麼而生、以什麼為觸呢?就是受以觸為因、以觸為集、從觸而生、以觸為觸。這觸以什麼為因、以什麼為集、從什麼而生、以什麼為觸呢?就是觸以六入處為因、以六入處為集、從六入處而生、以六入處為觸。六入處集就是觸集,觸集就是受集,受集就是愛集,愛集就是食集;因為食集的緣故,未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦集起,像這樣,純大苦聚集起。

『像這樣,六入處滅則觸滅,觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則食滅;因為食滅的緣故,在未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅去,像這樣,純大苦聚滅去。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔372·誰食此識〕(0102a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?第一、粗的摶食,第二、細的觸食,第三、意思食,第四、識食。』當時,有一位比丘,名叫頗求那,站在佛的身後為佛搧扇,對佛說:『世尊!是誰食這識呢?』佛告訴頗求那:『我不說有食識的人。我如果說有食識的人,你才應當作這樣的問。我說識是食。你應當問:由什麼因緣而有識食?我就會回答:它能招致未來的有,使之相續而生;因為有有的緣故,有六入處,六入處緣觸。』

頗求那又問:『是為誰而觸?』佛告訴頗求那:『我不說有觸的人。我如果說有觸的人,你才應當作這樣的問:是為誰而觸?你應當這樣問:由什麼因緣而生觸?我應當這樣回答:六入處緣觸,觸緣受。』

又問:『是為誰而受?』佛告訴頗求那:『我不說有受的人。我如果說有受的人,你才應當問:是為誰而受?你應當問:由什麼因緣而有受?我應當這樣回答:觸緣的緣故有受,受緣愛。』

又問:『世尊!是為誰而愛?』佛告訴頗求那:『我不說有愛的人。我如果說有愛的人,你才應當作這樣的問:是為誰而愛?你應當問:由什麼緣故而有愛?我應當這樣回答:緣受的緣故有愛,愛緣取。』

又問:『世尊!是為誰而取?』佛告訴頗求那:『我不說有取的人。我如果說有取的人,你才應當問:是為誰而取?你應當問:由什麼緣故而有取?我應當回答:愛緣的緣故有取,取緣有。』

又問:『世尊!是為誰而有?』佛告訴頗求那:『我不說有那有有的人。我如果說有那有有的人,你才應當問:是為誰而有?你現在應當問:由什麼緣故而有有?我應當回答:緣取的緣故有有,能招致當來之有、使觸生起的,這叫做有;有了有,就有六入處,六入處緣觸,觸緣受,受緣愛,愛緣取,取緣有,有緣生,生緣老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。像這樣,純大苦聚集起。就是六入處滅則觸滅,觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則取滅,取滅則有滅,有滅則生滅,生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,像這樣,純大苦聚集滅去。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔373·夫婦共食子肉〕(0102b18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?就是第一、粗的摶食,第二、細的觸食,第三、意思食,第四、識食。

『比丘怎樣觀察摶食呢?譬如有夫婦二人,只有一個兒子,愛念養育。他們想要度過曠野中險惡難行的道路,糧食缺乏用盡,飢餓困頓到了極點,想不出可以得救的辦法,就商議說:只有這一個兒子,極為愛念,如果吃他的肉,可以度過險難,不要讓我們三人都死在這裡。這樣計議之後,就殺了他們的兒子,含悲垂淚,勉強吃他的肉,得以度過曠野。你們怎麼看?比丘!那夫婦二人共吃兒子的肉,難道是為了取它的滋味、貪嗜美樂嗎?』回答說:『不是的,世尊!』又問:『比丘!他們勉強吃他的肉,是為了度過曠野險道嗎?』回答說:『是這樣,世尊!』佛告訴比丘:『凡是吃摶食,應當這樣觀察。這樣觀察的人,對摶食得到斷知;對摶食得到斷知之後,對於五欲功德的貪愛就斷除了;對五欲功德的貪愛斷除的人,我不見那多聞聖弟子對於五欲功德還有一個結使沒有斷除的——若有一個結繫著,就會還生此世。

『比丘怎樣觀察觸食呢?譬如有一頭牛,被活生生剝去了皮,在每一處,都有諸蟲來咬食,沙土塵埃沾污其身,草木針刺扎刺其身;如果依靠在地上,就被地上的蟲所食;如果依靠在水中,就被水中的蟲所食;如果依靠在空中,就被飛蟲所食,不論臥下或起身,常有苦毒加於此身。像這樣,比丘!對於那觸食,應當這樣觀察。這樣觀察的人,對觸食得到斷知;對觸食得到斷知的人,三受就斷除了;三受斷除的人,多聞聖弟子對於以上再無所作,因為所應作的已經作了。

『比丘怎樣觀察意思食呢?譬如聚落、城邑的旁邊有火燒起,沒有煙,也沒有火焰;當時有一位士夫,聰明黠慧,背離苦而趣向樂,厭惡死而樂於生,生起這樣的念頭:那裡有大火,沒有煙也沒有火焰,來往行走應當避開它,不要讓自己墮入其中,否則必死無疑。這樣思惟之後,常常生起思願,捨離它而遠去。觀察意思食,也是這樣。這樣觀察的人,意思食斷除;意思食斷除的人,三愛就斷除了;三愛斷除的人,那多聞聖弟子對於以上再無所作,因為所應作的已經作了。

『諸比丘!怎樣觀察識食呢?譬如國王有巡邏防衛的人,捉捕了劫盜,捆綁送到國王那裡……』如前面須深經所廣說。『因為那個因緣,受到三百矛刺的苦受,晝夜苦痛;觀察識食,也是這樣。這樣觀察的人,對識食得到斷知;對識食得到斷知的人,對名色得到斷知;對名色得到斷知的人,多聞聖弟子對於以上再無所作,因為所應作的已經作了。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔374·識住增長〕(0102c28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?第一是摶食,第二是觸食,第三是意思食,第四是識食。

『如果比丘對這四種食有喜有貪,識住就增長;因為識住增長的緣故,就入於名色;因為入於名色的緣故,諸行就增長;因為行增長的緣故,當來之有就增長;因為當來之有增長的緣故,生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦集起,像這樣,純大苦聚集起。

『如果對四種食無貪無喜,因為無貪無喜的緣故,識不住立、不增長;因為識不住立、不增長的緣故,不入於名色;因為不入於名色的緣故,行不增長;因為行不增長的緣故,當來之有不生、不長;因為當來之有不生長的緣故,在未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦不起。像這樣,純大苦聚滅去。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔375·有憂悲、有塵垢〕(0103a13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?第一是摶食,第二是觸食,第三是意思食,第四是識食。諸比丘!對這四種食有貪有喜,就有憂悲、有塵垢;如果對四種食無貪無喜,就沒有憂悲,也沒有塵垢。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔376·光照西壁〕(0103a21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?第一是摶食,第二是觸食,第三是意思食,第四是識食。

『諸比丘!對這四種食有貪有喜,識住就增長,乃至純大苦聚集起。譬如一座樓閣宮殿,北面、西面長而寬廣,東面、西面開有窗牖,太陽從東方升起,光明照在西壁上。像這樣,比丘!對這四種食有貪有喜……』如前面所廣說,乃至『純大苦聚集起。』

『如果對四種食無貪無喜……』如前面所廣說,乃至『純大苦聚滅去。比丘!譬如一座樓閣宮殿,北面、西面長而寬廣,東面、西面開有窗牖,太陽從東方升起,應當照在哪裡呢?』比丘對佛說:『應當照在西壁上。』佛告訴比丘:『如果沒有西壁,應當照在哪裡呢?』比丘對佛說:『應當照在虛空中,無所攀緣。』『像這樣,比丘!對這四種食無貪無喜,識就無所住立,乃至像這樣,純大苦聚滅去。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔377·欲粧畫虛空〕(0103b08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?第一是摶食,第二是觸食,第三是意思食,第四是識食。諸比丘!對這四種食有貪有喜,識住就增長,乃至純大苦聚集起。譬如,比丘!一座樓閣宮殿,北面、西面長而寬廣,東面、西面開有窗牖,太陽從東方升起,應當照在哪裡呢?』比丘對佛說:『應當照在西壁上。』

佛告訴比丘:『像這樣,對四種食有貪有喜,識住就增長,乃至像這樣,大苦聚集起。如果對四種食無貪無喜,也就沒有識住增長,乃至像這樣,純大苦聚滅去。譬如,比丘!畫師、畫師的弟子聚集種種彩色,想要在虛空上粧點作畫,難道能畫成嗎?』比丘對佛說:『不能。世尊!為什麼呢?因為那虛空,不是色,沒有質礙,不可得見。』『像這樣,比丘!對這四種食無貪無喜,也就沒有識住增長,乃至像這樣,純大苦聚滅去。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔378·欲粧畫於色〕(0103b24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種食,資益眾生,使他們得以住世,攝受而長養。哪四種呢?第一是摶食,第二是觸食,第三是意思食,第四是識食。諸比丘!對這四種食有貪有喜,識住就增長,乃至純大苦聚集起。譬如,比丘!畫師、或畫師的弟子聚集種種彩色,想要在色上粧點作畫,作出種種形像。諸比丘!你們怎麼看?那畫師、畫師的弟子,難道能在色上粧點嗎?』比丘對佛說:『是這樣,世尊!能在色上粧點作畫。』

佛告訴比丘:『對這四種食有貪有喜,識住就增長,乃至像這樣,純大苦聚集起。諸比丘!如果對四種食無貪無喜,就沒有識住增長,乃至像這樣,純大苦聚滅去。比丘!譬如畫師、畫師的弟子聚集種種彩色,想要離開色而有所粧畫,作出種種形像,難道能畫成嗎?』比丘對佛說:『不能。世尊!』『像這樣,比丘!如果對四種食無貪無喜,就沒有識住增長,乃至像這樣,純大苦聚滅去。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔379·轉法輪經〕(0103c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈的鹿野苑中仙人住處。那時,世尊告訴五比丘:『這苦聖諦,是本來未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。這苦集、這苦滅、這苦滅道跡聖諦,是本來未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。

『再者,苦聖諦,了知了,應當再遍知,是本來未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。苦集聖諦已經了知,應當斷除,是本來未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。

『再者,苦集之滅——這苦滅聖諦已經了知,應當作證,是本來未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。再者,這苦滅道跡聖諦已經了知,應當修習,是本來未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。

『再者,比丘!這苦聖諦已經了知,了知之後而出離,是所未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。再者,這苦集聖諦已經了知,已經斷除而出離,是所未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。

『再者,苦滅聖諦已經了知、已經作證而出離,是所未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。再者,苦滅道跡聖諦已經了知、已經修習而出離,是所未曾聽聞的法,應當正確地思惟。那時,生起了眼、智、明、覺。

『諸比丘!我對這四聖諦的三轉十二行,如果沒有生起眼、智、明、覺,我終究不能在諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門等聞法大眾之中,得為解脫、得為出、得為離,也不能自己證得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。我已經對四聖諦的三轉十二行生起了眼、智、明、覺,所以在諸天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門等聞法大眾之中,得出、得脫,自己證得成就阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。』

那時,世尊說這法的時候,尊者憍陳如以及八萬諸天遠離塵埃、離開垢穢,得到法眼淨。那時,世尊告訴尊者憍陳如:『知法了嗎?』憍陳如對佛說:『已經知了。世尊!』世尊又告訴尊者憍陳如:『知法了嗎?』拘隣對佛說:『已經知了。善逝!』因為尊者拘隣已經知法的緣故,所以名叫阿若拘隣。

尊者阿若拘隣知法之後,地神高聲唱言:『諸位仁者!世尊在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中,三轉十二行法輪,這是諸沙門、婆羅門、諸天、魔、梵所未曾轉的,多所饒益,多所安樂,哀愍世間,以義利饒益,利益安樂天人,增益諸天之眾,減損阿修羅之眾。』地神唱過之後,虛空神天、四天王天、三十三天、炎魔天、兜率陀天、化樂天、他化自在天聽聞了,輾轉相傳而唱,須臾之間,傳聞到梵天身。梵天乘著這聲音唱言:『諸位仁者!世尊在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中三轉十二行法輪,這是諸沙門、婆羅門、諸天、魔、梵,以及世間聞法者所未曾轉的,多所饒益,多所安樂,以義利饒益諸天與世人,增益諸天之眾,減損阿修羅之眾。』

世尊在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,因此這部經名叫轉法輪經。佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔380·有四聖諦〕(0104b01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔381·當修無間等〕(0104b06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對這四聖諦尚未得無間等,應當修習無間等,生起增上的意欲,方便而堪能,正念正知,應當修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔382·當知、當解〕(0104b13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對苦聖諦應當知、應當了解,對苦集聖諦應當知、應當斷除,對苦滅聖諦應當知、應當作證,對苦滅道跡聖諦應當知、應當修習。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔383·於慢無間等〕(0104b20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對苦聖諦已經知、已經了解,對苦集聖諦已經知、已經斷除,對苦滅聖諦已經知、已經作證,對苦滅道跡聖諦已經知、已經修習,這樣的比丘就斷除了愛欲,轉去了諸結,對於慢得無間等,究竟了苦的邊際。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔384·名阿羅漢〕(0104b29)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對苦聖諦已經知、已經了解,對苦集聖諦已經知、已經斷除,對苦滅聖諦已經知、已經作證,對苦滅道跡聖諦已經知、已經修習,這樣的比丘名叫阿羅漢:諸漏已盡,所作已作,離開了諸重擔,逮得了自己的利益,盡除了諸有之結,以正智而善得解脫。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔385·名為上士〕(0104c09)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對苦聖諦已經知、已經了解,對苦集聖諦已經知、已經斷除,對苦滅聖諦已經知、已經作證,對苦滅道跡聖諦已經知、已經修習,這樣的比丘到達了邊際、究竟邊際、離垢邊際,梵行已經終了,純一清白,名為上士。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔386·建立聖幢〕(0104c18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對苦聖諦已經知、已經了解,對苦集聖諦已經知、已經斷除,對苦滅聖諦已經知、已經作證,對苦滅道跡聖諦已經知、已經修習,這樣的比丘沒有了門閂關鍵,填平了城壍,度過了諸險難,解脫了結縛,名為賢聖,建立了聖幢。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔387·云何無有關鍵〕(0104c27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對苦聖諦已經知、已經了解,對苦集聖諦已經知、已經斷除,對苦滅聖諦已經知、已經作證,對苦滅道跡聖諦已經知、已經修習,這樣的比丘沒有了門閂關鍵,填平了城塹,度過了諸險難,名為賢聖,建立了聖幢。

『諸比丘!什麼叫做沒有門閂關鍵?就是五下分結已經斷除、已經了知,這叫做離開了門閂關鍵。什麼叫做填平城塹?無明叫做深塹,他對它已得斷知,這叫做填平了城塹。什麼叫做度過諸險難?就是無有邊際的生死,他已究竟了苦的邊際,這叫做度過了諸險難。什麼叫做解脫結縛?就是愛已經斷除、已經了知。什麼叫做建立聖幢?就是我慢已經斷除、已經了知,這叫做建立了聖幢。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔388·斷五支,成六分〕(0105a13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。如果比丘對苦聖諦已經知、已經了解,對苦集聖諦已經知、已經斷除,對苦滅聖諦已經知、已經作證,對苦滅道跡聖諦已經知、已經修習,這叫做比丘斷除了五支,成就了六分,守護於一,依倚於四,捨除了諸諦,離開了四衢,證得了諸覺想,止息了身之所作,心善解脫,慧善解脫,純一清白,名為上士。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔389·大醫王〕(0105a24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四種法成就,就名叫大醫王,具備國王所應有的器具、國王所應有的分。哪四種呢?第一是善知病,第二是善知病源,第三是善知病的對治,第四是善知治病之後,將來不再發作。

『怎樣叫做良醫善知病?就是良醫善知像這樣、像這樣的種種病,這叫做良醫善知病。怎樣叫做良醫善知病源?就是良醫善知這病是因風而起、因痰陰而起、因涎唾而起、因眾冷而起、因現前之事而起、因時節而起,這叫做良醫善知病源。怎樣叫做良醫善知病的對治?就是良醫善知種種病,應當塗藥、應當催吐、應當瀉下、應當灌鼻、應當薰治、應當發汗;像這樣種種的對治,這叫做良醫善知對治。怎樣叫做良醫善知治病之後,在未來世永不發作?就是良醫善治種種病,令它究竟除去,在未來世永不再起,這叫做良醫善知治病,不再發作。

『如來、應、等正覺作為大醫王,成就四種德,療治眾生的病,也是這樣。哪四種呢?就是如來知道:這是苦聖諦,如實知;這是苦集聖諦,如實知;這是苦滅聖諦,如實知;這是苦滅道跡聖諦,如實知。諸比丘!那世間的良醫,對於生的根本對治不如實知,對於老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦的根本對治不如實知;如來、應、等正覺作為大醫王,對於生的根本對治如實知,對於老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦的根本對治如實知,所以如來、應、等正覺名叫大醫王。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔390·非沙門之沙門〕(0105b21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果諸沙門、婆羅門對這苦聖諦不如實知,對這苦集聖諦不如實知,對這苦滅聖諦不如實知,對這苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,這就不是沙門中的沙門,不是婆羅門中的婆羅門;他們也不能在沙門義、婆羅門義上,見法而自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。

『如果沙門、婆羅門對這苦聖諦如實知,對這苦集聖諦如實知,對這苦滅聖諦如實知,對這苦滅道跡聖諦如實知,應當知道這沙門、婆羅門,是沙門中的沙門、婆羅門中的婆羅門,能在沙門義、婆羅門義上,見法而自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。所以,比丘!對四聖諦得無間等,應當生起增上的意欲,精勤堪能,方便修學。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔391·非沙門數〕(0105c09)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中……如上面所廣說。差別在於:『對四聖諦不如實知的,應當知道這沙門、婆羅門,不在沙門之數,不在婆羅門之數;對四聖諦如實知的,就在沙門之數,在婆羅門之數。』乃至……。佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔392·不得脫苦〕(0105c15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦不如實知,對苦集聖諦不如實知,對苦滅聖諦不如實知,對苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,應當知道這沙門、婆羅門不得脫離苦。如果沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦如實知,對苦集聖諦如實知,對苦滅聖諦如實知,對苦滅道跡聖諦如實知,應當知道這沙門、婆羅門解脫於苦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同說於苦不解脫、解脫那樣,像這樣:捨離惡趣的不解脫、解脫;堪能捨戒退減、不捨戒退減;能自說得過人之法而自證、不能自說得過人之法而作證;能在此外求良福田、不能在此外求良福田;能在此外求大師、不能在此外求大師;不能超越苦、堪能超越苦;不堪能脫苦、堪能脫苦;像這樣,以上諸經重複宣說,都接以偈:

  『若不了知苦,以及那眾苦之因,

  一切諸苦之法寂滅、永無剩餘;

  若不了知道跡,能思惟一切苦,

  心從苦得解脫,慧解脫也是這樣——

  就不能超越眾苦,令苦究竟脫離。

  若如實了知苦,也了知眾苦之因,

  以及一切諸苦永遠滅盡、無有剩餘,

  若又如實了知止息苦的道跡,

  意解脫具足,慧解脫也是這樣,

  就堪能超越眾苦,究竟得到解脫。』

佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔393·善男子正信非家〕(0106a16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果善男子以正信離開家庭,出家學道,他一切所應當知的,是四聖諦法。哪四種呢?就是知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,修習無間等。像這樣的章句,一切四聖諦經都應當具足宣說。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。像這樣知、像這樣見、像這樣無間等,都應當宣說。

『又三結斷盡,得須陀洹,一切都應當知四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。』像這樣應當知,像這樣應當見、無間等。佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

『如果三結斷盡,貪、恚、癡淡薄,得斯陀含,他們一切都是因為對四聖諦如實知的緣故。哪四種呢?就是知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。』像這樣應當知、像這樣應當見、像這樣無間等,也像這樣宣說。

『五下分結斷盡,在所生之處般涅槃的阿那含,不再還生此世,他們一切都知四聖諦。哪四種呢?知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。』像這樣知、像這樣見、像這樣無間等,也像這樣宣說。

『如果一切漏都已斷盡,無漏的心解脫、慧解脫,見法而自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。他們一切都知四聖諦。哪四種呢?就是知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。』像這樣知、像這樣見、像這樣無間等,也像這樣宣說。

『如果得證辟支佛道,他們一切都是因為知四聖諦的緣故。哪四種呢?就是知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。』像這樣知、像這樣見、像這樣無間等,也像這樣宣說。

『如果得無上等正覺,他們一切都是因為知四聖諦的緣故。哪四種呢?就是知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。』像這樣知、像這樣見、像這樣無間等,也像這樣宣說。佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔394·明相先起〕(0106b24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如太陽出來的時候,明相先起。像這樣,正盡苦也有前相生起嗎?就是知四聖諦。哪四種呢?知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦、知苦滅聖諦、知苦滅道跡聖諦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。像這樣知,像這樣見,像這樣無間等,也像這樣宣說。

〔395·日月不出世間〕(0106c02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果日月不出現於世間,一切眾星也不出現於世間,晝夜、半月、一月、時節、歲數、尅數、須臾,全都不顯現,世間常是昏冥,沒有光明照耀,只有長夜,純大黑暗之苦出現於世間。如果如來、應供、等正覺不出現於世間的時候,就不說苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦出現於世間,世間盲冥,沒有光明照耀。像這樣的長夜,純大黑暗昏冥出現於世間。

『如果日月出現於世間,眾星也顯現,晝夜、半月、一月、時節、歲數、尅數、須臾,全都顯現於世間,長夜有光明照耀,出現於世間。像這樣,如來、應、等正覺出現於世間,說苦聖諦出現於世間,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦出現於世間,不再黑暗昏冥,長夜得到照明,純一的智慧出現於世間。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔396·得法眼之大義〕(0106c18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如太陽出來,周行於空中,破除一切黑暗,光明顯照。像這樣,聖弟子所有的集法,一切滅盡之後,遠離諸塵垢,得法眼生起,與無間等同時,三結一起斷除。所謂身見、戒取、疑,這三結斷盡,名叫須陀洹,不墮於惡趣之法,必定趣向正覺,趣向七有天人往生,作苦的邊際。那聖弟子中間雖然生起憂苦,仍容許那聖弟子離欲、離惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,具足初禪而住。我不見那聖弟子還有一法未斷、能令他還生此世的,這就是聖弟子得法眼的大義。所以,比丘對這四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,精進修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔397·佉提羅葉〕(0107a03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『當作這樣的說法——我對苦聖諦尚未得無間等,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦尚未得無間等,卻說我將得苦滅道跡聖諦無間等——這種說法不應理。為什麼呢?因為沒有這樣的道理。

『如果苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦尚未得無間等,而想要苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,沒有這樣的道理。譬如有人說:我想要取佉提羅葉,聚合起來作成器皿,盛水攜帶而行——沒有這樣的道理。為什麼呢?因為沒有這樣的道理。像這樣,說我對苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦尚未得無間等,而想要得苦滅道跡聖諦無間等,沒有這樣的道理。

『如果又有人說:我當於苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦得無間等之後,再得苦滅道跡聖諦——這就是善說。為什麼呢?因為有這樣的道理。

『如果苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦得無間等之後,而想要苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,就有這樣的道理。譬如有人說:我用純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,聚合起來盛水攜帶而行——這就是善說。為什麼呢?因為有這樣的道理。像這樣,如果說我對苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦得無間等之後,而想要苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,這就是善說。為什麼呢?因為有這樣的道理。如果對苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦得無間等之後,而想要苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,是因為有這樣的道理的緣故。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔398·因陀羅柱〕(0107a28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如同小綿丸、小劫貝華丸,放在四衢道口,四方的風吹來,就隨著風去向某一方。像這樣,如果沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦不如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,應當知道那沙門、婆羅門常看他人的臉色,常隨他人所說;因為不如實知的緣故,聽到他人所說,就隨所說而接受,應當知道這人是因為不曾宿世修習智慧的緣故。

『譬如因陀羅柱,用銅鐵造成,深深插入地中,四方的猛風都不能使它動搖。像這樣,沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知的,應當知道這沙門、婆羅門不看他人的臉色,不隨他人的言語。這沙門、婆羅門智慧堅固,因為本來隨順修習的緣故,不隨他人的言語。所以,比丘!對四聖諦應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,精進修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔399·譬如石柱〕(0107b16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如一根石柱,長十六肘,有八肘插入地中,四方的風吹來,不能使它動搖。像這樣,沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知,這些沙門、婆羅門到了任何論議之處,都沒有人能使他們屈服。他們心解脫、慧解脫,能使其餘的沙門、婆羅門反而生起憂苦。像這樣如實知、如實見,都是因為先世宿習的緣故,使智慧不可傾動。所以,比丘!對四聖諦應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,精進修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔400·火燒頭衣〕(0107b27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如有人頭上的衣巾被火燒著了,應當生起增上的意欲,急速救火,使它熄滅。』

佛告訴比丘:『不要這樣說!應當把頭上的衣巾放在一邊,對四聖諦生起增上的意欲,勤加方便,修習無間等。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,修習無間等。為什麼呢?比丘!長夜在地獄、畜生、餓鬼之中熾然燃燒。諸比丘!不見有什麼極苦,能比得上對苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦尚未得無間等的;這比丘應當忍受苦、樂、憂、悲,對四聖諦勤加精進,方便修習無間等,應當修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔401·三百槍苦〕(0107c11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如有一位士夫,年壽一百歲,有人對他說:『士夫!如果你想要聽法,應當每天三個時段受苦:清晨時受一百槍刺之苦,中午、傍晚也是這樣;在一天之中受三百槍刺之苦。像這樣每天如此,直到一百歲,然後才聽法,得無間等——你難道能做到嗎?』』

『那時,那士夫為了聽法的緣故,全都堪能承受。為什麼呢?人生在世,長夜受苦,有時在地獄,有時在畜生,有時在餓鬼,在三惡道中白白承受眾苦,也聽不到法;所以我現在為了得無間等的緣故,不把終身承受三百槍刺當作大苦。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔402·平等正覺〕(0107c25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。哪四種呢?所謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。對這四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。所以,諸比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔403·長夜驅馳生死〕(0108a04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛在摩竭國人間遊行,到了王舍城與波羅利弗之間的竹林聚落,國王在那裡建造了福德舍。那時,世尊與諸大眾在那裡宿止。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我和你們對四聖諦無知、無見、無隨順覺、無隨順受,所以應當長夜在生死中驅馳。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。我和你們對四聖諦無知、無見、無隨順覺、無隨順受,所以應當長夜在生死中驅馳。由於我和你們對這苦聖諦隨順而知、隨順而入,斷除諸有之流,盡除諸生死,不受後有;對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦隨順而知、隨順而入,斷除諸有之流,盡除諸生死,不受後有。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修習無間等。』那時,世尊就說了偈言:

  『我常與你們一起,在長夜中涉歷生死,

  因為不見聖諦的緣故,大苦日日增長。

  若見到四聖諦,就斷除了有的大流之海,

  生死永遠已經除盡,不再承受後來之生。』

佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔404·手中樹葉〕(0108a24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛在摩竭國人間遊行,在王舍城與波羅利弗之間的竹林聚落,大王在那裡作了福德舍。那時,世尊與諸大眾在那裡止宿。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『你們應當動身,一起到申恕林去。』那時,世尊與諸大眾到了申恕林,坐在樹下。那時,世尊手持樹葉,告訴諸比丘:『這手中的葉子多呢?還是大林中的樹葉多?』比丘對佛說:『世尊!手中的樹葉甚少,那大林中的樹葉無量,多出百千億萬倍,乃至以算數譬喻都無法相比。』

『像這樣,諸比丘!我成就等正覺,自己所見的法,為人決定宣說的,如同手中的樹葉。為什麼呢?因為那些法於義有饒益、於法有饒益、於梵行有饒益,能引向明、慧、正覺,趣向涅槃。如同大林中的樹葉,我成就等正覺,自己所知的正法而沒有宣說的,也是這樣。為什麼呢?因為那些法於義無饒益,於法無饒益,於梵行無饒益,不引向明、慧、正覺,不正向涅槃的緣故。所以,諸比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔405·破一毛為百分〕(0108b13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離獼猴池側的重閣講堂。那時,尊者阿難清晨穿好衣、拿著鉢,進入毘舍離城乞食。當時,有許多離車童子清晨從城內出來,到了精舍門前,拿著弓箭,競相射精舍的門孔,箭箭都射入門孔。尊者阿難看見之後,以為奇特:那些離車童子竟能做這樣的難事。他入城乞食,回來收好衣鉢,洗了腳,前往佛所,以頭面禮佛足,退住一旁,對佛說:『世尊!我今天清晨穿好衣、拿著鉢,進入毘舍離城乞食,看見有許多離車童子從城內出來,到精舍門前,競相射門孔,箭箭都射入。我心裡想:這真是奇特!那些離車童子能做難事。』

佛告訴阿難:『你怎麼看?離車童子競相射門孔,箭箭都射入,這算難嗎?還是把一根毛破為一百分,而射中一分毛,箭箭都中,這算難呢?』阿難對佛說:『把一根毛破為一百分,射中一分之毛,箭箭都中,這才是難。』佛告訴阿難:『還不如對苦聖諦生起如實知,這才是甚難。像這樣,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知見,這才是甚難。』那時,世尊說了偈言:

  『把一根毛分為一百分,射中其中一分甚為困難;

  觀察每一個苦陰都不是我,其難也是這樣。』

佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔406·盲龜浮木〕(0108c06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在獼猴池側的重閣講堂。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如大地全都變成大海,有一隻盲龜,壽命無量劫,每一百年才把頭伸出一次;海中有一塊浮木,只有一個孔,在海浪中漂流,隨風東西飄蕩。盲龜每一百年把頭伸出一次,能遇到這個孔嗎?』阿難對佛說:『不能。世尊!為什麼呢?這盲龜如果到了海的東邊,浮木隨風,或許到了海的西邊,南、北以及四維環繞也是這樣,不一定能相遇。』

佛告訴阿難:『盲龜與浮木,雖然彼此相違,或許還能相遇;愚癡凡夫漂流於五趣,暫時再得人身,比那更難。為什麼呢?因為那些眾生不行其義、不行法、不行善、不行真實,輾轉互相殺害,強者欺凌弱者,造作無量惡業的緣故。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

Fascicle 15 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra: this fascicle carries on from Fascicle 12 and Fascicle 14 and still belongs to the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements; from the three hundred and sixty-fifth discourse to the four hundred and sixth, forty-two discourses in all. The first fourteen discourses are mostly taught with regard to dependent arising and the four nutriments: one teaches that a bhikṣu who, toward old age, sickness, and death, is weary, free of desire, and heading toward complete cessation is called one who attains final nirvāṇa in this very life; one teaches how the Buddha Vipaśyin, before he had attained right awakening, reflected link by link on the condition of old age and death and so on up to clinging, with the simile of a lamp lit by oil and wick, and how beneath the bodhi tree he sat for seven days in one sitting and contemplated the twelve links of dependent arising in reverse and in forward order, arose from samādhi and spoke a verse, and that the six Buddhas of the past all taught thus; one teaches that with meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind, and with cultivation of the measureless samādhi, old age and death and so on up to formations become manifest as they really are; one teaches that the four nutriments have craving as their cause, their arising, their origin, and their contact, craving has feeling, feeling has contact, and contact has the six sense bases; in one the bhikṣu Phalguna, standing behind the Buddha fanning him, asks six times who feeds, who contacts, who feels, who craves, who clings, who exists, and the Buddha six times answers that he does not say there is such a person, and says only through what cause and condition there is each; one teaches the contemplation of the four nutriments by four similes—the couple who eat their son’s flesh, the cow flayed alive, the fire without smoke or flame, and the king’s patrol seizing a robber; one teaches that where there is delight and craving toward the four nutriments the station of consciousness grows and enters name and form, with the similes of the mansion whose western wall the sun shines upon and of the painter who paints upon empty space and upon form. The last twenty-eight discourses are all taught with regard to the four noble truths: one is the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma, in which, in the three turnings and twelve aspects, there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening, the venerable Kauṇḍinya and eighty thousand gods attained the pure Dharma-eye, and the earth deities raised their voices to proclaim it, and so on up to the Brahmā world; nine discourses all begin alike with “there are four noble truths,” and each teaches its own difference—what is to be known and abandoned, what has been known and abandoned—as well as cutting off craving and desire, the arhat, the superior person, lifting the crossbar, levelling the moat, and raising the noble banner, and cutting off the five factors and being endowed with the six; one compares the four virtues of the Tathāgata with the four things of the great king of physicians; one teaches of ascetics and brāhmaṇas who know the four noble truths as they really are and who do not; one teaches that those who leave home to train in the path, and so on up to unsurpassed right awakening, all know the four noble truths; others teach by the sign of light at sunrise, by sun, moon, and the stars, by the rising sun that breaks the darkness, by khadira leaves and tanmo leaves holding water, by balls of cotton and the Indra pillar, by the stone pillar, by the head-cloth on fire, by suffering three hundred spears for a hundred years, and by being fully and evenly awakened; in the Bamboo Grove village in the land of Magadha the Buddha teaches being driven through birth and death for the long night, and the leaves in the hand and the leaves of the great forest; in one the venerable Ānanda sees the Licchavi youths shooting through the keyhole of the gate, and the Buddha teaches splitting a hair into a hundred parts; in one the blind turtle and the floating log teach how hard a human body is to obtain. The speaker is mostly the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus; in the three hundred and sixty-fifth discourse the World-Honored One first poses a question, the bhikṣus ask him to teach, and the Buddha then teaches it; in the three hundred and seventy-second discourse the bhikṣu Phalguna asks and the Buddha answers, six rounds in all; in the three hundred and seventy-third, the three hundred and seventy-sixth, the three hundred and seventy-seventh, the three hundred and seventy-eighth, and the four hundred and fourth discourses, the Buddha asks within the discourse and the bhikṣus answer; in the three hundred and seventy-ninth discourse the World-Honored One addresses the five bhikṣus, and then twice asks the venerable Kauṇḍinya whether he has understood the Dharma—the one who answers first and the one who answers second are named by two different transcriptions, one person with two names, and the plain rendering keeps both answers as given, naming him Kauṇḍinya in each; the four hundred and fifth discourse begins with the venerable Ānanda going for alms, seeing this, and reporting it to the Buddha, and the Buddha asks and Ānanda answers; in the four hundred and sixth discourse the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, yet the one who answers is Ānanda, and the plain rendering keeps this without change. This fascicle has four verses: the verse of the Buddha Vipaśyin in the three hundred and sixty-ninth discourse, of thirty lines; the verse spoken again in the three hundred and ninety-second discourse, of twenty lines; the verse of the World-Honored One in the four hundred and third discourse, of eight lines; and the verse of the World-Honored One in the four hundred and fifth discourse, of four lines; the plain rendering translates all of them line by line in verse form; there is no summary verse. Long discourses of question and answer, back and forth, and of similes are divided into segments within the discourse by rounds of question and answer, by the text of the simile, and by the explanation of the simile. Where the base text abbreviates—the three hundred and sixty-sixth discourse’s “as explained at length before in the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city,” the three hundred and seventieth discourse’s “as explained at length before,” the three hundred and seventy-third discourse’s “as explained at length before in the Discourse of Suśīma,” the three hundred and seventy-sixth discourse’s “as explained at length before, up to” in two places, the three hundred and ninety-first discourse’s “explained at length as above” and “up to,” the three hundred and ninety-third discourse’s “should be stated in full,” “should all be stated,” and “is also stated thus,” and the three hundred and ninety-fourth discourse’s “is also stated thus”—the plain rendering abbreviates as the base text does and does not supply what is passed over; the words at the end of the three hundred and ninety-second discourse, ‘As with not being liberated from suffering and being liberated…; thus the discourses above are stated again, each followed by a verse,’ are a list by which the compilers abbreviated the text, and the plain rendering translates the list as it stands and does not expand it into the several discourses. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.

〔0 · Title〕(0101a03)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 15.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The fascicle holds forty-two discourses, from the three hundred and sixty-fifth to the four hundred and sixth; it has four verses, in the three hundred and sixty-ninth discourse, the three hundred and ninety-second discourse, the four hundred and third discourse, and the four hundred and fifth discourse; at the end of the fascicle it closes with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 15.”

〔365 · Final Nirvāṇa in This Very Life〕(0101a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is what is called final nirvāṇa in this very life—final nirvāṇa within the Dharma seen here and now. How does the Tathāgata speak of final nirvāṇa in this very life?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. Good, World-Honored One! We only wish that you would explain final nirvāṇa in this very life for us; the bhikṣus, having heard it, will receive, hold, and practice it. How does a bhikṣu attain final nirvāṇa in this very life?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely, reflect well, and I shall explain it for you. If a bhikṣu, toward old age, sickness, and death, gives rise to weariness, is free of desire, and heads toward complete cessation, not giving rise to the outflows, the mind well liberated, this is called a bhikṣu’s attaining final nirvāṇa in this very life.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔366 · Before the Buddha Vipaśyin Attained Right Awakening〕(0101a16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “When the Buddha Vipaśyin had not yet attained right awakening, he was alone in a quiet place, in diligent meditative reflection, and this thought arose in him: all the world enters birth and death, born of itself and ripening of itself, perishing of itself and sinking of itself, and those beings do not know as it really is the way out of the world beyond old age and death. He then examined for himself: from what condition is there this old age and death? Reflecting and examining rightly in this way, he attained unbroken comprehension as it really is, and knowing arose: because there is birth there is this old age and death; conditioned by birth there is old age and death. He further reflected rightly: from what cause is there this birth? He then further reflected rightly, and the knowing of unbroken comprehension arose: conditioned by existence there is birth. He then further reflected rightly: from what cause is there existence? He then further reflected rightly, and the knowing of unbroken comprehension as it really is arose: because there is clinging there is existence. He then further reflected rightly: from what cause is there clinging? He then further reflected rightly, and an examination of unbroken comprehension as it really is arose: clinging is relishing, attachment, and longing for things, increased by craving conditioned by contact. It should be known: conditioned by craving there is clinging, conditioned by clinging there is existence, conditioned by existence there is birth, conditioned by birth there is old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering; just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Just as a lamp is lit conditioned by oil and wick, and that person from time to time adds oil and trims the wick, so the lamp stays bright, burning in full blaze without going out…” as explained at length before in the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with the Buddha Vipaśyin, so the Buddha Śikhin, the Buddha Viśvabhū, the Buddha Krakucchanda, the Buddha Kanakamuni, and the Buddha Kāśyapa also all taught thus.

〔367 · Cultivating Meditative Reflection〕(0101b08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should strive with skilful means, cultivate meditative reflection, and inwardly still the mind. Why? For one who is a bhikṣu cultivating meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind, and striving with diligent effort, things thus become manifest as they really are. How do they become manifest as they really are? Old age and death become manifest as they really are; the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death become manifest as they really are; birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name and form, consciousness, and formations become manifest as they really are; the arising of formations, the cessation of formations, and the path leading to the cessation of formations become manifest as they really are. These things are impermanent, conditioned, and with outflows—this becomes manifest as it really is.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔368 · Cultivating the Measureless Samādhi〕(0101b17)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should cultivate the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness; having cultivated the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness, things thus become manifest as they really are. How do they become manifest as they really are? That is, old age and death become manifest as they really are, and so on up to formations become manifest as they really are; these things are impermanent, conditioned, and with outflows. Thus they become manifest as they really are.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔369 · Seven Days in One Sitting〕(0101b24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Formerly, when the Buddha Vipaśyin had not yet attained right awakening, he was dwelling at the seat of awakening, soon to become a Buddha; he went to the foot of the bodhi tree, spread grass for a seat and sat cross-legged, body upright and sitting straight, right mindfulness present before him; he sat for seven days in one sitting and contemplated the twelve links of dependent arising in reverse and in forward order, namely: because this exists, that exists; because this arises, that arises; conditioned by ignorance there are formations, and so on up to conditioned by birth there is old age and death, and the whole great mass of suffering comes together, and the whole great mass of suffering ceases. That Buddha Vipaśyin, having sat upright for seven days, arose from samādhi and spoke this verse:

  ‘When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;

  forever free of all doubt, he knows the dharmas born of causes and conditions.

  If he knows that suffering is born from a cause, knows the ending of feelings,

  knows that the dharmas of causes and conditions are ended, he knows that the outflows are ended.

  When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;

  forever free of all doubt, he knows that with a cause suffering is born.

  When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;

  forever free of all doubt, he knows the ending of feelings.

  When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;

  forever free of all doubt, he knows that the dharmas of causes and conditions are ended.

  When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;

  forever free of all doubt, he knows that all the outflows are ended.

  When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;

  he shines everywhere over all the world, like the sun abiding in the sky.

  He breaks all the armies of Māra; awakened, he is freed from the bonds.’”

When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with the Buddha Vipaśyin, so the Buddha Śikhin, the Buddha Viśvabhū, the Buddha Krakucchanda, the Buddha Kanakamuni, and the Buddha Kāśyapa also taught thus.

〔370 · Soon to Attain Right Awakening〕(0101c21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Uruvilvā, beside the river Nairañjanā, at the great seat of awakening, soon to attain right awakening; he went to the foot of the bodhi tree, spread grass for a seat and sat cross-legged, body upright, right mindfulness present before him… as explained at length before.

〔371 · What Is the Cause of These Four Nutriments〕(0101c25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? Namely: first, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness.

“These four nutriments—what is their cause, what their arising, what their origin, what their contact? Namely, these nutriments have craving as their cause, craving as their arising, are born from craving, have craving as their contact. This craving—what is its cause, what its arising, what its origin, what its contact? Namely, craving has feeling as its cause, feeling as its arising, is born from feeling, has feeling as its contact. This feeling—what is its cause, what its arising, what its origin, what its contact? Namely, feeling has contact as its cause, contact as its arising, is born from contact, has contact as its contact. This contact—what is its cause, what its arising, what its origin, what its contact? Namely, contact has the six sense bases as its cause, the six sense bases as its arising, is born from the six sense bases, has the six sense bases as its contact. The arising of the six sense bases is the arising of contact, the arising of contact is the arising of feeling, the arising of feeling is the arising of craving, the arising of craving is the arising of nutriment; because of the arising of nutriment, birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering in the future world arise; just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together.

“Thus, when the six sense bases cease, contact ceases; when contact ceases, feeling ceases; when feeling ceases, craving ceases; when craving ceases, nutriment ceases; because of the cessation of nutriment, birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering in the future world cease; just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔372 · Who Feeds on This Consciousness〕(0102a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? First, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness.” At that time there was a bhikṣu named Phalguna, standing behind the Buddha fanning him, who said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Who feeds on this consciousness?” The Buddha said to Phalguna: “I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness. If I said there is one who feeds on consciousness, then you should ask this question. I say consciousness is a nutriment. You should ask: through what cause and condition is there the nutriment of consciousness? Then I would answer: it brings about future existence and makes continued birth; because there is existence, there are the six sense bases, and the six sense bases condition contact.”

Phalguna further asked: “For whom is there contact?” The Buddha said to Phalguna: “I do not say there is one who contacts. If I said there is one who contacts, then you should ask this question: for whom is there contact? You should ask thus: through what cause and condition does contact arise? I should answer thus: the six sense bases condition contact, contact conditions feeling.”

He further asked: “For whom is there feeling?” The Buddha said to Phalguna: “I do not say there is one who feels. If I said there is one who feels, then you should ask: for whom is there feeling? You should ask: through what cause and condition is there feeling? I should answer thus: because of the condition of contact there is feeling, feeling conditions craving.”

He further asked: “World-Honored One! For whom is there craving?” The Buddha said to Phalguna: “I do not say there is one who craves. If I said there is one who craves, then you should ask this question: for whom is there craving? You should ask: from what cause is there craving? I should answer thus: because of the condition of feeling there is craving, craving conditions clinging.”

He further asked: “World-Honored One! For whom is there clinging?” The Buddha said to Phalguna: “I do not say there is one who clings. If I said there is one who clings, then you should ask: for whom is there clinging? You should ask: from what cause is there clinging? I should answer: because of the condition of craving there is clinging, clinging conditions existence.”

He further asked: “World-Honored One! For whom is there existence?” The Buddha said to Phalguna: “I do not say there is one who has existence. If I said there is one who has existence, then you should ask: for whom is there existence? You should now ask: from what cause is there existence? I should answer: because of the condition of clinging there is existence; what can bring about existence in time to come and make contact arise, this is called existence; when there is existence, there are the six sense bases, the six sense bases condition contact, contact conditions feeling, feeling conditions craving, craving conditions clinging, clinging conditions existence, existence conditions birth, birth conditions old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering. Just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together. That is, when the six sense bases cease, contact ceases; when contact ceases, feeling ceases; when feeling ceases, craving ceases; when craving ceases, clinging ceases; when clinging ceases, existence ceases; when existence ceases, birth ceases; when birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering cease; just so, the coming together of the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔373 · The Couple Who Ate Their Son’s Flesh〕(0102b18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? Namely: first, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness.

“How should a bhikṣu contemplate morsel food? Suppose there is a couple, husband and wife, who have only one son, whom they love and cherish and raise. They wish to cross a perilous wilderness road, hard to travel; their provisions run short and are used up, they are worn down by hunger to the utmost, and they can think of no way to be saved; so they consult together and say: we have only this one son, whom we love dearly; if we eat his flesh we can cross this perilous place; let not all three of us die here. Having reckoned thus, they kill their son, and, grieving and weeping, force themselves to eat his flesh, and so manage to cross the wilderness. What do you think, bhikṣus? When that couple together ate their son’s flesh, was it to take its flavour, craving its tastiness and delight?” They answered: “No, World-Honored One!” He further asked: “Bhikṣus! When they forced themselves to eat his flesh, was it in order to cross the perilous wilderness road?” They answered: “So it is, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Whoever eats morsel food should contemplate it thus. One who contemplates thus attains full knowledge of the abandoning of morsel food; having attained full knowledge of the abandoning of morsel food, the craving for the five strands of sense pleasure is abandoned; for one in whom the craving for the five strands of sense pleasure is abandoned, I do not see that learned noble disciple having even one bond toward the five strands of sense pleasure not yet abandoned—if one bond binds him, he will return to be born in this world.

“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of contact? Suppose there is a cow flayed alive: in every place it is, the insects come and feed on it, sand, earth, and dust soil its body, grass, wood, and thorns pierce its body; if it rests on the ground, it is fed on by the insects of the ground; if it rests in the water, it is fed on by the insects of the water; if it rests in the air, it is fed on by flying insects; whether lying down or rising, pain and torment always afflict this body. Thus, bhikṣus, that nutriment of contact should be contemplated thus. One who contemplates thus attains full knowledge of the abandoning of the nutriment of contact; for one who has attained full knowledge of the abandoning of the nutriment of contact, the three feelings are abandoned; for one in whom the three feelings are abandoned, the learned noble disciple has nothing further to do, because what was to be done has been done.

“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of mental intention? Suppose that beside a village or a town a fire has sprung up, without smoke and without flame; at that time there is a man, intelligent and clever, who turns away from suffering and toward happiness, who abhors death and delights in life, and this thought arises in him: over there is a great fire, without smoke and without flame; going to and fro I should avoid it, so as not to fall into it myself, or I will surely die. Having reflected thus, he constantly gives rise to the intention and wish to leave it and go far away. Contemplating the nutriment of mental intention is also like this. For one who contemplates thus, the nutriment of mental intention is abandoned; for one in whom the nutriment of mental intention is abandoned, the three cravings are abandoned; for one in whom the three cravings are abandoned, that learned noble disciple has nothing further to do, because what was to be done has been done.

“Bhikṣus! How should one contemplate the nutriment of consciousness? Suppose the king has a patrol that guards the land, and they seize a robber, bind him, and deliver him to the king…” as explained at length before in the Discourse of Suśīma. “Because of that cause and condition, he undergoes the painful feeling of three hundred spears, in pain day and night; contemplating the nutriment of consciousness is also like this. One who contemplates thus attains full knowledge of the abandoning of the nutriment of consciousness; for one who has attained full knowledge of the abandoning of the nutriment of consciousness, there is full knowledge of the abandoning of name and form; for one who has attained full knowledge of the abandoning of name and form, the learned noble disciple has nothing further to do, because what was to be done has been done.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔374 · The Station of Consciousness Grows〕(0102c28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? First, morsel food; second, contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness.

“If a bhikṣu has delight and craving toward these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows; because the station of consciousness grows, it enters name and form; because it enters name and form, formations grow; because formations grow, existence in time to come grows; because existence in time to come grows, birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering arise; just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together.

“If one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments, then, because one is without craving and without delight, consciousness does not abide and does not grow; because consciousness does not abide and does not grow, it does not enter name and form; because it does not enter name and form, formations do not grow; because formations do not grow, existence in time to come is not born and does not grow; because existence in time to come is not born and does not grow, birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering in the future world do not arise. Just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔375 · There Is Grief, There Is Defilement〕(0103a13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? First, morsel food; second, contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness. Bhikṣus! Where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments, there is sorrow and grief, there is dust and defilement; if one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments, there is no sorrow and grief, and no dust and defilement.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔376 · The Light Shines upon the Western Wall〕(0103a21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? First, morsel food; second, contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness.

“Bhikṣus! Where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Suppose there is a mansion, long and broad to the north and west, with windows opened east and west; the sun rises in the east and its light shines upon the western wall. Thus, bhikṣus, where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments…” as explained at length before, up to: “the whole great mass of suffering comes together.”

“If one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments…” as explained at length before, up to: “the whole great mass of suffering ceases. Bhikṣus! Suppose there is a mansion, long and broad to the north and west, with windows opened east and west; when the sun rises in the east, where would it shine?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It would shine upon the western wall.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “If there were no western wall, where would it shine?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It would shine upon empty space, with nothing to grasp at.” “Thus, bhikṣus, for one who is without craving and without delight toward these four nutriments, consciousness has nowhere to abide, and so on up to: just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔377 · Wishing to Paint upon Empty Space〕(0103b08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? First, morsel food; second, contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness. Bhikṣus! Where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Suppose, bhikṣus, there is a mansion, long and broad to the north and west, with windows opened east and west; when the sun rises in the east, where would it shine?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “It would shine upon the western wall.”

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Thus, where there is craving and delight toward the four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows, and so on up to: just so, the great mass of suffering comes together. If one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments, there is also no growth of the station of consciousness, and so on up to: just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases. Suppose, bhikṣus, a painter or a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon empty space—could he paint them?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One! Why? Because that empty space is not form, offers no resistance, and cannot be seen.” “Thus, bhikṣus, for one who is without craving and without delight toward these four nutriments, there is also no growth of the station of consciousness, and so on up to: just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔378 · Wishing to Paint upon Form〕(0103b24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? First, morsel food; second, contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness. Bhikṣus! Where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Suppose, bhikṣus, a painter or a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon form, making various shapes and images. Bhikṣus! What do you think? Could that painter or painter’s apprentice paint upon form?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “So it is, World-Honored One! He could paint pictures upon form.”

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows, and so on up to: just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Bhikṣus! If one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments, there is no growth of the station of consciousness, and so on up to: just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases. Bhikṣus! Suppose a painter or a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint something apart from form, making various shapes and images—could he paint them?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” “Thus, bhikṣus, if one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments, there is no growth of the station of consciousness, and so on up to: just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔379 · The Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma〕(0103c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, in the Deer Park, at the Sages’ Dwelling. At that time the World-Honored One said to the five bhikṣus: “This noble truth of suffering is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening. This noble truth of the arising of suffering, this of the cessation of suffering, this of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.

“Further, the noble truth of suffering, having been known, should be known yet more fully; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening. The noble truth of the arising of suffering, having been known, should be abandoned; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.

“Further, the cessation of the arising of suffering—this noble truth of the cessation of suffering, having been known, should be realized; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening. Further, this noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, having been known, should be cultivated; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.

“Further, bhikṣus, this noble truth of suffering has been known, and having been known it is gone beyond; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening. Further, this noble truth of the arising of suffering has been known, has been abandoned, and is gone beyond; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.

“Further, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering has been known, has been realized, and is gone beyond; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening. Further, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering has been known, has been cultivated, and is gone beyond; this is a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.

“Bhikṣus! If vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening had not arisen in me with regard to the three turnings and twelve aspects of these four noble truths, I would never, amid the assembly hearing the Dharma—the gods, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics, and brāhmaṇas—have been liberated, have gone out, have been freed, nor would I myself have realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening. Since vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening have arisen in me with regard to the three turnings and twelve aspects of the four noble truths, therefore, amid the assembly hearing the Dharma—the gods, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics, and brāhmaṇas—I have gone out and been released, and have myself realized and accomplished unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening.”

At that time, when the World-Honored One spoke this Dharma, the venerable Kauṇḍinya and eighty thousand gods, far from dust and free of stain, attained the pure Dharma-eye. At that time the World-Honored One said to the venerable Kauṇḍinya: “Have you understood the Dharma?” Kauṇḍinya said to the Buddha: “I have understood, World-Honored One!” The World-Honored One again said to the venerable Kauṇḍinya: “Have you understood the Dharma?” Kauṇḍinya said to the Buddha: “I have understood, Well-Gone One!” Because the venerable Kauṇḍinya had understood the Dharma, he was therefore named Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya.

When the venerable Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya had understood the Dharma, the earth deities raised their voices and proclaimed: “Good sirs! The World-Honored One, in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park, has turned the wheel of the Dharma of the three turnings and twelve aspects, which no ascetics, brāhmaṇas, gods, Māra, or Brahmā had ever turned; bringing much benefit, much happiness, out of compassion for the world, benefiting with what is good and profitable, benefiting and gladdening gods and humans; the hosts of gods increase, the hosts of asuras diminish.” When the earth deities had proclaimed it, the sky deities, the gods of the Four Great Kings, the gods of the Thirty-Three, the Yāma gods, the Tuṣita gods, the gods who delight in creation, and the gods who wield the creations of others heard it and passed it on in turn, proclaiming it, and in a moment it was heard as far as the Brahmā world. The Brahmā gods, carrying on the sound, proclaimed: “Good sirs! The World-Honored One, in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park, has turned the wheel of the Dharma of the three turnings and twelve aspects, which no ascetics, brāhmaṇas, gods, Māra, or Brahmā, nor any in the world who hear the Dharma, had ever turned; bringing much benefit, much happiness, benefiting gods and the people of the world with what is good and profitable; the hosts of gods increase, the hosts of asuras diminish.”

The World-Honored One turned the wheel of the Dharma in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park; therefore this discourse is called the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔380 · There Are Four Noble Truths〕(0104b01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔381 · One Should Cultivate Unbroken Comprehension〕(0104b06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of these four noble truths, he should cultivate unbroken comprehension; giving rise to heightened desire, with effort and ability, with right mindfulness and right knowledge, he should train.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔382 · To Be Known and Understood〕(0104b13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu, toward the noble truth of suffering, is to know and understand it; toward the noble truth of the arising of suffering, is to know and abandon it; toward the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, is to know and realize it; toward the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, is to know and cultivate it.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔383 · Unbroken Comprehension of Conceit〕(0104b20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu has known and understood the noble truth of suffering, has known and abandoned the noble truth of the arising of suffering, has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, such a bhikṣu has cut off craving and desire, has turned away the bonds, has attained unbroken comprehension of conceit, and has reached the utter end of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔384 · Called an Arhat〕(0104b29)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu has known and understood the noble truth of suffering, has known and abandoned the noble truth of the arising of suffering, has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, such a bhikṣu is called an arhat: the outflows ended, what was to be done has been done, he has laid down the heavy burdens, has attained his own good, has ended the bonds of existence, and with right knowledge is well liberated.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔385 · Called a Superior Person〕(0104c09)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu has known and understood the noble truth of suffering, has known and abandoned the noble truth of the arising of suffering, has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, such a bhikṣu has reached the limit, the ultimate limit, the stainless limit; his pure conduct completed, wholly pure and clean, he is called a superior person.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔386 · Raising the Noble Banner〕(0104c18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu has known and understood the noble truth of suffering, has known and abandoned the noble truth of the arising of suffering, has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, such a bhikṣu has lifted the crossbar, has levelled the moat, has crossed the perilous places, is freed from the bonds, is called noble and worthy, and has raised the noble banner.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔387 · What Is Lifting the Crossbar〕(0104c27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu has known and understood the noble truth of suffering, has known and abandoned the noble truth of the arising of suffering, has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, such a bhikṣu has lifted the crossbar, has levelled the moat, has crossed the perilous places, is called noble and worthy, and has raised the noble banner.

“Bhikṣus! What is lifting the crossbar? That is, the five lower bonds have been abandoned and have been known; this is called being rid of the crossbar. What is levelling the moat? Ignorance is called the deep moat; he has attained full knowledge of abandoning it; this is called levelling the moat. What is crossing the perilous places? That is, birth and death without limit; he has reached the utter end of suffering; this is called crossing the perilous places. What is being freed from the bonds? That is, craving has been abandoned and has been known. What is raising the noble banner? That is, the conceit ‘I am’ has been abandoned and has been known; this is called raising the noble banner.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔388 · Cutting Off the Five Factors, Endowed with the Six〕(0105a13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If a bhikṣu has known and understood the noble truth of suffering, has known and abandoned the noble truth of the arising of suffering, has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off the five factors, is endowed with the six, guards the one, relies upon the four, has set aside the several truths, has left the four crossroads, has realized the perceptions, has stilled bodily activity, is well liberated in mind, well liberated in wisdom, wholly pure and clean, and is called a superior person.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔389 · The Great King of Physicians〕(0105a24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One accomplished in four things is called a great king of physicians, possessed of what befits a king and of what is a king’s portion. What are the four? First, he knows the disease well; second, he knows the source of the disease well; third, he knows the cure for the disease well; fourth, he knows well that once the disease is cured it will not break out again in the future.

“What is a good physician’s knowing the disease well? That is, a good physician knows well such and such diseases of every kind; this is called a good physician’s knowing the disease well. What is a good physician’s knowing the source of the disease well? That is, a good physician knows well that this disease arises from wind, arises from phlegm, arises from saliva, arises from accumulated cold, arises from present circumstance, arises from the season; this is called a good physician’s knowing the source of the disease well. What is a good physician’s knowing the cure for the disease well? That is, a good physician knows well that for diseases of every kind one should apply ointment, should give an emetic, should give a purgative, should apply nasal irrigation, should fumigate, should induce sweat; cures of every kind such as these—this is called a good physician’s knowing the cure well. What is a good physician’s knowing well that once the disease is cured it will never break out again in the future world? That is, a good physician cures diseases of every kind well, causing them to be removed completely, so that they never arise again in the future world; this is called a good physician’s knowing well the curing of disease so that it does not break out again.

“The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, as the great king of physicians, accomplished in four virtues, heals the diseases of beings in the same way. What are the four? That is, the Tathāgata knows: this is the noble truth of suffering, he knows it as it really is; this is the noble truth of the arising of suffering, he knows it as it really is; this is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, he knows it as it really is; this is the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, he knows it as it really is. Bhikṣus! The good physicians of the world do not know as it really is the cure for the root of birth, and do not know as it really is the cure for the root of old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering; the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, as the great king of physicians, knows as it really is the cure for the root of birth, and knows as it really is the cure for the root of old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering; therefore the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One is called the great king of physicians.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔390 · Not an Ascetic among Ascetics〕(0105b21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know this noble truth of suffering as it really is, do not know this noble truth of the arising of suffering as it really is, do not know this noble truth of the cessation of suffering as it really is, do not know this noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is, they are not ascetics among ascetics, not brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas; nor can they, in the goal of an ascetic and the goal of a brāhmaṇa, see the Dharma and know and realize for themselves: My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.

“If ascetics and brāhmaṇas know this noble truth of suffering as it really is, know this noble truth of the arising of suffering as it really is, know this noble truth of the cessation of suffering as it really is, know this noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is, it should be known that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas are ascetics among ascetics and brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas, and can, in the goal of an ascetic and the goal of a brāhmaṇa, see the Dharma and know and realize for themselves: My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence. Therefore, bhikṣus, for unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths, you should give rise to heightened desire and, diligent and able, train with effort. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔391 · Not Counted among Ascetics〕(0105c09)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park… as explained at length above. The difference is: “Those who do not know the four noble truths as they really are—it should be known that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas are not counted among ascetics, not counted among brāhmaṇas; those who know the four noble truths as they really are are counted among ascetics, counted among brāhmaṇas.” And so on up to…. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔392 · Not Freed from Suffering〕(0105c15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering as it really is, do not know the noble truth of the cessation of suffering as it really is, do not know the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is, it should be known that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas are not freed from suffering. If ascetics and brāhmaṇas know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, know the noble truth of the arising of suffering as it really is, know the noble truth of the cessation of suffering as it really is, know the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is, it should be known that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas are liberated from suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with not being liberated from suffering and being liberated, so too: not being liberated and being liberated from the evil destinations; able to give up the precepts and fall back, not giving up the precepts and falling back; able to declare for oneself the attainment of superhuman states and to realize them for oneself, not able to declare for oneself the attainment of superhuman states and to realize them; able to seek a good field of merit outside this, not able to seek a good field of merit outside this; able to seek a great teacher outside this, not able to seek a great teacher outside this; not able to pass beyond suffering, able to pass beyond suffering; not able to be freed from suffering, able to be freed from suffering; thus the discourses above are stated again, each followed by a verse:

  “If one does not know suffering, and the cause of all those sufferings,

  and that all the dharmas of suffering are stilled, forever without remainder;

  if one does not know the path that can reflect upon all suffering,

  the mind liberated from suffering, and liberation by wisdom also thus—

  one cannot pass beyond the sufferings, nor bring suffering to its final release.

  If one knows suffering as it really is, and knows too the cause of all the sufferings,

  and that all sufferings are forever ended without remainder,

  if one further knows as it really is the path that stills suffering,

  the mind’s liberation complete, and liberation by wisdom also thus,

  then one is able to pass beyond the sufferings and attain final liberation.”

When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔393 · A Son of Good Family with Right Faith〕(0106a16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If a son of good family with right faith leaves home for the homeless life to train in the path, all that he should know is the Dharma of the four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means and cultivate unbroken comprehension. Such passages as these should be stated in full in all the discourses on the four noble truths.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—all should be stated.

“Further, with the three bonds ended, one attains stream-entry; all of them should know the four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” Thus one should know, thus one should see and have unbroken comprehension. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

“If, with the three bonds ended and greed, hatred, and delusion thinned, one attains once-returning, all of them do so because they know the four noble truths as they really are. What are the four? Namely, knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” Thus one should know, thus one should see, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus.

“With the five lower bonds ended, the non-returner who attains final nirvāṇa where he is born, not returning to be born in this world—all of them know the four noble truths. What are the four? Knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus.

“If all the outflows are ended, with the liberation of mind and liberation by wisdom that are without outflows, one sees the Dharma and knows and realizes for oneself: My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence. All of them know the four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus.

“If one attains and realizes the path of a pratyekabuddha, all of them do so because they know the four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus.

“If one attains unsurpassed right awakening, all of them do so because they know the four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔394 · The Sign of Light Appears First〕(0106b24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Just as when the sun rises the sign of light appears first, so too does the complete ending of suffering have a sign that goes before? It is knowing the four noble truths. What are the four? Knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus.

〔395 · If Sun and Moon Did Not Appear in the World〕(0106c02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If sun and moon did not appear in the world, and all the stars too did not appear in the world, day and night, fortnight and month, season and year, the divisions of the hour and the moment would none of them be manifest; the world would be in constant darkness, with no light shining, only a long night, and the suffering of a whole great darkness would appear in the world. If at the time when the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One did not appear in the world, then the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering would not be taught and appear in the world; the world would be blind and dark, with no light shining. In such a long night, a whole great darkness and gloom would appear in the world.

“If sun and moon appear in the world, and the stars too are manifest, day and night, fortnight and month, season and year, the divisions of the hour and the moment are all manifest in the world, and the long night has light shining, appearing in the world. Thus, when the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One appears in the world and teaches, the noble truth of suffering appears in the world, and the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering appear in the world; there is no more darkness and gloom, the long night is illumined, and wholly pure wisdom appears in the world.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔396 · The Great Benefit of Attaining the Dharma-Eye〕(0106c18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Just as the sun rises and travels through the sky, breaking all darkness, its light shining forth, so, when all the dharmas of arising that the noble disciple has have entirely ceased, far from all dust and stain, the Dharma-eye arises, and at the same time as unbroken comprehension three bonds are abandoned together, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt; with these three bonds ended, he is called a stream-enterer, not subject to falling into the evil destinations, certain of right awakening, bound for seven rebirths among gods and humans, making an end of suffering. Though sorrow and suffering may arise in that noble disciple in between, it is still possible for that noble disciple, free of desire and free of evil and unwholesome things, with initial and sustained thought, with joy and happiness born of seclusion, to dwell having fully attained the first dhyāna. I do not see that noble disciple having one thing not yet abandoned that could make him return to be born in this world; this is the great benefit of the noble disciple’s attaining the Dharma-eye. Therefore, a bhikṣu who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of these four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train with diligence.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔397 · Khadira Leaves〕(0107a03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Should one speak thus—I have not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, have not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, yet I say I shall attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering—this saying is not reasoned. Why? Because this is impossible.

“If one has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and wishes to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is impossible. Suppose someone says: I wish to take khadira leaves, gathering them into a vessel to hold water and carry it—this is impossible. Why? Because this is impossible. Thus, to say that I have not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and wish to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, is impossible.

“If again someone says: having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, I shall then attain the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering—this is well said. Why? Because this is possible.

“If, having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, one wishes to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is possible. Suppose someone says: I take only tanmo leaves and maluojia leaves, gathering them to hold water and carry it—this is well said. Why? Because this is possible. Thus, if one says that, having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, I wish to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is well said. Why? Because this is possible. If, having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, one wishes to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, it is because this is possible.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔398 · The Indra Pillar〕(0107a28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Like a small ball of cotton, a small ball of kapok, placed at the mouth of a crossroads: when the wind blows from the four directions, it goes off in one direction, following the wind. Thus, if ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are, it should be known that those ascetics and brāhmaṇas always look to the faces of others, always follow what others say; because they do not know as it really is, when they hear what others say, they accept it as it is said; it should be known that this person is so because he did not cultivate wisdom in former lives.

“Suppose there is an Indra pillar, made of copper and iron, set deep in the ground, which fierce winds from the four directions cannot shake. Thus, ascetics and brāhmaṇas who know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are—it should be known that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not look to the faces of others, do not follow the words of others. These ascetics and brāhmaṇas are firm in wisdom; because they have cultivated it in accord from the first, they do not follow the words of others. Therefore, bhikṣus, toward the four noble truths you should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train with diligence.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔399 · Like a Stone Pillar〕(0107b16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose there is a stone pillar sixteen cubits long, eight cubits set in the ground; when the wind blows from the four directions, it cannot shake it. Thus, ascetics and brāhmaṇas who know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are—wherever these ascetics and brāhmaṇas go to debate, no one can defeat them. They are liberated in mind and liberated by wisdom, and can make other ascetics and brāhmaṇas, on the contrary, give rise to sorrow and suffering. Such knowing as it really is and seeing as it really is all come from former practice in previous lives, which makes their wisdom unshakeable. Therefore, bhikṣus, toward the four noble truths you should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train with diligence.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔400 · His Head-Cloth on Fire〕(0107b27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose someone has his head-cloth on fire: he should give rise to heightened desire and quickly put out the fire, so that it is extinguished.”

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Do not speak so! Set aside the head-cloth, and toward the four noble truths give rise to heightened desire, strive with skilful means, and cultivate unbroken comprehension. What are the four? Namely, as to the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension should strive with skilful means and cultivate unbroken comprehension. Why? Bhikṣus, for the long night one blazes and burns in the hells, among animals, and among hungry ghosts. Bhikṣus! I do not see any extreme suffering that compares with not yet having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering; this bhikṣu should endure suffering and happiness, sorrow and lamentation, be diligent toward the four noble truths, and with skilful means cultivate unbroken comprehension; he should train.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔401 · The Pain of Three Hundred Spears〕(0107c11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose there is a man whose life lasts a hundred years, and someone says to him: ‘Man! If you wish to hear the Dharma, you must suffer three times each day: in the morning you will suffer the pain of a hundred spears, and at noon and in the evening likewise; in one day you will suffer the pain of three hundred spears. So it will be each day, until you are a hundred years old, and only then will you hear the Dharma and attain unbroken comprehension—could you do it?’”

“At that time that man, for the sake of hearing the Dharma, is able to bear all of it. Why? Because a person born in the world suffers for the long night, now in the hells, now among animals, now among hungry ghosts, undergoing all sufferings in vain in the three evil destinies, and does not even get to hear the Dharma; therefore now, for the sake of attaining unbroken comprehension, I do not count suffering three hundred spears for my whole life as a great suffering. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔402 · Fully and Evenly Awakened〕(0107c25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Being fully and evenly awakened to the four noble truths, one is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Being fully and evenly awakened to these four noble truths, one is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔403 · Driven through Birth and Death for the Long Night〕(0108a04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was wandering among the people in the land of Magadha, and came to the Bamboo Grove village between Rājagṛha and Pāṭaliputra, where the king had built a hall of merit. At that time the World-Honored One and the great assembly stayed there for the night. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You and I, without knowledge, without vision, without conforming awakening, without conforming acceptance of the four noble truths, therefore must be driven through birth and death for the long night. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. You and I, without knowledge, without vision, without conforming awakening, without conforming acceptance of the four noble truths, therefore must be driven through birth and death for the long night. Because you and I know and enter accordingly this noble truth of suffering, we cut off the floods of existence, end all birth and death, and do not receive a later existence; we know and enter accordingly the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, cut off the floods of existence, end all birth and death, and do not receive a later existence. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and cultivate unbroken comprehension.” At that time the World-Honored One then spoke a verse:

  “I have always been with you, passing through birth and death in the long night;

  because we did not see the noble truths, great suffering grew day by day.

  If one sees the four noble truths, one cuts off the great ocean of the flood of existence;

  birth and death are forever ended, and one receives no later birth.”

When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔404 · The Leaves in the Hand〕(0108a24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was wandering among the people in the land of Magadha, at the Bamboo Grove village between Rājagṛha and Pāṭaliputra, where the great king had made a hall of merit. At that time the World-Honored One and the great assembly stayed there for the night. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should set out, and go together to the Śiṃśapā Grove.” Then the World-Honored One and the great assembly came to the Śiṃśapā Grove and sat beneath a tree. Then the World-Honored One, holding leaves in his hand, said to the bhikṣus: “Are the leaves in my hand many, or are the leaves of the great forest many?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! The leaves in your hand are very few; the leaves of that great forest are measureless, more by hundreds of thousands of millions of times, so that no reckoning or comparison can match them.”

“Thus, bhikṣus, the Dharma I have seen for myself, having accomplished perfect awakening, and have declared definitively for others, is like the leaves in my hand. Why? Because those dharmas are of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct, leading to knowledge, wisdom, and right awakening, and heading toward nirvāṇa. Like the leaves of the great forest is the true Dharma that I, having accomplished perfect awakening, know for myself and have not declared. Why? Because those dharmas are of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, do not lead to knowledge, wisdom, and right awakening, and do not head rightly toward nirvāṇa. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔405 · Splitting a Hair into a Hundred Parts〕(0108b13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond. At that time the venerable Ānanda, early in the morning, put on his robe, took his bowl, and entered the city of Vaiśālī for alms. At that time a great many Licchavi youths came out of the city early in the morning and reached the gate of the monastery; holding bows and arrows, they were competing to shoot through the keyhole of the monastery gate, every arrow passing through the keyhole. When the venerable Ānanda saw this, he thought it remarkable: those Licchavi youths could do so hard a thing. He entered the city for alms, returned, put away his robe and bowl, washed his feet, went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Early this morning I put on my robe, took my bowl, and entered the city of Vaiśālī for alms, and saw a great many Licchavi youths come out of the city, reach the gate of the monastery, and compete to shoot through the keyhole of the gate, every arrow passing through. I thought: this is truly remarkable! Those Licchavi youths can do a hard thing.”

The Buddha said to Ānanda: “What do you think? Is it hard for the Licchavi youths, competing to shoot through the keyhole of the gate, to have every arrow pass through? Or is it hard to split a hair into a hundred parts and shoot one part of the hair, every arrow striking it?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “To split a hair into a hundred parts and shoot one part of the hair, every arrow striking it—that is hard.” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “It is not as hard as giving rise to knowledge of the noble truth of suffering as it really is—that is very hard. Thus, to know and see as they really are the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering—that is very hard.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse:

  “To split a hair into a hundred parts and strike one part of it is very hard;

  to contemplate each aggregate of suffering as not self is hard in the same way.”

When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔406 · The Blind Turtle and the Floating Log〕(0108c06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose the whole earth became one great ocean, and there is a blind turtle living countless aeons, raising its head once in a hundred years; in the ocean there is a floating log with a single hole, drifting on the ocean waves, tossed east and west by the wind. If the blind turtle raises its head once in a hundred years, could it meet that hole?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One! Why? If this blind turtle reached the eastern side of the ocean, the floating log, following the wind, might reach the western side of the ocean; and so too to the south, the north, and all around the four intermediate directions; they would not necessarily meet.”

The Buddha said to Ānanda: “The blind turtle and the floating log, though they go against each other, might still meet; but for the foolish ordinary person drifting through the five destinations to regain a human body for a moment is harder than that. Why? Because those beings do not act for the good, do not act by the Dharma, do not act wholesomely, do not act truthfully; they kill one another in turn, the strong oppressing the weak, and commit measureless evil deeds. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

義疏Exposition

頗求那問:「世尊!誰食此識?」〔T02 0102a16〕世尊答:「我不言有食識者,我若言有食識者,汝應作是問,我說識是食。」〔T02 0102a17〕這一卷四十二經,前十四經說食,後二十八經說諦。食是什麼在養什麼,諦是什麼該知什麼;兩邊世尊都不說有誰,只說法與法。四食沒有食者,四諦也沒有一個知者在外面等著知;有的是識住與識不住,有的是無間等與未無間等。全卷的催促只有一句,反覆出現:「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」〔T02 0108b10〕

一、見法般涅槃(經三六五)

世尊先問,諸比丘請說,世尊才答。見法般涅槃不是死後的事,是「若有比丘於老、病、死,厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫,是名比丘得見法般涅槃」〔T02 0101a12〕。這一句是前卷法次法向經的尾巴,也是本卷的頭:前卷說於十二支厭、離欲、滅盡者是法次法向;這一經說那個人就叫見法般涅槃。放在卷首,是先把終點說出來,再講路。

二、毘婆尸佛所見(經三六六至三七〇)

三六六說毘婆尸佛未成正覺時所見:「一切世間皆入生死,自生自熟,自滅自沒」〔T02 0101a18〕,眾生對老死之上的出路不如實知。他一層一層問,問到取的時候,答法變了:不是『有愛故有取』,而是「取法味著顧念,緣觸愛所增長」〔T02 0101a28〕——取是對法味的著與顧念,由觸和愛養大。然後是燈炷之譬,略說。六佛同說。三六七、三六八是方法:「禪思,內寂其心」〔T02 0101b10〕,或修無量三摩提;修了會怎樣?「此諸法無常、有為、有漏如實顯現」〔T02 0101b15〕——從老死乃至行,每一支的集、滅、滅道跡都顯現。禪思的果不是定,是顯現。三六九、三七〇是毘婆尸佛與今佛各在菩提樹下七日,「於十二緣起逆順觀察」〔T02 0101b28〕,起而說偈:「永離諸疑惑,知因緣生法」〔T02 0101c03〕。五經排在一起,是把見法般涅槃的來處交代清楚:諸佛是這樣見的,比丘是這樣修的。

三、四食何因(經三七一)

四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。問它們從哪裡來,答愛;愛從受,受從觸,觸從六入處。順推回來:「六入處集是觸集,觸集是受集,受集是愛集,愛集是食集」〔T02 0102a05〕,食集故生老病死集。這一經把食放進十二支裡:食在愛之後,是愛養出來的。十二支裡本來沒有食這一支;世尊說食的時候,是把愛的果拿出來單講。愛要東西,要來的東西就是食。

四、我不言有食識者(經三七二)

頗求那住在佛後面替佛扇風,問了六次,世尊六次先不答,先改他的問題。「世尊!誰食此識?」〔T02 0102a16〕——「我不言有食識者,我若言有食識者,汝應作是問,我說識是食。」〔T02 0102a17〕該問的是何因緣故有識食,答是「能招未來有,令相續生,有有故有六入處,六入處緣觸」〔T02 0102a20〕。然後「為誰觸」「為誰受」「為誰愛」「為誰取」「為誰有」,世尊一一說「我不言有觸者」〔T02 0102a22〕、「我不說有受者」〔T02 0102a25〕、「我不說有愛者」〔T02 0102a29〕、「我不說言有取者」〔T02 0102b03〕、「我不說有有者」〔T02 0102b07〕,每次把「為誰」改成「何緣故有」。六問六改,問的人換了六個「誰」,答的人六次拒絕那個「誰」。到最後一答,世尊把整條鏈順逆說完。這一經是全卷的樞:食沒有食者,觸沒有觸者,一路到有沒有有者。識食的「食」字最容易讓人以為有一個吃識的人;世尊說識是食,不是誰的食。

五、觀四食(經三七三)

四食各給一個譬喻,各說一個斷。摶食如夫婦度曠野食子肉,「凡食摶食,當如是觀」〔T02 0102c02〕;觀了,「摶食斷知已,於五欲功德貪愛則斷」〔T02 0102c03〕。觸食如生剝其皮的牛,到處被蟲吃;「觸食斷知者,三受則斷」〔T02 0102c11〕。意思食如城邊無煙無炎的火,聰明人知道了遠遠避開;「意思食斷者,三愛則斷」〔T02 0102c19〕。識食如捕盜受三百矛,略說,承前卷須深經;「識食斷知者,名色斷知」〔T02 0102c25〕。四個斷:五欲貪、三受、三愛、名色。四食的觀法不是不吃,是像食子肉那樣吃,知道這是為度曠野,不取其味。斷知不是斷食,是斷對食的貪,斷它養出來的東西。

六、識住與西壁(經三七四至三七八)

三七四說機制:「若比丘於此四食有喜有貪,則識住增長,識住增長故,入於名色」〔T02 0103a02〕,入名色故諸行增長,當來有增長,純大苦聚集;無貪無喜則「識不住、不增長」〔T02 0103a07〕,不入名色。三七五縮成一句:有貪有喜則有憂悲有塵垢。三七六、三七七、三七八是三個譬喻說同一件事。樓閣東西有窗,日出東方照西壁;沒有西壁呢?「應照虛空,無所攀緣。」〔T02 0103b04〕於四食無貪無喜,「識無所住」〔T02 0103b05〕。畫師要畫虛空,畫不成,因為「彼虛空者,非色、無對、不可見」〔T02 0103b20〕;畫師能在色上畫,「欲離於色有所粧畫」〔T02 0103c07〕就畫不成。識住是日光有壁可照,是畫有色可著;無貪無喜,壁沒有了,色沒有了,光還在,彩還在,只是沒有地方住。這五經把三七二的『無食者』說成了修法:不是找一個不吃的人,是讓識沒有壁。

七、三轉十二行(經三七九)

世尊告五比丘。四諦各說三遍:第一遍「本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺」〔T02 0103c15〕,是此是苦、此是集、此是滅、此是道;第二遍是「苦聖諦知當復知」〔T02 0103c17〕,集當斷,滅當證,道當修;第三遍是已知已出、已斷出、已證出、已修出。三轉十二行,每一行都生眼智明覺。世尊說:「我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼、智、明、覺者」〔T02 0104a02〕,不能於天魔梵沙門婆羅門眾中得出得脫,不能自證菩提。說完,憍陳如與八萬諸天得法眼淨。世尊問兩次「知法未?」〔T02 0104a10〕,憍陳如答已知,拘隣答已知。「尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣。」〔T02 0104a12〕——同一人,兩個名字,第二個名字是因為知法得的。地神唱,一層一層天唱到梵天,「增益諸天眾,減損阿修羅眾」〔T02 0104a18〕。「是故此經名轉法輪經。」〔T02 0104a27〕輪是這樣轉的:世尊自知,說給五人,一人先知,天唱到梵天。本卷二十八經說諦,這一經是源頭,後面每一經都在這四句十二行裡。

八、四聖諦九經(經三八〇至三八八)

三八〇只說有四聖諦,四個名字。三八一說未無間等者當修無間等,「起增上欲,方便堪能,正念正知」〔T02 0104b10〕。三八二說四諦四事:「當知、當解」〔T02 0104b16〕,「當知、當斷」〔T02 0104b17〕,「於苦滅聖諦當知、當證」〔T02 0104b17〕,「當知、當修」〔T02 0104b18〕。三八三起把「當」換成「已」,然後說已知已解已斷已證已修的人是誰:三八三說他「則斷愛欲,轉去諸結,於慢無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0104b26〕;三八四說他「名阿羅漢」〔T02 0104c06〕;三八五說他「梵行已終,純一清白,名為上士」〔T02 0104c15〕;三八六說他無有關鍵,平治城壍,度諸嶮難,解脫結縛,建立聖幢;三八七把這五句自己解了:關鍵是五下分結,「無明謂之深塹」〔T02 0105a07〕,嶮難是無際生死,結縛是愛,「謂我慢已斷、已知,是名建立聖幢」〔T02 0105a10〕;三八八說他「斷五支,成六分,守護於一,依猗於四」〔T02 0105a19〕,捨除諸諦,離四衢,心善解脫,慧善解脫,上士。九經一個模子:有四諦,於四諦作了四件事,這個人叫什麼。名字愈往後愈長,說的是同一個人。三八二的「當」與三八三以後的「已」,正是三七九第二轉與第三轉。

九、大醫王(經三八九)

良醫四法:「一者善知病,二者善知病源,三者善知病對治,四者善知治病已,當來更不動發」〔T02 0105a27〕。如來為大醫王,四德是四諦如實知。差別在對治的是什麼:「彼世間良醫於生根本對治不如實知」〔T02 0105b14〕,老病死憂悲惱苦的根本對治也不如實知;如來如實知。良醫治病,大醫王治生。四諦被排成病、病源、對治、不復發,是四諦最平實的一種讀法:苦是病,集是病因,滅是病除,道是不再發。

十、沙門之沙門(經三九〇至三九三)

沙門婆羅門於四諦不如實知,「此非沙門之沙門,非婆羅門之婆羅門」〔T02 0105b25〕,不能見法自知作證;如實知者是沙門之沙門。三九一換詞:「非沙門數、非婆羅門數」〔T02 0105c11〕。三九二換成「不得脫苦」〔T02 0105c19〕與解脫於苦,經末列了七對差別——捨惡趣、捨戒退減、過人法、福田、大師、越苦、脫苦——「如是上諸經重說,悉繼以偈」〔T02 0106a04〕,偈說不知苦者不能越眾苦,如實知者究竟得解脫。三九三從另一頭數:「若善男子正信非家,出家學道,彼一切所應當知四聖諦法」〔T02 0106a17〕;須陀洹知四諦,斯陀含、阿那含、漏盡、辟支佛知四諦,「若得無上等正覺,彼一切知四聖諦故」〔T02 0106b18〕。從剛出家到成佛,七層人,知的是同一個四諦。沙門之所以是沙門,不是衣與名,是知不知這四件事。

十一、六喻(經三九四至三九九)

六經六個譬喻。「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦。」〔T02 0106b25〕知四諦是盡苦的前相,像天亮以前的明相。日月不出則眾星不現,「世間常冥,無有明照,唯有長夜,純大闇苦現於世間」〔T02 0106c06〕;如來出世說四諦,「純一智慧現於世間」〔T02 0106c16〕。日出壞闇,聖弟子得法眼與無間等俱,三結斷,名須陀洹,不墮惡趣,必定正覺,趣七有;中間雖有憂苦,「聽彼聖弟子離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足住」〔T02 0106c25〕,世尊「不見彼聖弟子有一法不斷,能令還生此世者,此則聖弟子得法眼之大義」〔T02 0106c26〕。三九七說次第:苦集滅未無間等而要道諦無間等,「無有是處」〔T02 0107a09〕,像拿佉提羅葉作器盛水;先三諦後道諦,「斯則善說」〔T02 0107a16〕。三九八說不知者如綿丸隨風,「常觀他面,常隨他說」〔T02 0107b05〕;知者如因陀羅柱,「不視他面,不隨他語」〔T02 0107b11〕。三九九說知者如十六肘石柱八肘入地,「至諸論處,無能屈」〔T02 0107b21〕。六喻說的是知四諦的三樣:它是前相,它是光,它是柱。前相在前,光是出世才有,柱是自己站得住。

十二、頭衣·三百槍·平等正覺(經四〇〇至四〇二)

四〇〇世尊先設一句世人常說的話:頭衣著火,當起增上欲急救令滅;然後自己把它推翻——「莫作是說!當置頭衣,於四聖諦起增上欲」〔T02 0107c01〕。頭衣著火是小事,「長夜熾然,地獄、畜生、餓鬼」〔T02 0107c05〕才是火。四〇一說百歲之人,日日三百槍,然後聞法得無間等,他肯不肯?肯,因為長夜受苦更多,「不以終身受三百槍為大苦也」〔T02 0107c20〕。四〇二說「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺」〔T02 0107c26〕。三經一起看:頭衣之火不急,三百槍不苦,因為有一件事比這兩件都大;而如來之所以是如來,就是把那件事做完了。

十三、手中葉·射毛·盲龜(經四〇三至四〇六)

四〇三世尊說我與你們於四諦「無知、無見、無隨順覺、無隨順受者,應當長夜驅馳生死」〔T02 0108a08〕;「順知、順入,斷諸有流」〔T02 0108a13〕,不受後有。偈說長夜涉生死,不見聖諦故。四〇四在申恕林手把樹葉:「自所見法,為人定說者,如手中樹葉」〔T02 0108b04〕,所不說者如大林樹葉。說的,是「彼法義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益、明、慧、正覺、向於涅槃」〔T02 0108b05〕;不說的,不是不知,是不饒益。四〇五阿難見離車童子箭箭入門孔,以為難;世尊說破一毛為百分射一分更難,「未若於苦聖諦生如實知,此則甚難」〔T02 0108b29〕。偈:「觀一一苦陰,非我難亦然。」〔T02 0108c04〕四〇六說盲龜浮木:「盲龜浮木,雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身,甚難於彼。」〔T02 0108c13〕為什麼?「不行其義、不行法、不行善、不行真實」〔T02 0108c15〕。四經是四個難:知的難(手中葉與大林),知四諦的難(射毛),得人身的難(盲龜),不知的代價(長夜驅馳)。全卷在盲龜處止:人身已得,四諦未無間等者,當勤方便。

十四、一卷的讀法

這一卷可以用三七二與三七九讀。三七二說食沒有食者,三七九說四諦三轉十二行。前十四經是食:三六五先說終點,三六六至三七〇說諸佛怎樣見緣起,三七一說食在愛後,三七二說無食者,三七三說四食四觀四斷,三七四至三七八說識住與識不住。後二十八經是諦:三七九是源頭,三八〇至三八八是知諦者的九個名字,三八九說四諦如醫,三九〇至三九三說沙門與七層人,三九四至三九九說六喻,四〇〇至四〇六說七個催促。

食與諦接在一起,接點在三七二與三七四:識食有貪有喜則識住,識住則入名色,入名色則有;而這一切沒有一個誰。四諦也一樣:三轉十二行裡沒有知者,只有眼智明覺生;九經裡的阿羅漢、上士、賢聖,是作了四件事的人的名字,不是作事以前就有的人。「無間等」一詞,前十四經唯三六六用於緣起之觀,三八一以後在諦段反覆出現:知四諦不是知道四個名字,是無間等——不隔,不斷,直接。世尊催促的口氣在這一卷愈來愈急:頭衣、三百槍、手中葉、射毛、盲龜。急的理由只有一個:人身難得,四諦可知,知了就不再漂流。

承衍——攝事分所攝

攝事分卷九十四末嗢拕南「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、極多諸過患、雜染等為後」〔T30n1579 0838c04〕五門攝本卷三七一至三七八;卷九十五嗢拕南「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得」〔T30n1579 0840b24〕十二門攝三七九至四〇六;三六五至三七〇,論無專門,隨文參見。門序隨經序。

安立門釋三七一「攝受長養」:「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種」〔T30n1579 0838c06〕,氣力、喜樂、專注希望、諸根大種,各以段、觸、意會思、識為食。觀察於食義門釋三七二,是論對本卷最切的一段:「唯法引法說為食義」〔T30n1579 0839b07〕;誰食識食,「當知此問為非理問」〔T30n1579 0839b17〕;誰是能食識食因緣,是如理問,「能令悟入緣起理故」〔T30n1579 0839b18〕;一路到有,「都無觸者乃至有者能有所觸,乃至有有」〔T30n1579 0839c02〕。經說「我不言有食識者」,論說為什麼:法生已不住,無我能食所食;說有食者是隨順世間言說,約世俗諦,非約勝義。極多諸過患門釋三七三三喻:「當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著」〔T30n1579 0839c13〕,觸處「如無皮牛」〔T30n1579 0839c15〕,有漏意會思食「如一分火」〔T30n1579 0839c25〕——論先以三食說三苦,再說「即由如是三食因緣,生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」〔T30n1579 0840a01〕;識食之譬,論與經同,唯置於三食之後,作三苦所依。雜染等為後門釋三七四至三七八之喜貪:喜是意會思食因緣的專注希望,貪是順樂受觸食因緣的染著,「此二煩惱,於現法中能染於識」〔T30n1579 0840a17〕,「令其安止四種識住,增長當來後有種子」〔T30n1579 0840a18〕;經之識住增長,論說為喜貪二煩惱之當來過患。同門亦有樓閣與畫師二譬之對:喜貪未斷者,六處所攝有識之身「猶如臺觀六處窓牖,能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處」〔T30n1579 0840a26〕;魔以可愛境界彩畫其人,「譬如其地,能為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處」〔T30n1579 0840b07〕;已斷喜貪者「猶若虛空,非為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處」〔T30n1579 0840b09〕——經之西壁與虛空,論作地與虛空;經之畫師,論作魔羅,詞異而喻同。

如理門開諦段:「若於諦智增上如理及不如理不如實知,」〔T30n1579 0840b26〕不能盡漏;三九〇至三九二沙門婆羅門之如實知不如實知,以此門通。得門釋三七九:善轉法輪有五相,所緣境是四聖諦,得方便是「三周正轉十二相智」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕;初轉生聖慧眼,依去來今世差別「如其次第,名智、明、覺」〔T30n1579 0843b14〕;第二轉是有學應當遍知未知苦諦乃至應當修習未修道諦,第三轉是無學所應作我皆已作。阿若憍陳聞法最初悟解,答我已解法,地神傳告乃至梵世;「正見等法所成性故,說名法輪」〔T30n1579 0843c06〕。論以初轉為見道、二轉為有學、三轉為無學,正合三八二之「當」與三八三以後之「已」。得門次段釋三八一四種瑜伽:淨信、厚欲、精進、善方便——經之增上欲、方便堪能、正念正知。相門釋三八九:「苦諦如諸疾病;集諦如起病因;滅諦如病生已,而得除愈」〔T30n1579 0843c18〕,道諦如病除已令後不生;病者求爾所正法,良醫授爾所正法,「是故更無第五聖諦」〔T30n1579 0843c21〕;諸佛如來是「拔大愛箭無上良醫」〔T30n1579 0843c22〕。同段末列不成現觀之沙門婆羅門「當知略有十相過患」〔T30n1579 0843c25〕,與三九二經末七對重說之目相應。處門釋三九三:淨信出家名得依處,聲聞菩提、獨覺菩提、無上菩提名得,三周正轉名得方便——經之善男子出家、須陀洹至辟支佛、無上等正覺,論作依處、得、方便三位。障門釋四〇二、四〇三:修現觀「略有四種障礙」〔T30n1579 0844b25〕,不信、上慢、待時、放逸;為斷初不信,世尊自引「我已於四聖諦理得現觀故,證覺無上正等菩提」〔T30n1579 0844c02〕;為斷第二不信,說「我昔與汝輩,長世久流轉,由未正思惟」〔T30n1579 0844c04〕覺悟真諦——即四〇三「我與汝等於四聖諦無知、無見」之偈意。過門釋三六七、三六八之「如實顯現」與三八八:沙門婆羅門於諦未成現觀,「當知略有四種過患」〔T30n1579 0845b10〕,三惡趣、人天燒煮、色無色之無明闇、三種妄見;「由是因緣,應知如實顯示諸諦」〔T30n1579 0845b24〕。後難得門釋四〇六:「若住是身入諦現觀」〔T30n1579 0846a15〕,「當知此身最為難得」〔T30n1579 0846a16〕,見諦有學難得,聞思修妙慧難得,有暇圓滿難得——經之盲龜浮木,論作諸難得之首。

論於本卷所給最大的一把鑰匙是觀察於食義門:經只說「我不言有食識者」,論說出理由——法生已不住,無我能食所食,說有食者唯隨順世間;問誰食是非理問,問何因緣是如理問。頗求那六問被改成六個何緣故,論說這就是從非理問改成如理問,為了悟入緣起。食與諦兩段由此相接:食義是唯法引法,諦智是於法如實知;兩邊都不立一個誰。

Phalguna asks: “World-Honored One, who feeds on this consciousness?” The World-Honored One answers: “I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness. If I said there were one who feeds on consciousness, you should ask this; I say consciousness is a nutriment.” The forty-two discourses of this fascicle speak of nutriment in the first fourteen and of the truths in the last twenty-eight. Nutriment is what nourishes what; the truths are what is to be known of what; and on neither side does the World-Honored One say there is anyone, only dharma and dharma. The four nutriments have no one who feeds, and the four noble truths have no knower waiting outside to know them; what there is, is consciousness abiding and consciousness not abiding, unbroken comprehension and its not yet being attained. The whole fascicle has one urging, repeated again and again: “One who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.”

I. Final Nirvāṇa in This Very Life (Discourse 365)

The World-Honored One asks first, the bhikṣus request him to speak, and only then does he answer. Final nirvāṇa in this very life is not a matter for after death; it is “if a bhikṣu, with regard to old age, sickness, and death, is weary of them, free of desire for them, and brings them to cessation, does not give rise to the outflows, and his mind is well liberated, this is called a bhikṣu attaining final nirvāṇa in this very life.” This sentence is the tail of the discourse on practice in accordance with the Dharma in the previous fascicle and the head of this one: the previous fascicle said that one who is weary of, free of desire for, and brings to cessation the twelve links is practising in accordance with the Dharma; this discourse says that such a person is called one who attains final nirvāṇa in this very life. Set at the head of the fascicle, it names the destination first, and only then speaks of the road.

II. What the Buddha Vipaśyin Saw (Discourses 366 to 370)

Discourse 366 tells what the Buddha Vipaśyin saw before he attained right awakening: “all the world enters birth and death, born of itself and ripening of itself, perishing of itself and sinking of itself,” and beings do not know as it really is the way out beyond old age and death. He asks layer by layer, and when he reaches clinging, the manner of answering changes: not ‘because there is craving there is clinging’, but “clinging is relishing, attachment, and longing for things, increased by craving conditioned by contact”; clinging is attachment to and longing for things, nourished by contact and craving. Then comes the simile of the lamp wick, in brief. The six Buddhas speak alike. Discourses 367 and 368 are the method: “meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind,” or cultivating the measureless samādhi; and what comes of cultivating them? “These dharmas, impermanent, conditioned, with outflows, become manifest as they really are”: from old age and death down to the formations, the arising, the cessation, and the path to cessation of each link become manifest. The fruit of meditative reflection is not concentration but manifestation. Discourses 369 and 370 are the Buddha Vipaśyin and the present Buddha, each beneath the tree of awakening for seven days, “contemplating the twelve links of dependent arising in reverse and in order,” rising to speak a verse: “forever free of all doubts, he knows the dharmas born of causes and conditions.” The five discourses stand together to make clear where final nirvāṇa in this very life comes from: this is how the Buddhas saw, and this is how the bhikṣus cultivate.

III. What Is the Cause of These Four Nutriments (Discourse 371)

The four nutriments sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. Asked where they come from, the answer is craving; craving from feeling, feeling from contact, contact from the six sense bases. Traced forward again: “the arising of the six sense bases is the arising of contact, the arising of contact is the arising of feeling, the arising of feeling is the arising of craving, the arising of craving is the arising of nutriment,” and because of the arising of nutriment there is the arising of birth, old age, sickness, and death. This discourse sets nutriment within the twelve links: nutriment comes after craving and is what craving nourishes. The twelve links themselves have no link called nutriment; when the World-Honored One speaks of nutriment he takes the fruit of craving out and speaks of it on its own. Craving wants things, and what it gets is nutriment.

IV. I Do Not Say There Is One Who Feeds on Consciousness (Discourse 372)

Phalguna stands behind the Buddha fanning him and asks six times; six times the World-Honored One does not answer first but first corrects his question. “World-Honored One, who feeds on this consciousness?” — “I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness. If I said there were one who feeds on consciousness, you should ask this; I say consciousness is a nutriment.” What should be asked is through what condition there is the nutriment of consciousness, and the answer is that “it brings about future existence and makes continued birth; because there is existence there are the six sense bases, and conditioned by the six sense bases there is contact.” Then “for whom is there contact,” “for whom feeling,” “for whom craving,” “for whom clinging,” “for whom existence,” and the World-Honored One says in turn “I do not say there is one who contacts,” “I do not say there is one who feels,” “I do not say there is one who craves,” “I do not say there is one who clings,” “I do not say there is one who exists,” each time changing “for whom” into “through what condition is there.” Six questions, six corrections: the questioner changes six times who the one is, and the one answering six times refuses the one. In the last answer the World-Honored One sets out the whole chain in order and in reverse. This discourse is the pivot of the fascicle: nutriment has no one who feeds, contact has no one who contacts, all the way to existence having no one who exists. The word “nutriment” in the nutriment of consciousness is the one most likely to make a person suppose there is someone eating consciousness; the World-Honored One says consciousness is a nutriment, not anyone’s food.

V. Contemplating the Four Nutriments (Discourse 373)

Each of the four nutriments is given a simile and a cutting off. Morsel food is like the couple crossing the wilderness who ate their son’s flesh: “whenever one eats morsel food, one should contemplate it thus”; once it is contemplated, “with full knowledge of the abandoning of morsel food, craving for the five strands of sense pleasure is cut off.” Contact is like a cow with its skin stripped off alive, eaten by insects wherever it goes; “with full knowledge of the abandoning of contact, the three feelings are cut off.” Mental intention is like a fire without smoke or flame beside a city, which the wise, knowing of it, avoid from afar; “when mental intention is cut off, the three cravings are cut off.” Consciousness is like a captured robber receiving three hundred spears, told in brief, following the discourse on Suśīma in the previous fascicle; “with full knowledge of the abandoning of consciousness, there is full knowledge of the abandoning of name-and-form.” Four cuttings off: craving for the five sense pleasures, the three feelings, the three cravings, name-and-form. Contemplating the four nutriments is not refusing to eat; it is eating as one eats one’s son’s flesh, knowing it is to cross the wilderness, not taking its taste. Full knowledge of the abandoning is not the abandoning of food; it is the abandoning of craving for food, the abandoning of what food nourishes.

VI. The Station of Consciousness and the Western Wall (Discourses 374 to 378)

Discourse 374 states the mechanism: “if a bhikṣu has delight and craving for these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows; because the station of consciousness grows, it enters name-and-form,” because it enters name-and-form the formations grow, future existence grows, and the whole great mass of suffering arises; without craving and delight “consciousness does not abide and does not grow,” and does not enter name-and-form. Discourse 375 compresses this into one sentence: with craving and delight there is grief and there is defilement. Discourses 376, 377, and 378 are three similes saying one thing. A mansion has windows east and west, and the sun rising in the east shines upon the western wall; and if there were no western wall? “It would shine upon empty space, with nothing to grasp at.” Without craving and delight for the four nutriments, “consciousness has no place to abide.” A painter who wishes to paint upon empty space cannot, because “that empty space is not form, offers no resistance, and cannot be seen”; a painter can paint upon form, and “wishing to paint something apart from form” he cannot. The station of consciousness is sunlight with a wall to shine on, paint with a form to cling to; without craving and delight the wall is gone and the form is gone, the light is still there and the colours are still there, only there is nowhere for them to abide. These five discourses turn the ‘no one who feeds’ of 372 into a practice: not finding someone who does not eat, but leaving consciousness without a wall.

VII. The Three Turnings and Twelve Aspects (Discourse 379)

The World-Honored One addresses the five bhikṣus. Each of the four truths is spoken three times. The first time, “a dharma never heard before, to be rightly reflected upon; at that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening,” is this is suffering, this is arising, this is cessation, this is the path; the second time is “the noble truth of suffering, known, is to be known further,” arising is to be abandoned, cessation realized, the path cultivated; the third time is known and gone out from, abandoned and gone out from, realized and gone out from, cultivated and gone out from. Three turnings and twelve aspects, and at each aspect vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening arise. The World-Honored One says: “had I not given rise to vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening in these three turnings and twelve aspects of the four noble truths,” I could not have gained escape and release among the assemblies of gods, māras, Brahmās, ascetics, and brāhmaṇas, nor realized awakening for myself. When he has spoken, Kauṇḍinya and eighty thousand gods attain the purity of the Dharma-eye. The World-Honored One asks twice, “have you understood the Dharma?”; Kauṇḍinya answers that he has understood, and Kauṇḍinya answers that he has understood. “Because the venerable Kauṇḍinya has understood the Dharma, he is therefore called Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya”: one person, two names, and the second name is given for understanding the Dharma. The earth deities call out, and the gods call out heaven by heaven up to the Brahmā world: “the hosts of gods increase, the hosts of asuras diminish.” “Therefore this discourse is called the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma.” This is how the wheel turns: the World-Honored One knows for himself, speaks it to five, one understands first, and the gods call it out up to the Brahmā world. The twenty-eight discourses on the truths in this fascicle have this one as their source; every one after it lies within these four sentences and twelve aspects.

VIII. Nine Discourses on the Four Noble Truths (Discourses 380 to 388)

Discourse 380 says only that there are four noble truths, and gives their four names. Discourse 381 says that one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension should cultivate unbroken comprehension, “giving rise to heightened desire, with effort and ability, right mindfulness and right knowledge.” Discourse 382 gives the four tasks of the four truths: “to be known and understood,” “to be known and abandoned,” “the noble truth of the cessation of suffering is to be known and realized,” “to be known and cultivated.” From 383 on, “to be” is changed to “has been,” and then it is said who the person is who has known, understood, abandoned, realized, and cultivated: 383 says he “cuts off craving and desire, turns away the bonds, has unbroken comprehension of conceit, and reaches the end of suffering”; 384 says he “is called an arhat”; 385 says he has “completed pure conduct, wholly pure and clean, and is called a superior person”; 386 says he has lifted the crossbar, levelled the moat, crossed the perilous places, is freed from the bonds, and has raised the noble banner; 387 explains those five phrases itself: the crossbar is the five lower bonds, “ignorance is called the deep moat,” the perilous places are the boundless round of birth and death, the bonds are craving, and “that the conceit of self has been cut off and known is called raising the noble banner”; 388 says he “has cut off the five factors, is endowed with the six, guards the one, relies on the four,” has set aside the several truths, left the four crossroads, his mind well liberated and his wisdom well liberated, a superior person. Nine discourses in one mould: there are four truths, four things are done with regard to them, and this is what the person is called. The names grow longer towards the end, and they speak of the same person. The “to be” of 382 and the “has been” of 383 onward are exactly the second and third turnings of 379.

IX. The Great King of Physicians (Discourse 389)

A good physician has four qualities: “first, he knows the disease well; second, he knows well the source of the disease; third, he knows well the cure for the disease; fourth, he knows well that once the disease is cured it will not recur in the future.” The Tathāgata is the great king of physicians, and his four virtues are knowing the four truths as they really are. The difference lies in what is cured: “that good physician of the world does not know as it really is the cure for birth as the root,” nor does he know as it really is the cure for the root of old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering; the Tathāgata knows these as they really are. A good physician cures diseases; the great king of physicians cures birth. The four truths set out as disease, source, cure, and no recurrence is the plainest reading of the four truths: suffering is the disease, arising its cause, cessation its removal, the path its not recurring.

X. An Ascetic among Ascetics (Discourses 390 to 393)

Ascetics and brāhmaṇas who do not know the four truths as they really are, “these are not ascetics among ascetics, not brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas,” and cannot see the Dharma, know it for themselves, and bear witness to it; those who know them as they really are are ascetics among ascetics. Discourse 391 changes the word: “not counted among ascetics, not counted among brāhmaṇas.” Discourse 392 changes it to “not freed from suffering” and freed from suffering, and at its end lists seven pairs of difference: leaving the evil destinations, falling away from the precepts, the dharma beyond the human, the field of merit, the great teacher, passing beyond suffering, being freed from suffering; “the discourses above are to be repeated thus, each followed by a verse,” and the verse says that one who does not know suffering cannot pass beyond the mass of suffering, and one who knows as it really is attains final liberation. Discourse 393 counts from the other end: “if a son of good family with right faith leaves home for the homeless life to train in the path, all that he should know is the dharma of the four noble truths”; the stream-enterer knows the four truths, the once-returner, the non-returner, one whose outflows are ended, the pratyekabuddha know the four truths, and “if one attains unsurpassed right awakening, that is because of knowing all of the four noble truths.” From one newly gone forth to one who has become a Buddha, seven ranks of people, and what they know is the same four truths. What makes an ascetic an ascetic is not the robe or the name but whether he knows these four things.

XI. Six Similes (Discourses 394 to 399)

Six discourses, six similes. “Just as when the sun rises the sign of light appears first, so too does the complete ending of suffering have a sign that goes before? It is knowing the four noble truths.” Knowing the four truths is the sign that goes before the ending of suffering, like the light before dawn. If sun and moon did not appear the stars would not appear, “the world would be ever dark, without light, nothing but the long night, and the whole great darkness of suffering would appear in the world”; when the Tathāgata appears in the world and teaches the four truths, “wisdom alone, undivided, appears in the world.” As sunrise destroys the dark, the noble disciple attains the Dharma-eye together with unbroken comprehension, the three bonds are cut off, he is called a stream-enterer, not subject to falling into evil destinations, certain of right awakening, bound for seven rebirths; though there be sorrow and suffering in between, “let that noble disciple, secluded from desire and from evil and unwholesome states, with initial and sustained thought, with the joy and ease born of seclusion, dwell having fully attained the first dhyāna,” and the World-Honored One “does not see one dharma in that noble disciple left uncut that could make him be born again in this world; this is the great benefit of the noble disciple attaining the Dharma-eye.” Discourse 397 gives the order: to have unbroken comprehension of the truth of the path without yet having unbroken comprehension of suffering, arising, and cessation, “there is no such possibility,” like taking khadira leaves to make a vessel to hold water; first the three truths and then the truth of the path, “this is well said.” Discourse 398 says that one who does not know is like a ball of cotton blown by the wind, who “always looks to the faces of others, always follows what others say”; one who knows is like an Indra pillar, who “does not look to the faces of others, does not follow the words of others.” Discourse 399 says that one who knows is like a stone pillar sixteen cubits long with eight cubits set in the ground: “when he comes to the places of debate, nothing can bend him.” The six similes say three things about knowing the four truths: it is the sign that goes before, it is light, it is a pillar. The sign comes first, the light is there only when a Buddha appears in the world, and the pillar stands by itself.

XII. The Head-Cloth, the Three Hundred Spears, Fully and Evenly Awakened (Discourses 400 to 402)

In 400 the World-Honored One first sets out a saying people in the world commonly use: when one’s head-cloth is on fire, one should give rise to heightened desire to put it out at once; then he overturns it himself: “Do not speak so! Set aside the head-cloth, and give rise to heightened desire for the four noble truths.” A head-cloth on fire is a small matter; “burning through the long night in the hells, among animals, and among hungry ghosts” is the fire. Discourse 401 speaks of a man of a hundred years who suffers three hundred spears every day and then hears the Dharma and attains unbroken comprehension: would he accept it? He would, because the suffering of the long night is greater, and “he would not take three hundred spears for his whole life to be great suffering.” Discourse 402 says that “being fully and evenly awakened to the four noble truths, one is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One.” Read together: the fire on the head-cloth is no emergency and the three hundred spears are no suffering, because there is one thing greater than both; and the Tathāgata is the Tathāgata because he has finished that one thing.

XIII. The Leaves in the Hand, Shooting a Hair, the Blind Turtle (Discourses 403 to 406)

In 403 the World-Honored One says that I and you, with regard to the four truths, “being without knowledge, without vision, without conforming awakening, without conforming acceptance, have had to be driven through birth and death for the long night”; “knowing and entering accordingly, one cuts off the floods of existence” and takes no further existence. The verse says that one wades through birth and death for the long night because one has not seen the noble truths. In 404, in the Śiṃśapā grove, he takes leaves in his hand: “the Dharma I have seen for myself and have definitely taught to others is like the leaves in my hand,” and what I have not taught is like the leaves of the great forest. What is taught is “that Dharma which brings benefit in meaning, benefit in the Dharma, benefit for pure conduct, knowledge, wisdom, right awakening, heading toward nirvāṇa”; what is not taught is not unknown, but of no benefit. In 405 Ānanda sees the Licchavi youths sending every arrow through the keyhole and thinks it hard; the World-Honored One says it is harder to split a hair into a hundred parts and shoot one part, “but it is not so hard as giving rise to knowledge as it really is of the noble truth of suffering; that is very hard indeed.” The verse: “to contemplate each aggregate of suffering as not self is as hard.” In 406 the blind turtle and the floating log: “the blind turtle and the floating log, though they may miss each other, may yet meet. For the foolish ordinary person drifting through the five destinations to regain a human body for a while is harder than that.” Why? They “do not act for the good, do not act by the Dharma, do not act wholesomely, do not act truthfully.” The four discourses are four difficulties: the difficulty of knowing (the leaves in the hand and the great forest), the difficulty of knowing the four truths (shooting the hair), the difficulty of obtaining a human body (the blind turtle), and the cost of not knowing (being driven for the long night). The fascicle stops at the blind turtle: the human body has been obtained, and one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four truths should strive with skilful means.

XIV. How to Read the Fascicle

This fascicle can be read through 372 and 379. Discourse 372 says that nutriment has no one who feeds; 379 says the four noble truths in three turnings and twelve aspects. The first fourteen discourses are nutriment: 365 names the destination first, 366 to 370 tell how the Buddhas saw dependent arising, 371 sets nutriment after craving, 372 says there is no one who feeds, 373 gives the four nutriments, four contemplations, and four cuttings off, 374 to 378 speak of consciousness abiding and not abiding. The last twenty-eight are the truths: 379 is the source, 380 to 388 are nine names of one who knows the truths, 389 speaks of the four truths as medicine, 390 to 393 of the ascetic and the seven ranks of people, 394 to 399 of six similes, 400 to 406 of seven urgings.

Nutriment and the truths join at 372 and 374: with delight and craving for the nutriment of consciousness, consciousness abides; when consciousness abides it enters name-and-form; when it enters name-and-form there is existence; and in all of this there is no one. The four truths are the same: in the three turnings and twelve aspects there is no knower, only vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening arising; the arhat, the superior person, and the noble one of the nine discourses are names for a person who has done four things, not a person who was there before the doing. The term “unbroken comprehension” appears in the first fourteen discourses only in 366, of the contemplation of dependent arising, and from 381 on recurs throughout the section on the truths: to know the four truths is not to know four names but to comprehend without a break, without a gap, directly. The World-Honored One’s urging grows more pressing through this fascicle: the head-cloth, the three hundred spears, the leaves in the hand, shooting the hair, the blind turtle. The reason for the urgency is one: the human body is hard to obtain, the four truths can be known, and once they are known one drifts no more.

Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers

The summary verse at the end of Fascicle 94 of the Compendium of Topics, “establishing; together with causes and conditions; examining the meaning of nutriment; the very many faults; defilement, and so on, last,” gathers Discourses 371 to 378 of this fascicle in five headings; the summary verse of Fascicle 95, “the reasoned; inclusion; the truth of arising; attainment; characteristics; the basis; function; obstacles; faults; black ripening, and so on; the great meaning; finally, what is hard to obtain,” gathers 379 to 406 in twelve headings; for 365 to 370 the treatise has no separate heading, and they are referred to where the text allows. The order of the headings follows the order of the discourses.

The heading of establishing glosses “held and nourished” in 371: “there are four kinds of dharma which in the present life most nourish the faculties and the great elements,” strength, joy and ease, concentrated hope, and the faculties and great elements themselves, each having morsel food, contact, mental intention, and consciousness as its nutriment. The heading of examining the meaning of nutriment glosses 372, and is the treatise’s most pertinent passage for this fascicle: “only a dharma drawing on a dharma is called the meaning of nutriment”; as to who feeds on the nutriment of consciousness, “know that this question is an unreasoned question”; as to who is the cause and condition able to feed on the nutriment of consciousness, that is a reasoned question, “because it can bring one to enter into the principle of dependent arising”; all the way to existence, “there is no one who contacts, and so on up to no one who exists, who could do the contacting, and so on up to having existence.” The discourse says “I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness”; the treatise says why: a dharma once arisen does not abide, there is no self that could feed or be fed on, and to say there is one who feeds is to follow the speech of the world, in terms of conventional truth, not of ultimate truth. The heading of the very many faults glosses the three similes of 373: “one should contemplate morsel food as the thought of one’s son’s flesh, and not be attached to it,” the sense bases of contact “like a skinless cow,” and mental intention with outflows “like a portion of fire”; the treatise first speaks of three sufferings through three nutriments, and then says, “through the causes and conditions of these three nutriments there arises, as has been said, the inner suffering that depends on consciousness; therefore, bhikṣus, one should contemplate the nutriment of consciousness as the piercing of three hundred spears”; the simile for consciousness is the same in treatise and discourse, only the treatise sets it after the three nutriments, as that on which the three sufferings depend. The heading of defilement and the rest glosses the delight and craving of 374 to 378: delight is the concentrated hope that is the cause and condition of the nutriment of mental intention, and craving is the defiled attachment that is the cause and condition of the nutriment of contact accompanied by pleasant feeling; “these two defilements in the present life can defile” consciousness, “causing it to settle in the four stations of consciousness and to increase the seeds of future existence”; what the discourse calls the growth of the station of consciousness, the treatise calls the future fault of the two defilements of delight and craving. The same heading has a counterpart to the two similes of the mansion and the painter: for one who has not cut off delight and craving, the body with consciousness that the six sense bases comprise “is like a tower whose six windows can give” “the sunlight of defilements that take objects as their condition a place to enter and rest”; Māra paints that person with desirable objects, “like the ground, which can be a surface for the painting of all kinds of defilements”; for one who has cut off delight and craving it is “like empty space,” “not a surface for the painting of all kinds of defilements”; the discourse’s western wall and empty space are the treatise’s ground and empty space, the discourse’s painter is the treatise’s Māra, different in words and the same in simile.

The heading of the reasoned opens the section on the truths: “if, with regard to the knowledge of the truths, one does not know as it really is what is reasoned and what is unreasoned,” one cannot end the outflows; the knowing and not knowing as it really is of the ascetics and brāhmaṇas in 390 to 392 is understood through this heading. The heading of attainment glosses 379: the good turning of the wheel of the Dharma has five characteristics, its object is the four noble truths, and its means of attainment is “the three cycles of right turning” and “the knowledge of twelve aspects”; the first turning gives rise to the noble eye of wisdom, and according to the distinction of past, future, and present “in that order they are called knowledge, understanding, and awakening”; the second turning is that the trainee should fully know the truth of suffering not yet known, and so on up to cultivating the truth of the path not yet cultivated; the third turning is that what one beyond training should do has all been done. Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya, hearing the Dharma, was the first to awaken and understand, and answered that he had understood the Dharma; the earth deities passed it on up to the Brahmā world; “because it is of the nature of right view and the other dharmas, it is called the wheel of the Dharma.” The treatise takes the first turning as the path of seeing, the second as the trainee, and the third as the one beyond training, which fits exactly the “to be” of 382 and the “has been” of 383 onward. The next passage under attainment glosses the four kinds of yoga of 381: pure faith, strong desire, energy, and skilful means, which are the discourse’s heightened desire, effort and ability, right mindfulness and right knowledge. The heading of characteristics glosses 389: “the truth of suffering is like the diseases; the truth of arising is like the cause that gives rise to disease; the truth of cessation” is like the disease being removed and healed, and the truth of the path is like the disease once removed not arising again; the sick seek just so much right Dharma, and the good physician gives just so much right Dharma, “and therefore there is” “no fifth noble truth”; the Buddhas, the Tathāgatas, are “the unsurpassed good” physicians who draw out the great arrow of craving. At the end of the same passage it lists, for ascetics and brāhmaṇas who have not accomplished direct realization, “in brief ten kinds of fault,” corresponding to the seven pairs repeated at the end of 392. The heading of the basis glosses 393: going forth with pure faith is called attaining the basis; the awakening of the disciple, the awakening of the solitary one, and unsurpassed awakening are called attainment; the three cycles of right turning are called the means of attainment; the discourse’s son of good family going forth, its stream-enterer up to pratyekabuddha, and its unsurpassed right awakening the treatise sets out as the three positions of basis, attainment, and means. The heading of obstacles glosses 402 and 403: to cultivating direct realization there are “in brief four kinds” of obstacle, lack of faith, overestimation, waiting for the time, and heedlessness; to cut off the first lack of faith the World-Honored One cites himself, “because I have attained direct realization of the principle of the four noble truths, I realized and awakened to unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”; to cut off the second lack of faith he says, “I and you in former times through long ages flowed on, because we had not rightly” reflected on and awakened to the real truths; this is the sense of the verse of 403, “I and you, with regard to the four noble truths, without knowledge, without vision.” The heading of faults glosses the “become manifest as they really are” of 367 and 368 and glosses 388: for ascetics and brāhmaṇas who have not accomplished direct realization of the truths “know that there are in brief four kinds” of fault, the three evil destinations, the burning and boiling among humans and gods, the darkness of ignorance in the form and formless realms, and three kinds of false view; “for this reason, know that the truths should be made manifest as they really are.” The heading of what is finally hard to obtain glosses 406: “if, dwelling in this body, one enters direct realization” of the truths, “know that this body is the hardest of all to obtain”; the trainee who has seen the truths is hard to obtain, the fine wisdom of hearing, reflection, and cultivation is hard to obtain, the fullness of leisure is hard to obtain; the discourse’s blind turtle and floating log the treatise sets at the head of all that is hard to obtain.

The greatest key the treatise gives to this fascicle is the heading of examining the meaning of nutriment: the discourse says only “I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness,” and the treatise gives the reason: a dharma once arisen does not abide, there is no self that could feed or be fed on, and to say there is one who feeds is only to follow the speech of the world; to ask who feeds is an unreasoned question, and to ask through what cause and condition is a reasoned question. Phalguna’s six questions were changed into six “through what condition,” and the treatise says that this is exactly the change from unreasoned question to reasoned question, in order to enter into dependent arising. Here nutriment and the truths join: the meaning of nutriment is only a dharma drawing on a dharma, and the knowledge of the truths is knowing dharmas as they really are; on neither side is anyone set up as the one.

考據Apparatus

全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第十五全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第十五」,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」,經四十二部(經序三六五至四〇六),偈四首(經369 毘婆尸佛之偈,經392 重說之偈,經403 世尊之偈,經405 世尊之偈),無攝頌,卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第十五」。全卷漢字一萬零三百九十七。住處六:舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(經365–369·371–378),欝毘羅尼連禪河側大菩提所(經370),波羅㮈鹿野苑仙人住處(經379–402,經379 作「波羅㮈鹿野苑中仙人住處」,經380–384·387 作「波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中」,經385·386·388–402 作「波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中」),摩竭國王舍城、波羅利弗中間竹林聚落之福德舍(經403·404;經404 世尊與大眾又至申恕林),毘舍離獼猴池側重閣講堂(經405),獼猴池側重閣講堂(經406,底本不記毘舍離)。說者:經366–369·371·374·375·379–390·392–403 為世尊告諸比丘(直說;經379 為世尊告五比丘;經370 為略文,不錄說者);經365 為世尊先設問、諸比丘請說、佛乃說;經372 為比丘頗求那六問、佛六答;經373·376·377·378·404 經內佛問、比丘答;經379 世尊二度問尊者憍陳如,答者前稱憍陳如、後稱拘隣;經391 為略文,只錄差別者;經405 為尊者阿難見離車童子射門孔而白佛,佛問阿難答,世尊說偈;經406 世尊告諸比丘,答問者為阿難。前十四經屬食與緣起,後二十八經屬聖諦。所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分契經事緣起食諦界擇攝(論卷九十四食之擇攝,論卷九十五諦之擇攝;論卷九十六之首屬後卷)。大正藏校記異讀六十五條(內十一條為今行校本修訂列),見目九;大正注所載座標三十一條,見目十。


一、科判定位

卷第十五之位——底本卷首:

「雜阿含經卷第十五」〔T02 0101a03〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0101a05〕

卷末尾題同作「雜阿含經卷第十五」〔T02 0108c21〕。經序起於(三六五):「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0101a06〕。本卷為緣起食諦界相應之第三卷,承卷第十二、卷第十四。

住處(皆底本逐字):

  • 舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0101a06〕:經365;同句又見〔T02 0101a16〕〔T02 0101b24〕:經366·369;「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0101b08〕:經367;同句又見〔T02 0101b17〕〔T02 0101c25〕〔T02 0102a12〕〔T02 0102b18〕〔T02 0102c28〕〔T02 0103a13〕〔T02 0103a21〕〔T02 0103b08〕〔T02 0103b24〕:經368·371–378。
  • 欝毘羅尼連禪河側大菩提所——「如是我聞:一時,佛住欝毘羅尼連禪河側大菩提所」〔T02 0101c21〕:經370;「佛住欝毘羅尼連禪河側大菩提所,不久當成正覺,往詣菩提樹下」〔T02 0101c21〕。
  • 波羅㮈鹿野苑仙人住處——「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈鹿野苑中仙人住處」〔T02 0103c13〕「此苦聖諦,」〔T02 0103c14〕:經379;「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中」〔T02 0104b01〕:經380;同句又見〔T02 0104b06〕〔T02 0104b13〕〔T02 0104b20〕〔T02 0104b29〕〔T02 0104c27〕:經381–384·387;「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中」〔T02 0104c09〕:經385;同句又見〔T02 0104c18〕〔T02 0105a24〕〔T02 0106c18〕:經386·389·396;「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中」〔T02 0105a13〕:經388;同句又見〔T02 0105b21〕〔T02 0105c09〕〔T02 0105c15〕〔T02 0106a16〕〔T02 0106b24〕〔T02 0106c02〕〔T02 0107a03〕〔T02 0107a28〕〔T02 0107b16〕〔T02 0107b27〕〔T02 0107c11〕〔T02 0107c25〕:經390–395·397–402。三式之異,經380–384·387 無「國」字,經385·386·388–402 有之;校記諸本作「國仙」者見目九。
  • 摩竭國竹林聚落——「如是我聞:一時,佛在摩竭國人間遊行」〔T02 0108a04〕:經403;「佛在摩竭國人間遊行,於王舍城波羅利弗是中間竹林聚落,國王於中造福德舍。爾時,世尊與諸大眾於中宿止」〔T02 0108a04〕;經404「佛在摩竭國人間遊行,王舍城波羅利弗是中間竹林聚落,大王於中作福德舍。爾時,世尊與諸大眾於中止宿」〔T02 0108a24〕,其後世尊與大眾「爾時,世尊與諸大眾到申恕林,坐樹下」〔T02 0108a28〕。經403 作『國王……造』,經404 作『大王……作』,經403 有「於」字而經404 無,照錄。
  • 毘舍離獼猴池側重閣講堂——「如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離獼猴池側重閣講堂。爾時,尊者阿難晨朝著衣持鉢」〔T02 0108b13〕:經405。
  • 獼猴池側重閣講堂——「如是我聞:一時,佛住獼猴池側重閣講堂」〔T02 0108c06〕:經406;本經底本不記毘舍離,照錄不補。

四十二經之型與所問所說(型依經文本身之「問」「答」「告」「白」;所問所說皆底本逐字):

經錨型所問・所說(逐字)
365〔T02 0101a06〕世尊設問→諸比丘請說→佛說「云何如來說見法般涅槃?」諸比丘白佛:「世尊是法根」〔T02 0101a08〕;「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願為說見法般涅槃」〔T02 0101a08〕;「滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫,是名比丘得見法般涅槃」〔T02 0101a12〕
366〔T02 0101a16〕世尊告諸比丘(直說毘婆尸佛之思惟,逐支推求)→略文→過去六佛同說「即自觀察:『何緣有此老死?』如是正思惟觀察」〔T02 0101a21〕;「『取法味著顧念,緣觸愛所增長。』當知緣愛取」〔T02 0101a28〕;「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」〔T02 0101b01〕
367〔T02 0101b08〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「當勤方便修習禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘禪思,內寂其心」〔T02 0101b09〕;「行滅道跡如實顯現。此諸法無常、有為、有漏如實顯現。」〔T02 0101b14〕
368〔T02 0101b17〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「當修無量三摩提」〔T02 0101b18〕;「謂老死如實顯現,乃至行如實顯現,此諸法無常、有為、有漏。」〔T02 0101b20〕
369〔T02 0101b24〕世尊告諸比丘(直說毘婆尸佛一坐七日之觀)→毘婆尸佛說偈→過去六佛同說「一坐七日,於十二緣起逆順觀察,所謂此有故彼有」〔T02 0101b27〕;「彼毘婆尸佛正坐七日已,從三昧覺,說此偈言:」〔T02 0101b30〕
370〔T02 0101c21〕略文(只錄住處與坐)「往詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,正身正念……如前廣說」〔T02 0101c22〕
371〔T02 0101c25〕世尊告諸比丘(直說四食之因集生觸)「此四食何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂此諸食愛因、愛集、」〔T02 0101c28〕;「受集是愛集,愛集是食集,食集故未來世生、」〔T02 0102a05〕
372〔T02 0102a12〕比丘頗求那問→佛答,六回合(誰食·誰觸·誰受·誰愛·誰取·誰有)「世尊!誰食此識?」佛告頗求那:「我不言有食識者」〔T02 0102a17〕;「我說識是食。汝應問言:『何因緣故有識食?』我則答言」〔T02 0102a18〕;「有有故有六入處,六入處緣觸。』」頗求那復問:「為誰觸?」〔T02 0102a21〕;「世尊!為誰有?」佛告頗求那:「我不說有有者,」〔T02 0102b07〕
373〔T02 0102b18〕世尊告諸比丘,四食四譬;子肉之譬中佛問、比丘答「云何比丘觀察摶食?譬如有夫婦二人,唯有一子」〔T02 0102b21〕;「云何比丘觀察觸食?譬如有牛,生剝其皮,在在處處,諸蟲唼食」〔T02 0102c06〕;「云何比丘觀察意思食?譬如聚落城邑邊有火起,無煙無炎」〔T02 0102c13〕;「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」〔T02 0102c22〕
374〔T02 0102c28〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「若比丘於此四食有喜有貪,則識住增長,識住增長故」〔T02 0103a02〕;「若於四食無貪無喜,無貪無喜故,識不住、不增長,識不住、」〔T02 0103a06〕
375〔T02 0103a13〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「於此四食有貪有喜,則有憂悲、有塵垢,」〔T02 0103a17〕;「若於四食無貪無喜,則無憂悲,亦無塵垢。」〔T02 0103a18〕
376〔T02 0103a21〕世尊告諸比丘,說樓閣日光之譬→佛問、比丘答二度「東西牕牖,日出東方,光照西壁。如是,比丘!於此四食有貪有喜」〔T02 0103a26〕;「照西壁。」佛告比丘:「若無西壁,應何所照?」〔T02 0103b03〕;「應照虛空,無所攀緣。」「如是,」〔T02 0103b04〕
377〔T02 0103b08〕世尊告諸比丘,樓閣之問→比丘答;畫師之問→比丘答「畫師弟子集種種彩色,欲粧畫虛空,寧能畫不?」〔T02 0103b18〕;「不能。世尊!所以者何?彼虛空者,非色、無對」〔T02 0103b20〕
378〔T02 0103b24〕世尊告諸比丘,畫師二問→比丘二答(能·不能)「若畫師弟子集種種彩,欲粧畫於色,作種種像。諸比丘!於意云何」〔T02 0103b29〕;「如是,世尊!能粧畫色。」〔T02 0103c03〕;「不能。世尊!」「如是,比丘!若於四食無貪無喜」〔T02 0103c09〕
379〔T02 0103c13〕世尊告五比丘(三轉)→憍陳如及八萬諸天得法眼淨→世尊二問、憍陳如/拘隣二答→地神唱→諸天展轉傳唱至梵天→名經「本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。」〔T02 0103c15〕;「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」〔T02 0104a02〕;「未?」憍陳如白佛:「已知。世尊!」〔T02 0104a11〕;「知法未?」拘隣白佛:「已知。善逝!」〔T02 0104a12〕;「尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣。尊者阿若拘隣知法已」〔T02 0104a12〕;「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」〔T02 0104a26〕
380〔T02 0104b01〕世尊告諸比丘(直說四聖諦之名)「有四聖諦」〔T02 0104b02〕
381〔T02 0104b06〕同上,加未無間等者當修「若比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當修無間等,起增上欲,方便堪能」〔T02 0104b09〕
382〔T02 0104b13〕同上,加當知·當解/斷/證/修「當解,於苦集聖諦當知、當斷,於苦滅聖諦當知」〔T02 0104b17〕;「於苦滅聖諦當知、當證,於苦滅道跡聖諦當知、當修。」〔T02 0104b17〕
383〔T02 0104b20〕同上,已知已解等→斷愛欲「如是比丘則斷愛欲,轉去諸結,於慢無間等」〔T02 0104b25〕
384〔T02 0104b29〕同上→名阿羅漢「如是比丘名阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,所作已作,離諸重擔」〔T02 0104c05〕
385〔T02 0104c09〕同上→名為上士「如是比丘邊際、究竟邊際、離垢邊際,梵行已終」〔T02 0104c14〕
386〔T02 0104c18〕同上→建立聖幢「如是比丘無有關鍵,平治城壍,度諸嶮難,」〔T02 0104c23〕
387〔T02 0104c27〕同上→建立聖幢,並自釋五句「度諸嶮難,名為賢聖,建立聖幢。諸比丘!云何無有關鍵」〔T02 0105a04〕;「是名離關鍵。云何平治城塹,無明謂之深塹,彼得斷知」〔T02 0105a06〕
388〔T02 0105a13〕同上→斷五支,成六分「是名比丘斷五支,成六分,守護於一,依猗於四」〔T02 0105a18〕
389〔T02 0105a24〕世尊告諸比丘(醫王四法,合如來四德)「有四法成就,名曰大醫王者,所應王之具、王之分。何等為四」〔T02 0105a25〕;「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,」〔T02 0105b10〕
390〔T02 0105b21〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「此苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,此非沙門之沙門,」〔T02 0105b24〕
391〔T02 0105c09〕略文→只錄差別者「於四聖諦不如實知」〔T02 0105c10〕;「非沙門數、非婆羅門數;於四聖諦如實知者,是沙門數」〔T02 0105c11〕
392〔T02 0105c15〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)→結集者列同式諸經→重說之偈「苦集聖諦不如實知,苦滅聖諦不如實知,苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知」〔T02 0105c17〕;「如於苦不解脫、解脫,如是捨惡趣不解脫、」〔T02 0105c25〕;「如是上諸經重說,悉繼以偈:」〔T02 0106a04〕
393〔T02 0106a16〕世尊告諸比丘(出家至無上等正覺七位,各接結集者之語)「若善男子正信非家,出家學道,彼一切所應當知四聖諦法」〔T02 0106a17〕;「當勤方便,修無間等。如此章句,一切四聖諦經,應當具說」〔T02 0106a21〕;「若得無上等正覺,彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四」〔T02 0106b18〕
394〔T02 0106b24〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)→結集者之語「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」〔T02 0106b25〕
395〔T02 0106c02〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「若日月不出世間者,一切眾星亦不出於世間,晝夜」〔T02 0106c03〕;「長夜照明,純一智慧現於世間。」〔T02 0106c16〕
396〔T02 0106c18〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「周行空中,壞諸闇冥,光明顯照。如是,聖弟子所有集法」〔T02 0106c20〕;「能令還生此世者,此則聖弟子得法眼之大義。是故,比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者」〔T02 0106c27〕
397〔T02 0107a03〕世尊告諸比丘(無是處·有是處二譬)「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」〔T02 0107a10〕;「譬如有言我以純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,合集盛水持行者,此則善說」〔T02 0107a19〕
398〔T02 0107a28〕世尊告諸比丘(綿丸·因陀羅柱二譬)「婆羅門常觀他面,常隨他說,以不如實知故」〔T02 0107b05〕;「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」〔T02 0107b07〕
399〔T02 0107b16〕世尊告諸比丘(石柱之譬)「譬如石柱,長十六肘,八肘入地,四方風吹,不能令動」〔T02 0107b17〕;「使智慧不可傾動。是故,比丘!於四聖諦當勤方便」〔T02 0107b24〕
400〔T02 0107b27〕世尊告諸比丘(世語)→佛告比丘「莫作是說」「譬如有人火燒頭衣,當起增上欲,急救令滅。」〔T02 0107b28〕;「莫作是說!當置頭衣,於四聖諦起增上欲」〔T02 0107c01〕
401〔T02 0107c11〕世尊告諸比丘(百歲受三百槍之譬,內含他人之問)「當日日三時受苦,晨朝時受百槍苦,日中、晡時亦復如是」〔T02 0107c13〕;「不以終身受三百槍為大苦也。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未得無間等者」〔T02 0107c20〕
402〔T02 0107c25〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。何等為四」〔T02 0107c26〕
403〔T02 0108a04〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)→世尊說偈「我與汝等於四聖諦無知、無見、無隨順覺、無隨順受者,」〔T02 0108a07〕;「以我及汝於此苦聖諦順知、順入,斷諸有流,盡諸生死,不受後有」〔T02 0108a12〕
404〔T02 0108a24〕世尊手把樹葉而問→比丘答→佛合法「此手中葉為多耶」〔T02 0108a29〕;「世尊!手中樹葉甚少,彼大林中樹葉無量,百千億萬倍」〔T02 0108b01〕;「諸比丘!我成等正覺,自所見法,為人定說者,」〔T02 0108b03〕
405〔T02 0108b13〕尊者阿難見而白佛→佛問→阿難答→佛說→世尊說偈「競射精舍門孔,箭箭皆入門孔。尊者阿難見已,」〔T02 0108b16〕;「此為難耶?破一毛為百分,而射一毛分,箭箭悉中」〔T02 0108b25〕;「未若於苦聖諦生如實知,此則甚難。如是,」〔T02 0108b29〕
406〔T02 0108c06〕世尊告諸比丘、設譬而問→阿難答→佛告阿難「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」〔T02 0108c07〕;「不能。世尊!所以者何?此盲龜若至海東」〔T02 0108c11〕;「雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身」〔T02 0108c13〕

經之相從(依經文本身之式;只錄同式,不判其義):

  1. 經365——見法般涅槃,佛先設問而諸比丘請說,其請說之辭「是法根、法眼、法依」與前卷經362–364 同。
  2. 經366·369——毘婆尸佛未成正覺時之事,經370——今佛未成正覺時之事(主體為本經敘事之「佛」,省文承369 而主體不同);經366 逐支推求而以燈譬、城譬略之,經369 一坐七日逆順觀十二緣起而說偈,經370 但錄菩提樹下之坐而以「如前廣說」略之。經366·369 經末皆以過去六佛同說結。
  3. 經367·368——禪思與無量三摩提,同說「如實顯現」。
  4. 經371–378——八經同起於「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養」:經371 說四食之因集生觸,經372 頗求那之六問,經373 四食四譬,經374 識住增長,經375 憂悲塵垢,經376 樓閣日光,經377 畫虛空,經378 畫於色。
  5. 經379——轉法輪經。
  6. 經380–388——九經同起於「有四聖諦」,經381 以下各加一句,自當修無間等,至當知當斷,至已知已斷而得之名(斷愛欲·阿羅漢·上士·聖幢·五支六分)。
  7. 經389——醫王四法。
  8. 經390–392——沙門、婆羅門於四聖諦如實知與不如實知,經390 說沙門之沙門,經391 說沙門數,經392 說脫苦與不脫苦,並由結集者列同式諸經。
  9. 經393——出家至無上等正覺七位,皆知四聖諦。
  10. 經394–402——九經以譬或以句說四聖諦之要(日出明相·日月·日出壞闇·葉·綿丸與因陀羅柱·石柱·頭衣·三百槍·平等正覺)。
  11. 經403·404——摩竭國竹林聚落二經。
  12. 經405·406——獼猴池側重閣講堂二經,皆說難。

說者:經366–369·371·374·375·379–403 之說者唯世尊(經365 諸比丘請說而佛說;經370 為略文)(經379 告五比丘,其中尊者憍陳如/拘隣二答,地神與梵天唱言)。經372 比丘頗求那「住佛後扇佛」而問,凡六問,答者皆佛。經373·376·377·378 佛問、諸比丘答;經404 世尊手把樹葉而問,比丘答。經405 尊者阿難先自敘所見而白佛,佛問阿難,阿難答,佛說偈。經406 世尊告諸比丘而設譬,答問者為阿難(「不能。世尊!所以者何?此盲龜若至海東」〔T02 0108c11〕;「南、北四維圍遶亦爾,不必相得。」佛告阿難:「盲龜浮木,雖復差違」〔T02 0108c13〕),照錄不改。經369 偈之說者為毘婆尸佛,在世尊語中為所引。經392 之偈為結集者所稱「悉繼以偈」之重說偈。經401 譬中「有人語言」之問,在世尊語之內層。

偈:本卷四首(見目七)——經369 毘婆尸佛之偈,十五行三十句,五言;經392 重說之偈,十行二十句,五言;經403 世尊之偈,四行八句,五言;經405 世尊之偈,二行四句,五言。本卷無攝頌。

略文:

經略文(逐字)錨所指
366「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」〔T02 0101b01〕「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說。佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說」〔T02 0101b02〕前說之燈譬、城譬(本篇前卷)
370「往詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,正身正念……如前廣說」〔T02 0101c22〕經369 菩提樹下之觀
373「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」〔T02 0102c22〕「以彼因緣,受三百矛苦覺,晝夜苦痛」〔T02 0102c23〕前卷經347 須深經之王法治賊譬
376「於此四食有貪有喜……」如前廣說,乃至「純大苦聚集。」〔T02 0103a28〕本經上文·經374 之識住增長
376「若於四食無貪無喜……」如前廣說,乃至「純大苦」〔T02 0103a29〕經374 之滅一面
391「於四聖」〔T02 0105c10〕;「乃至……。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說」〔T02 0105c13〕經390
392「如於苦不解脫、解脫,如是捨惡趣不解脫、」〔T02 0105c25〕;「如是上諸經重說,悉繼以偈:」〔T02 0106a04〕同式諸經之列舉
393「當勤方便,修無間等。如此章句,一切四聖諦經,應當具說」〔T02 0106a21〕;「又三結盡」〔T02 0106a25〕一切四聖諦經
393「如是知、如是見、如是無間等,亦如是說」〔T02 0106b18〕;同式又見〔T02 0106b05〕〔T02 0106b09〕〔T02 0106b14〕〔T02 0106b21〕同上
394「如是知,如是見,如是無間等,亦如是說。」〔T02 0106c01〕同上

攝事分之嗢拕南(論卷九十四、九十五、九十六,四首,只錄位次;與本卷之對應見目十①):

「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」〔T30n1579 0838c04〕 「極多諸過患、雜染等為後。」〔T30n1579 0838c05〕 「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、」〔T30n1579 0840b24〕 「過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」〔T30n1579 0840b25〕 「總義等、光等、受等最為後。」〔T30n1579 0846c15〕 「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」〔T30n1579 0846c17〕

第一首五項為食之擇攝,依次與本卷經371–378 之位相當;第二首十二項為諦之擇攝,與本卷經379–406 之位相當,然論之次第自依其門,不與經序一一相次(目十①);第三、四首為論卷九十六之總嗢拕南與別嗢拕南,其主屬後卷,本卷唯「後三求」一項有同詞之參(目十①)。

二、異譯對勘

本卷四十二經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷諸條之中,無一條標別譯經序;唯經365 一條「cf.」互見之條,所指為座標而非別譯(「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」,0101a06,見目十②)。本卷無別譯對勘注。不自建對照。

三、經論宗依(眼)

雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下依本卷經序,列攝事分論文與本卷經文逐字同詞者(論之嗢拕南項名附於題下,為讀法,見目一);詞異者標明,不以論改經,不以經改論。

四食長養·以愛為因(經371·安立·與因緣)

  • 經:「有四食資益眾生」〔T02 0101c26〕;「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?謂一、」〔T02 0101c26〕;「此四食何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂此諸食愛因、愛集、」〔T02 0101c28〕;「愛滅則食滅,食滅故於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、」〔T02 0102a09〕
  • 論:「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」〔T30n1579 0838c06〕;「復次,如上所說諸根大種,由集諦攝先愛而生」〔T30n1579 0839a11〕;「然復藉愛為緣故有。又即此愛,於現法中,由無明觸所生諸受為緣故起」〔T30n1579 0839a17〕;「由愛滅故,諸食亦滅。能取後有諸法滅故,」〔T30n1579 0839b01〕

同詞者「四」「長養」「愛」「食」「滅」;經「愛因、愛集」論「集諦攝先愛」「藉愛為緣」,經「愛滅則食滅」論「愛滅故,諸食亦滅」,詞異。

誰食識食·問之如理非理(經372·觀察於食義)

  • 經:「世尊!誰食此識?」佛告頗求那:「我不言有食識者」〔T02 0102a17〕;「我不言有食識者,我若言有食識者,汝應作是問,我說識是食」〔T02 0102a17〕;「我說識是食。汝應問言:『何因緣故有識食?』我則答言」〔T02 0102a18〕
  • 論:「復次,無有少法生已安住,亦無有我能食所食」〔T30n1579 0839b05〕;「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」〔T30n1579 0839b16〕;「誰是能食識食因緣?當知此問為如理問,能令悟入緣起理故」〔T30n1579 0839b17〕;「都無觸者乃至有者能有所觸,乃至有有。」〔T30n1579 0839c02〕

同詞者「誰」「食」「識食」「因緣」「觸」「有」;經『我不言有食識者……汝應問言:何因緣故有識食』論『誰食識食……非理問……誰是能食識食因緣……如理問』,經之二問與論之二問次第相當;經「我不說有有者」論「都無觸者乃至有者」,詞異。

四食四譬(經373·極多諸過患)

  • 經:「云何比丘觀察摶食?譬如有夫婦二人,唯有一子」〔T02 0102b21〕;「彼人夫婦共食子肉,寧取其味,貪嗜美樂與不」〔T02 0102b27〕;「云何比丘觀察觸食?譬如有牛,生剝其皮,在在處處,諸蟲唼食」〔T02 0102c06〕;「諸蟲唼食,沙土坌塵,草木針刺,若依於地,地蟲所食」〔T02 0102c07〕;「云何比丘觀察意思食?譬如聚落城邑邊有火起,無煙無炎」〔T02 0102c13〕;「以彼因緣,受三百矛苦覺,晝夜苦痛」〔T02 0102c23〕
  • 論:「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」〔T30n1579 0839c12〕;「是故苾芻當觀順彼六種觸處如無皮牛。」〔T30n1579 0839c15〕;「觸處諸蟲之所唼食,多生眾苦不安隱住。如是觀已」〔T30n1579 0839c18〕;「是故苾芻當觀有漏意會思食如一分火。觀察如是所求不允,」〔T30n1579 0839c24〕;「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」〔T30n1579 0840a01〕

同詞者「子肉」「牛」「蟲」「唼食」「火」「識食」「三百」;經「摶食」論「段食」,經「生剝其皮」論「無皮牛」,經「無煙無炎」之火論「一分火」,經「意思食」論「意會思食」,經「三百矛」論「三百鉾」,詞異。

有喜有貪·識住增長·憂悲(經374·375·雜染等)

  • 經:「若比丘於此四食有喜有貪,則識住增長,識住增長故」〔T02 0103a02〕;「行增長故,當來有增長,當來有增長故,生、老、病、死、」〔T02 0103a04〕;「於此四食有貪有喜,則有憂悲、有塵垢,」〔T02 0103a17〕
  • 論:「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」〔T30n1579 0840a12〕;「於現法中能染於識,令其安止四種識住,增長當來後有種子」〔T30n1579 0840a17〕;「於現法中便生悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼而住。當知是名憙」〔T30n1579 0840a22〕

同詞者「四食」「貪」「識住」「增長」「當來」「悲」「憂」;經「喜」論「憙」,經「有憂悲、有塵垢」論「悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼」,詞異。

樓閣日光·畫師彩色·虛空(經376·377·378·雜染等)

  • 經:「乃至純大苦聚集。譬如樓閣宮殿,北西長廣,東西牕牖」〔T02 0103a25〕;「東西牕牖,日出東方,光照西壁。如是,比丘!於此四食有貪有喜」〔T02 0103a26〕;「應照虛空,無所攀緣。」「如是,」〔T02 0103b04〕;「乃至如是純大苦聚滅。譬如,比丘!畫師、畫師弟子集種種彩色」〔T02 0103b17〕;「畫師弟子集種種彩色,欲粧畫虛空,寧能畫不?」〔T02 0103b18〕;「若畫師弟子集種種彩,欲粧畫於色,作種種像。諸比丘!於意云何」〔T02 0103b29〕
  • 論:「彼六處攝有識之身,猶如臺觀六處窓牖,能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處」〔T30n1579 0840a25〕;「能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處,是光於此或住上地」〔T30n1579 0840a26〕;「以其種種猶如彩色可愛」〔T30n1579 0840b04〕;「彩畫如是補特伽羅,令其變生種種煩惱相貌顯現」〔T30n1579 0840b04〕;「譬如其地,能為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處。」〔T30n1579 0840b07〕;「當知如是補特伽羅,憙、貪已斷,猶若虛空,」〔T30n1579 0840b09〕

同詞者「日光」「光」「種種」「彩色」「畫」「虛空」;經「樓閣宮殿」論「臺觀」,經「牕牖」論「窓牖」,經「光照西壁」論「是光於此或住上地、或住下地」,經「畫師、畫師弟子」論「彩畫」,經「欲粧畫於色」論「譬如其地」,經「欲粧畫虛空」論「猶若虛空」,詞異。論以此二譬合為一段,經則分在三經。

三轉十二行·眼智明覺·地神傳告·轉法輪(經379·得)

  • 經:「本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。」〔T02 0103c15〕;「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」〔T02 0104a02〕;「尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣。尊者阿若拘隣知法已」〔T02 0104a12〕;「諸仁者!世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中三轉十二行法輪」〔T02 0104a14〕;「他化自在天展轉傳唱,須臾之間,聞于梵天身。梵天乘聲唱言」〔T02 0104a20〕;「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」〔T02 0104a26〕
  • 論:「復次,由五種相轉法輪者,當知名為善轉法輪」〔T30n1579 0843b02〕;「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕;「三周正轉十二相智。最初轉者,謂昔菩薩入現觀時,」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕;「有差別故,如其次第,名智、明、覺。第二轉者,謂是有學」〔T30n1579 0843b13〕;「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」〔T30n1579 0843b29〕;「地神知已,舉聲傳告。經於剎那、瞚息、須臾,其聲展轉乃至梵世」〔T30n1579 0843c01〕;「其聲展轉乃至梵世。當知世尊轉所解法。置於阿若憍陳身中」〔T30n1579 0843c02〕

同詞者「轉法輪」「四聖諦」「智、明、覺」「地神」「舉聲」「須臾」「展轉」;經「三轉十二行」論「三周正轉十二相智」,經「阿若拘隣」論「阿若憍陳」,經「梵天」論「梵世」,經「唱言」論「傳告」,詞異。經「生眼、智、明、覺」四項,論引「名智、明、覺」三項,只錄。

四聖諦攝·遍知永斷作證修習(經380–388·攝·處)

  • 經:「有四聖諦」〔T02 0104b02〕;「若比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當修無間等,起增上欲,方便堪能」〔T02 0104b09〕;「於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修。如是比丘則斷愛欲」〔T02 0104b24〕;「如是比丘名阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,所作已作,離諸重擔」〔T02 0104c05〕
  • 論:「若有說言:此四聖諦唯是境界」〔T30n1579 0841c02〕;「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」〔T30n1579 0841c05〕;「我當於後猶有所作,應當遍知未知苦諦,應當永斷未斷集諦」〔T30n1579 0843b15〕;「如實解了我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習,名現觀位」〔T30n1579 0844a16〕;「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」〔T30n1579 0844a23〕

同詞者「四聖諦」「斷」「作證」「修」「阿羅漢」;經『當知、當斷、當證、當修』論『應當遍知……應當永斷』,經「已知、已斷、已證、已修」論「我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習」,經「當修無間等」論「現觀」,詞異。經383「究竟苦邊」、經396「作苦邊」與論「作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」同詞。

醫王四法·四諦如病(經389·相)

  • 經:「何等為四?一者善知病,二者善知病源,三者善知病對治」〔T02 0105a26〕;「三者善知病對治,四者善知治病已,當來更不動發」〔T02 0105a27〕;「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,」〔T02 0105b10〕
  • 論:「復次,苦諦如諸疾病;集諦如起病因」〔T30n1579 0843c18〕;「滅諦如病生已,而得除愈;道諦如病除已,令後不生」〔T30n1579 0843c18〕;「令後不生。諸有病者,詣良醫所,但應尋求爾所正法」〔T30n1579 0843c19〕;「是故更無第五聖諦。諸佛如來拔大愛箭無上良醫」〔T30n1579 0843c21〕

同詞者「病」「良醫」「如來」;經「善知病源」論「起病因」,經「更不動發」論「令後不生」,經「大醫王」論「無上良醫」,詞異。經以醫王四法合如來四德,論以四諦各配病之一位,並說「無第五聖諦」,只錄。

沙門之沙門·沙門數·十相過患(經390·391·392·如理·過)

  • 經:「此苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,此非沙門之沙門,」〔T02 0105b24〕;「非沙門數、非婆羅門數;於四聖諦如實知者,是沙門數」〔T02 0105c11〕;「如於苦不解脫、解脫,如是捨惡趣不解脫、」〔T02 0105c25〕;「解脫;堪能捨戒退減,不捨戒退減;能自說得過人法自證」〔T02 0105c26〕;「能自說得過人法自證,不能自說得過人法作證;」〔T02 0105c26〕;「能於此外求良福田,不能於此外求良福田」〔T02 0105c28〕;「不能越苦,堪能越苦;不堪能脫苦,堪能脫苦」〔T02 0106a02〕
  • 論:「若於諦智增上如理及不如理不如實知,」〔T30n1579 0840b26〕;「復次,背聖諦智、不成現觀,諸有沙門、若婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0843c24〕;「謂有勝義諸沙門等,意不許彼為沙門等;言亦不數為沙門等」〔T30n1579 0843c25〕;「於諸惡趣亦未解脫。堪能棄捨正所學處;不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法」〔T30n1579 0843c27〕;「不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法,所謂聖道、道果涅槃」〔T30n1579 0843c28〕;「堪能尋訪除學無學餘外福田;於超苦苦更不還果,無所堪能;於現法中究竟悟解」〔T30n1579 0844a01〕;「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應」〔T30n1579 0845b09〕

同詞者「沙門」「如實知」「不如實知」「數」「解脫」「惡趣」「堪能」「過人」「福田」「苦」;經「捨戒退減」論「棄捨正所學處」,經「過人法」論「過人勝法」,經「越苦」論「超苦苦」,詞異。經392 結集者所列七事與論之十相,次第大體相次,論無經「求大師」一事,只錄。

淨信出家·三種菩提(經393·處)

  • 經:「若善男子正信非家,出家學道,彼一切所應當知四聖諦法」〔T02 0106a17〕;「彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦」〔T02 0106b15〕;「若得無上等正覺,彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四」〔T02 0106b18〕
  • 論:「復次,趣向諦智樂正覺者,應當了知依四聖諦增上緣力」〔T30n1579 0844a06〕;「應知是處,於善說法毘奈耶中淨信出家,名得依處」〔T30n1579 0844a07〕;「名得依處。若四沙門果所攝受聲聞菩提、若諸獨覺所有菩提」〔T30n1579 0844a08〕;「若諸獨覺所有菩提、若諸如來無上菩提,如是三種」〔T30n1579 0844a09〕

同詞者「出家」「信」「無上」;經「正信非家」論「淨信出家」,經『須陀洹……阿羅漢』論「四沙門果」,經「辟支佛道」論「獨覺所有菩提」,經「無上等正覺」論「如來無上菩提」,詞異。

日出明相·正盡苦(經394·業)

  • 經:「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」〔T02 0106b25〕
  • 論:「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」〔T30n1579 0844a22〕

同詞者「日」「明相」「正盡苦」;經「先起」論「先現」,經「前相」論「前行」,詞異。

日光破闇·三結·初禪·七有(經395·396·業·大義)

  • 經:「若日月不出世間者,一切眾星亦不出於世間,晝夜」〔T02 0106c03〕;「周行空中,壞諸闇冥,光明顯照。如是,聖弟子所有集法」〔T02 0106c20〕;「得法眼生,與無間等,俱三結斷。所謂身見、戒取、疑,」〔T02 0106c21〕;「必定正覺,趣七有天人往生,作苦邊。彼聖弟子中間雖起憂苦」〔T02 0106c23〕;「惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足住。不見彼聖弟子有一法不斷」〔T02 0106c25〕
  • 論:「如日光明能破世間所有大闇。又如有一,」〔T30n1579 0844a26〕;「已證諦智,永斷三結。從此無間,由失念故,」〔T30n1579 0844a27〕;「暫為欲貪、瞋恚所染。彼於爾時,依不放逸入初靜慮」〔T30n1579 0844a28〕;「依不放逸入初靜慮,由觸諦智,得不還果。如是漸次,」〔T30n1579 0844a28〕;「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在,諸惡趣苦皆已越度」〔T30n1579 0846a13〕

同詞者「日」「光明」「闇」「三結」「無間」「七」「人天」「惡趣」;經「壞諸闇冥」論「破世間所有大闇」,經「中間雖起憂苦」論「由失念故,暫為欲貪、瞋恚所染」,經「初禪具足住」論『入初靜慮……得不還果』,經「七有天人往生」論「最極七生人天苦在」,詞異。經396 之三結與初禪,論分說於「業」之一段,七生之說在「大義」,只錄。

葉喻·次第現觀(經397·業)

  • 經:「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」〔T02 0107a10〕;「譬如有言我以純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,合集盛水持行者,此則善說」〔T02 0107a19〕
  • 論:「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一。此諦現觀猶如餚饍」〔T30n1579 0844b12〕;「如受欲者食用餚饍。苦等諦智闕餘三智,如睒彌葉」〔T30n1579 0844b14〕;「如睒彌葉。當知餘似娑羅枝葉,四聖諦智漸次集成一切圓滿」〔T30n1579 0844b15〕

同詞者「葉」「合集」與論「集成」之「集」;經「佉提羅葉」論「睒彌葉」,經「純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉」論「娑羅枝葉」,經「無間等」論「現觀」,詞異。同為以葉說四諦智之次第,葉名不同,只錄不判。

猛風不動·不視他面(經398·399·業)

  • 經:「婆羅門常觀他面,常隨他說,以不如實知故」〔T02 0107b05〕;「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」〔T02 0107b07〕;「於深入地中,四方猛風不能令動。如是」〔T02 0107b08〕;「當知是沙門、婆羅門不視他面,不隨他語。是沙門」〔T02 0107b10〕;「斯等沙門、婆羅門至諸論處,無能屈。其心解脫」〔T02 0107b21〕;「使智慧不可傾動。是故,比丘!於四聖諦當勤方便」〔T02 0107b24〕
  • 論:「又於諦智已證得者,如大石樓已善雕飾,」〔T30n1579 0844b07〕;「八方猛風不能傾動,一切異論不能移轉。」〔T30n1579 0844b08〕;「所有悟解不假他緣。不視他面,彼將何說我當聽受」〔T30n1579 0844b09〕

同詞者「猛風」「不能」「傾動」「不視他面」「論」「石」;經「因陀羅柱」「石柱」論「大石樓」,經「四方」論「八方」,經「至諸論處,無能屈」論「一切異論不能移轉」,詞異。

惡趣之苦·忍受(經400·401·業)

  • 經:「所以者何?比丘!長夜熾然,地獄、畜生、餓鬼。諸比丘」〔T02 0107c04〕;「是比丘當忍苦、樂、憂、悲,於四聖諦勤加精進,方便修習無間等」〔T02 0107c07〕;「當日日三時受苦,晨朝時受百槍苦,日中、晡時亦復如是」〔T02 0107c13〕;「有時畜生,有時餓鬼,於三惡道空受眾苦,亦不聞法」〔T02 0107c18〕
  • 論:「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」〔T30n1579 0844b18〕;「由闕諦智,獲斯二苦;此無量生猛利大苦」〔T30n1579 0844b20〕;「於現法中一身滅壞而可得者,應生踊躍歡喜忍受。縱毀百身尚應歡喜」〔T30n1579 0844b22〕;「縱毀百身尚應歡喜,況乃唯一。」〔T30n1579 0844b23〕

同詞者「苦」「忍」「受」「百」;經「地獄」論「那落迦」,經「熾然」論「燒燃苦」,經「受百槍苦」論「縱毀百身」,詞異。

平等正覺·斷不信(經402·403·障)

  • 經:「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。何等為四」〔T02 0107c26〕;「我常與汝等,長夜涉生死,」〔T02 0108a19〕;「不見聖諦故,大苦日增長。」〔T02 0108a20〕;「若見四聖諦,斷有大流海,」〔T02 0108a21〕;「生死永已除,不復受後生。」〔T02 0108a22〕
  • 論:「告諸弟子言:我已於四聖諦理得現觀故,證覺無上正等菩提」〔T30n1579 0844c01〕;「證覺無上正等菩提。為欲斷除第二不信,故復說言」〔T30n1579 0844c02〕;「故復說言:我昔與汝輩,長世久流轉,由未正思惟」〔T30n1579 0844c03〕;「由未正思惟、覺悟於真諦。我今與汝等,由正見通達」〔T30n1579 0844c04〕;「由正見通達;以通達為因,盡生死流轉。彼因緣盡故,」〔T30n1579 0844c05〕;「自今無後有,唯餘最後身,任持令不滅。」〔T30n1579 0844c07〕

同詞者「四聖諦」「正等」「與汝等」「生死」「後有」(經403 長行「不受後有」);經「平等正覺」論「證覺無上正等菩提」,經偈「長夜涉生死」論「長世久流轉」,經偈「不見聖諦故」論「由未正思惟、覺悟於真諦」,經偈「斷有大流海」論「盡生死流轉」,經偈「不復受後生」論「自今無後有」,詞異。論以此偈為斷第二不信而說,只錄。

手中之葉(經404·障)

  • 經:「此手中葉為多耶?大林樹葉為多?」比丘白佛:「世尊」〔T02 0108a29〕;「世尊!手中樹葉甚少,彼大林中樹葉無量,百千億萬倍」〔T02 0108b01〕;「如手中樹葉。所以者何?彼法義饒益、法饒益」〔T02 0108b05〕
  • 論:「一類不記?為欲斷除如是不信,故復說言」〔T30n1579 0844c10〕;「故復說言:我所覺法無量無邊,譬如大地諸草木葉」〔T30n1579 0844c10〕;「譬如大地諸草木葉;為他說者少不足言,譬如手中升攝波葉」〔T30n1579 0844c11〕

同詞者「手中」「葉」「無量」;經「大林樹葉」論「大地諸草木葉」,經「為人定說者」論「為他說者」,經「申恕林」之林名與論「升攝波」之葉名,字異,只錄不判。

箭射門孔·一毛百分(經405·障·後難得)

  • 經:「競射精舍門孔,箭箭皆入門孔。尊者阿難見已,」〔T02 0108b16〕;「此為難耶?破一毛為百分,而射一毛分,箭箭悉中」〔T02 0108b25〕;「一毛為百分,射一分甚難,」〔T02 0108c03〕
  • 論:「為欲斷除如是上慢,故復說言:如人在遠以箭射箭,筈筈無遺」〔T30n1579 0844c16〕;「筈筈無遺,甚為希有。或復一毛析為百分,以毛𥎞毛」〔T30n1579 0844c17〕;「通達聖諦轉難於彼。所以者何?由即以其能取作意」〔T30n1579 0844c20〕

同詞者「箭」「一毛」「百分」「難」;經「破一毛為百分」論「一毛析為百分」,經「射精舍門孔」論「以箭射箭」,經「未若於苦聖諦生如實知,此則甚難」論「通達聖諦轉難於彼」,詞異。論以此斷上慢,只錄。

盲龜·人身難得(經406·障·後難得)

  • 經:「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」〔T02 0108c07〕;「雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身」〔T02 0108c13〕;「暫復人身,甚難於彼。所以者何?彼諸眾生不行其義」〔T02 0108c14〕
  • 論:「為欲斷滅如是待時,故世尊說:無墜人身甚為難得」〔T30n1579 0844c25〕;「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」〔T30n1579 0844c25〕;「若住是身入諦現觀,當知此身最為難得。又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」〔T30n1579 0846a15〕

同詞者「盲龜」「人身」「難」;經「暫復人身,甚難於彼」論「無墜人身甚為難得」,詞異。論以此斷待時,只錄。

四、本段釋要

本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分緣起食諦界擇攝即論之本母,其段落依自立之嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,自「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」〔T30n1579 0838c06〕讀至論卷九十五諦之擇攝之末,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。

一、安立——四法長養·四食(與經371–378 同詞「四」「長養」「食」)

「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」〔T30n1579 0838c06〕 「當知別用四法為食。一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」〔T30n1579 0838c10〕 「如是應知安立四食。」〔T30n1579 0839a09〕

經之四食名「麤摶食」「細觸食」「意思食」「識食」,論作「段」「順樂受觸」「有漏意會思」「能執諸根大種識」,詞異。

二、與因緣——愛為食緣·明生愛滅(與經371 同詞「愛」「食」「滅」)

「復次,如上所說諸根大種,由集諦攝先愛而生」〔T30n1579 0839a11〕 「然復藉愛為緣故有。又即此愛,於現法中,由無明觸所生諸受為緣故起」〔T30n1579 0839a17〕 「正見生起。正見生故,能斷無明,能生於明。彼現法中」〔T30n1579 0839a26〕 「由愛滅故,諸食亦滅。能取後有諸法滅故,」〔T30n1579 0839b01〕

三、觀察於食義——無我能食·如理非理之問(與經372 同詞「誰」「食」「識食」「觸」「有」)

「復次,無有少法生已安住,亦無有我能食所食」〔T30n1579 0839b05〕 「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」〔T30n1579 0839b16〕 「誰是能食識食因緣?當知此問為如理問,能令悟入緣起理故」〔T30n1579 0839b17〕 「都無觸者乃至有者能有所觸,乃至有有。」〔T30n1579 0839c02〕 「從此世間往彼世間,自彼世間還此世間。是故唯法能引法義」〔T30n1579 0839c06〕

四、極多諸過患——子肉·無皮牛·一分火·三百鉾(與經373 同詞「子肉」「牛」「蟲」「唼食」「火」「三百」)

「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」〔T30n1579 0839c12〕 「是故苾芻當觀順彼六種觸處如無皮牛。」〔T30n1579 0839c15〕 「觸處諸蟲之所唼食,多生眾苦不安隱住。如是觀已」〔T30n1579 0839c18〕 「是故苾芻當觀有漏意會思食如一分火。觀察如是所求不允,」〔T30n1579 0839c24〕 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」〔T30n1579 0840a01〕

五、雜染等——憙貪·識住·臺觀日光·彩畫虛空(與經374–378 同詞「貪」「識住」「增長」「憂」「日光」「彩色」「虛空」)

「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」〔T30n1579 0840a12〕 「於現法中能染於識,令其安止四種識住,增長當來後有種子」〔T30n1579 0840a17〕 「於現法中便生悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼而住。當知是名憙」〔T30n1579 0840a22〕 「彼六處攝有識之身,猶如臺觀六處窓牖,能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處」〔T30n1579 0840a25〕 「能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處,是光於此或住上地」〔T30n1579 0840a26〕 「彩畫如是補特伽羅,令其變生種種煩惱相貌顯現」〔T30n1579 0840b04〕 「譬如其地,能為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處。」〔T30n1579 0840b07〕 「當知如是補特伽羅,憙、貪已斷,猶若虛空,」〔T30n1579 0840b09〕

此段以臺觀日光說識之住,以彩畫於地與虛空說憙貪之未斷與已斷,經376–378 之二譬在焉。

六、如理——如實知與不如實知(與經390–392 同詞「如實知」「不如實知」)

「若於諦智增上如理及不如理不如實知,」〔T30n1579 0840b26〕 「不能盡漏。與此相違,如實知故,能盡諸漏」〔T30n1579 0840b27〕

七、攝——四聖諦攝一切善法(與經380 同詞「四聖諦」)

「若有說言:此四聖諦唯是境界」〔T30n1579 0841c02〕 「所以者何?諸有無量世出世間善法生起,一切皆歸四聖諦攝」〔T30n1579 0841c04〕 「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」〔T30n1579 0841c05〕 「如是一切隨其所應,當知皆入四聖諦攝。」〔T30n1579 0842b25〕

八、集諦——百八愛行(本卷經文無同詞)

「復次,由四因緣,應正了知集諦所攝百八愛行」〔T30n1579 0842b27〕 「如是名為由四因緣有差別故,愛行合有一百八種。又於此中無差別相」〔T30n1579 0843a10〕

本卷經371 說四食以愛為因,然無百八之數,只錄論之位次。

九、得——五種相轉法輪·三周十二相·地神傳告(與經379 同詞「轉法輪」「智、明、覺」「地神」「須臾」「展轉」)

「復次,由五種相轉法輪者,當知名為善轉法輪」〔T30n1579 0843b02〕 「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕 「三周正轉十二相智。最初轉者,謂昔菩薩入現觀時,」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕 「有差別故,如其次第,名智、明、覺。第二轉者,謂是有學」〔T30n1579 0843b13〕 「我當於後猶有所作,應當遍知未知苦諦,應當永斷未斷集諦」〔T30n1579 0843b15〕 「是其無學真聖慧眼。得所得者,謂得無上正等菩提。樹他相續令於自證生信解者」〔T30n1579 0843b22〕 「樹他相續令於自證生信解者,謂如長老阿若憍陳」〔T30n1579 0843b23〕 「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」〔T30n1579 0843b29〕 「地神知已,舉聲傳告。經於剎那、瞚息、須臾,其聲展轉乃至梵世」〔T30n1579 0843c01〕 「其聲展轉乃至梵世。當知世尊轉所解法。置於阿若憍陳身中」〔T30n1579 0843c02〕 「說名為輪。正見等法所成性故,說名法輪。如來、應供是梵增語」〔T30n1579 0843c05〕

十、相——四諦如病·十相過患(與經389 同詞「病」「良醫」;與經390–392 同詞「沙門」「數」「惡趣」「過人」「福田」)

「復次,苦諦如諸疾病;集諦如起病因」〔T30n1579 0843c18〕 「滅諦如病生已,而得除愈;道諦如病除已,令後不生」〔T30n1579 0843c18〕 「但應尋求爾所正法。諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」〔T30n1579 0843c20〕 「是故更無第五聖諦。諸佛如來拔大愛箭無上良醫」〔T30n1579 0843c21〕 「復次,背聖諦智、不成現觀,諸有沙門、若婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0843c24〕 「若婆羅門,當知略有十相過患。謂有勝義諸沙門等」〔T30n1579 0843c24〕 「謂有勝義諸沙門等,意不許彼為沙門等;言亦不數為沙門等」〔T30n1579 0843c25〕 「言亦不數為沙門等;於諸後有生等眾苦,皆未解脫;於諸惡趣亦未解脫」〔T30n1579 0843c26〕 「於諸惡趣亦未解脫。堪能棄捨正所學處;不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法」〔T30n1579 0843c27〕 「不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法,所謂聖道、道果涅槃」〔T30n1579 0843c28〕 「堪能尋訪除學無學餘外福田;於超苦苦更不還果,無所堪能;於現法中究竟悟解」〔T30n1579 0844a01〕

十相過患一段在「相」之後、「處」之前,論未別立嗢拕南項名,只錄其位。

十一、處——淨信出家·三種菩提·三周正轉(與經393 同詞「出家」「無上」;與經382–388 同詞「遍知」「永斷」「作證」「修習」)

「復次,趣向諦智樂正覺者,應當了知依四聖諦增上緣力」〔T30n1579 0844a06〕 「應知是處,於善說法毘奈耶中淨信出家,名得依處」〔T30n1579 0844a07〕 「名得依處。若四沙門果所攝受聲聞菩提、若諸獨覺所有菩提」〔T30n1579 0844a08〕 「若諸獨覺所有菩提、若諸如來無上菩提,如是三種」〔T30n1579 0844a09〕 「如是三種,當知名得。如前所說三周正轉,隨其次第智」〔T30n1579 0844a10〕 「如實解了我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習,名現觀位」〔T30n1579 0844a16〕

十二、業——明相·破闇·石樓·葉·二苦·忍受(與經394–401 同詞)

「應知諦智略有六種作業及相。謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行」〔T30n1579 0844a21〕 「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」〔T30n1579 0844a22〕 「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」〔T30n1579 0844a23〕 「如日光明能破世間所有大闇。又如有一,」〔T30n1579 0844a26〕 「已證諦智,永斷三結。從此無間,由失念故,」〔T30n1579 0844a27〕 「依不放逸入初靜慮,由觸諦智,得不還果。如是漸次,」〔T30n1579 0844a28〕 「又於諦智已證得者,如大石樓已善雕飾,」〔T30n1579 0844b07〕 「八方猛風不能傾動,一切異論不能移轉。」〔T30n1579 0844b08〕 「所有悟解不假他緣。不視他面,彼將何說我當聽受」〔T30n1579 0844b09〕 「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一。此諦現觀猶如餚饍」〔T30n1579 0844b12〕 「如睒彌葉。當知餘似娑羅枝葉,四聖諦智漸次集成一切圓滿」〔T30n1579 0844b15〕 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」〔T30n1579 0844b18〕 「於現法中一身滅壞而可得者,應生踊躍歡喜忍受。縱毀百身尚應歡喜」〔T30n1579 0844b22〕 「縱毀百身尚應歡喜,況乃唯一。」〔T30n1579 0844b23〕

論此段以六種作業說諦智,本卷經394–401 之譬,依次散在其中:明相(394)、破闇(395·396)、三結與初靜慮(396)、石樓猛風與不視他面(398·399)、葉(397)、二苦與忍受(400·401)。論之次第與經序不全相次,只錄。

十三、障——不信·上慢·待時·放逸(與經402–406 同詞)

「復次,若有為修聖諦現觀,當知略有四種障礙」〔T30n1579 0844b25〕 「當知略有四種障礙。何等為四?一者、不信,二者、上慢,三者、」〔T30n1579 0844b25〕 「告諸弟子言:我已於四聖諦理得現觀故,證覺無上正等菩提」〔T30n1579 0844c01〕 「故復說言:我昔與汝輩,長世久流轉,由未正思惟」〔T30n1579 0844c03〕 「自今無後有,唯餘最後身,任持令不滅。」〔T30n1579 0844c07〕 「故復說言:我所覺法無量無邊,譬如大地諸草木葉」〔T30n1579 0844c10〕 「譬如大地諸草木葉;為他說者少不足言,譬如手中升攝波葉」〔T30n1579 0844c11〕 「為欲斷除如是上慢,故復說言:如人在遠以箭射箭,筈筈無遺」〔T30n1579 0844c16〕 「筈筈無遺,甚為希有。或復一毛析為百分,以毛𥎞毛」〔T30n1579 0844c17〕 「為欲斷滅如是待時,故世尊說:無墜人身甚為難得」〔T30n1579 0844c25〕 「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」〔T30n1579 0844c25〕

論以四障配說:斷不信,引平等正覺(402)、長世流轉之偈(403)、草木葉與手中葉(404);斷上慢,引箭射箭與一毛析為百分(405);斷待時,引人身難得與盲龜(406)。

十四、過——四種過患(與經390 同詞「沙門」「婆羅門」)

「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應」〔T30n1579 0845b09〕 「於聖諦智而未相應,於諸聖諦未成現觀,當知略有四種過患」〔T30n1579 0845b09〕 「當知略有四種過患。何等為四?謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中」〔T30n1579 0845b10〕

十五、黑異熟等·大義·後難得(與經396 同詞「七」「人天」;與經405·406 同詞「難得」「惡趣」)

「由是因緣,應知如實顯示諸諦」〔T30n1579 0845b24〕 「復次,於其四種聖諦智中,初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀」〔T30n1579 0845c14〕 「少苦在故,當知聖諦如實現觀有大義利。」〔T30n1579 0846a12〕 「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在,諸惡趣苦皆已越度」〔T30n1579 0846a13〕 「若住是身入諦現觀」〔T30n1579 0846a15〕 「若住是身入諦現觀,當知此身最為難得。又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」〔T30n1579 0846a15〕 「於彼相應所有作意正多修習。又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已」〔T30n1579 0846b24〕

「黑異熟等」一段,論以輪之旋轉說五趣,與經406「漂流五趣」義近而詞異(〔義對位·論無同詞〕)。

十六、後三求(論卷九十六·與經366·372 同詞「愛」「取」;與經385 同詞「梵行」)

「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a07〕 「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛;愛為緣故,而有其取;廣說乃至大苦蘊集」〔T30n1579 0847a24〕

此段屬論卷九十六之別嗢拕南,其主屬後卷;本卷所涉,只錄同詞。

五、諸家異釋

本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。

六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)

先前諸卷已立之名相,本卷不重出;其中與本卷經文相涉者:法眼淨·涅槃·如實知(承卷一);上士·識住·申恕(承卷二);須陀洹·五下分結·離車·重閣講堂(承卷三);毘舍離·我慢(承卷五);無量三摩提(承卷八);見法般涅槃(承卷九);斯陀含·阿那含·無間等(承卷十);六分(承卷十三);摶食·識食·識住增長(承前卷)。

名相本卷首見(逐字)錨攝事分
毘婆尸佛「毘婆尸佛未成正覺時」〔T02 0101a17〕論未釋
頗求那「有比丘名曰頗求那,住佛後扇佛」〔T02 0102a15〕論未釋(論唯說問之如理非理:「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」〔T30n1579 0839b16〕)
子肉「彼人夫婦共食子肉,寧取其味,貪嗜美樂與不」〔T02 0102b27〕「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」〔T30n1579 0839c12〕
三轉十二行「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」〔T02 0104a02〕論作「三周正轉十二相智」:「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕;「三周正轉十二相智。最初轉者,謂昔菩薩入現觀時,」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕
四聖諦「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」〔T02 0104a02〕「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」〔T30n1579 0841c05〕
憍陳如·拘隣·阿若拘隣「尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣」〔T02 0104a12〕論作「阿若憍陳」:「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」〔T30n1579 0843b29〕
轉法輪「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」〔T02 0104a26〕「說名為輪。正見等法所成性故,說名法輪。如來、應供是梵增語」〔T30n1579 0843c05〕
關鍵·聖幢「如是比丘無有關鍵,平治城壍,度諸嶮難,」〔T02 0104c23〕論未釋;經387 自釋(「云何無有關鍵?謂五下分結已斷、已知,是名離關鍵」〔T02 0105a05〕)
五支·六分「是名比丘斷五支,成六分,守護於一,依猗於四」〔T02 0105a18〕論未釋
大醫王「有四法成就,名曰大醫王者,所應王之具、王之分。何等為四」〔T02 0105a25〕論作「良醫」:「但應尋求爾所正法。諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」〔T30n1579 0843c20〕
辟支佛「若得辟支佛道證,彼一切知四聖諦故」〔T02 0106b15〕論作「獨覺」:「若諸獨覺所有菩提、若諸如來無上菩提,如是三種」〔T30n1579 0844a09〕
明相「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」〔T02 0106b25〕「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」〔T30n1579 0844a22〕
佉提羅「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」〔T02 0107a10〕論未釋;論以「睒彌葉」為譬(〔T30n1579 0844b16〕)
因陀羅柱「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」〔T02 0107b07〕論作「大石樓」:「又於諦智已證得者,如大石樓已善雕飾,」〔T30n1579 0844b07〕
平等正覺「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。何等為四」〔T02 0107c26〕論作「證覺無上正等菩提」:「證覺無上正等菩提。為欲斷除第二不信,故復說言」〔T30n1579 0844c02〕
盲龜「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」〔T02 0108c07〕「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」〔T30n1579 0844c25〕

本表『首見』以前諸卷之錄文逐行為比:所列為前卷錄文未見之詞;詞若跨行,逐行之比或不能見,表中只據可見者列之。「四聖諦」三字連文,前卷錄文未見,然苦、集、滅、道諸諦之名前卷已見,其新在本卷以四聖諦為篇之後半之主。竹林聚落·福德舍·劫貝·摩樓迦·曇摩,本卷首見而論未釋,不入表。

七、譬喻·修辭

譬喻二十一則:

  1. 燈炷·古城(經366,略文)——「如是純大苦聚集。譬如緣油炷而然燈,彼時時增油治炷」〔T02 0101b01〕;「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」〔T02 0101b01〕;城譬但以「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說。佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說」〔T02 0101b02〕指之。
  2. 夫婦食子肉(經373)——「唯有一子,愛念將養,欲度曠野嶮道難處,糧食乏盡」〔T02 0102b22〕;合法:「凡食摶食,當如是觀。如是觀者」〔T02 0102c02〕。
  3. 生剝皮牛(經373)——「云何比丘觀察觸食?譬如有牛,生剝其皮,在在處處,諸蟲唼食」〔T02 0102c06〕。
  4. 無煙無炎之火(經373)——「云何比丘觀察意思食?譬如聚落城邑邊有火起,無煙無炎」〔T02 0102c13〕。
  5. 防邏捉賊·三百矛(經373,略文指前卷)——「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」〔T02 0102c22〕。
  6. 樓閣日光照西壁(經376·377)——「乃至純大苦聚集。譬如樓閣宮殿,北西長廣,東西牕牖」〔T02 0103a25〕;「東西牕牖,日出東方,光照西壁。如是,比丘!於此四食有貪有喜」〔T02 0103a26〕。
  7. 畫師粧畫虛空(經377)——「畫師弟子集種種彩色,欲粧畫虛空,寧能畫不?」〔T02 0103b18〕。
  8. 畫師粧畫於色(經378)——「若畫師弟子集種種彩,欲粧畫於色,作種種像。諸比丘!於意云何」〔T02 0103b29〕。
  9. 大醫王四法(經389)——「有四法成就,名曰大醫王者,所應王之具、王之分。何等為四」〔T02 0105a25〕;合法:「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,」〔T02 0105b10〕。
  10. 日出明相(經394)——「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」〔T02 0106b25〕。
  11. 日月眾星不出(經395)——「若日月不出世間者,一切眾星亦不出於世間,晝夜」〔T02 0106c03〕。
  12. 日出壞闇(經396)——「周行空中,壞諸闇冥,光明顯照。如是,聖弟子所有集法」〔T02 0106c20〕。
  13. 葉器盛水(經397)——「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」〔T02 0107a10〕;「譬如有言我以純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,合集盛水持行者,此則善說」〔T02 0107a19〕。
  14. 綿丸隨風(經398)——「如小綿丸、小劫貝華丸,置四衢道頭,四方風吹,則隨風去向於一方」〔T02 0107a29〕。
  15. 因陀羅柱(經398)——「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」〔T02 0107b07〕。
  16. 石柱八肘入地(經399)——「譬如石柱,長十六肘,八肘入地,四方風吹,不能令動」〔T02 0107b17〕。
  17. 火燒頭衣(經400)——「譬如有人火燒頭衣,當起增上欲,急救令滅。」〔T02 0107b28〕;佛反之:「莫作是說!當置頭衣,於四聖諦起增上欲」〔T02 0107c01〕。
  18. 百歲受三百槍(經401)——「當日日三時受苦,晨朝時受百槍苦,日中、晡時亦復如是」〔T02 0107c13〕。
  19. 手中葉·大林葉(經404)——「世尊!手中樹葉甚少,彼大林中樹葉無量,百千億萬倍」〔T02 0108b01〕。
  20. 射門孔·一毛百分(經405)——「此為難耶?破一毛為百分,而射一毛分,箭箭悉中」〔T02 0108b25〕。
  21. 盲龜浮木(經406)——「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」〔T02 0108c07〕;合法:「雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身」〔T02 0108c13〕。

論與經同用之譬:子肉·無皮牛·火·三百(論「三百鉾」)·日光·彩畫·虛空·明相·日光破闇·葉·猛風不動·手中葉·一毛百分·盲龜(目三);經之樓閣,論作臺觀;經之因陀羅柱、石柱,論作大石樓;經之大醫王,論作良醫;論無綿丸、頭衣、日月眾星之譬。

偈(經369)——毘婆尸佛從三昧覺所說,十五行三十句,五言:

「『如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」〔T02 0101c02〕 「永離諸疑惑,知因緣生法。」〔T02 0101c03〕 「若知因生苦,知諸受滅盡,」〔T02 0101c04〕 「知因緣法盡,則知有漏盡。」〔T02 0101c05〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」〔T02 0101c06〕 「永離諸疑惑,知有因生苦。」〔T02 0101c07〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」〔T02 0101c08〕 「永離諸疑惑,知諸受滅盡。」〔T02 0101c09〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」〔T02 0101c10〕 「永離諸疑惑,知因緣法盡。」〔T02 0101c11〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」〔T02 0101c12〕 「永離諸疑惑,知盡諸有漏。」〔T02 0101c13〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」〔T02 0101c14〕 「普照諸世間,如日住虛空。」〔T02 0101c15〕 「破壞諸魔軍,覺諸結解脫。』」〔T02 0101c16〕

前四行為總,次八行以「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,永離諸疑惑」三句為首,四度分說;後三行轉說照世與破魔。第三行「知諸受滅盡」與第九行同,第二行「知因緣生法」與第十一行「知因緣法盡」字異,只錄。

偈(經392)——結集者稱「悉繼以偈」之重說偈,十行二十句,五言:

「若不知苦者,及彼眾苦因,」〔T02 0106a05〕 「一切諸苦法,寂滅永無餘。」〔T02 0106a06〕 「若不知道跡,能思一切苦,」〔T02 0106a07〕 「心解脫於苦,慧解脫亦然。」〔T02 0106a08〕 「不能越眾苦,令苦究竟脫,」〔T02 0106a09〕 「若如實知苦,亦知眾苦因。」〔T02 0106a10〕 「及一切諸苦,永滅盡無餘,」〔T02 0106a11〕 「若復如實知,息苦之道跡。」〔T02 0106a12〕 「意解脫具足,慧解脫亦然,」〔T02 0106a13〕 「堪能越眾苦,究竟得解脫。」〔T02 0106a14〕

前五行說不知者不能越苦,後五行說如實知者堪能越苦;第四行「心解脫於苦」、第九行「意解脫具足」,心、意二字前後異,只錄。第二行之「寂滅永無餘」、第四行之「心解脫於苦」,在「若不知」之下,句義所屬底本未明,白話照字直譯,不代為斷。

偈(經403)——世尊所說,四行八句,五言:

「我常與汝等,長夜涉生死,」〔T02 0108a19〕 「不見聖諦故,大苦日增長。」〔T02 0108a20〕 「若見四聖諦,斷有大流海,」〔T02 0108a21〕 「生死永已除,不復受後生。」〔T02 0108a22〕

偈(經405)——世尊所說,二行四句,五言:

「一毛為百分,射一分甚難,」〔T02 0108c03〕 「觀一一苦陰,非我難亦然。」〔T02 0108c04〕

定型句:

句錨經
「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養」〔T02 0101c26〕;同式又見〔T02 0102a13〕〔T02 0102b19〕〔T02 0102c29〕〔T02 0103a14〕〔T02 0103a22〕〔T02 0103b09〕〔T02 0103b25〕371–378
「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦」〔T02 0104b02〕;同式又見〔T02 0104b07〕〔T02 0104b14〕〔T02 0104b21〕〔T02 0104c01〕〔T02 0104c10〕〔T02 0104c19〕〔T02 0104c28〕〔T02 0105a14〕380–388
「於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修」〔T02 0104b24〕〔T02 0104c04〕〔T02 0104c13〕〔T02 0104c22〕〔T02 0105a02〕383–387(經388 句末作「是」,〔T02 0105a17〕)
「時,生眼、智、明、覺。」〔T02 0103c15〕〔T02 0103c17〕〔T02 0103c20〕〔T02 0103c22〕〔T02 0103c27〕379(三轉十二行為義數;定型句實寫十度——第一轉苦諦單說、集滅道三諦合說一句,第二、三轉各四度;此列五錨,餘五度跨行)
「如是知、如是見、如是無間等」〔T02 0106a25〕〔T02 0106b09〕〔T02 0106b18〕393·394
「當勤方便,起增上欲」「比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲」〔T02 0106c28〕;「於四聖諦當勤方便,起增上欲,精進修學。」〔T02 0107b24〕;「當勤方便,起增上欲,修無間等。」〔T02 0108a16〕;「當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」〔T02 0108b11〕396·398–406
「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。」〔T02 0101a08〕365
「若於四食無貪無喜……」〔T02 0103a29〕376
「此有故彼有,此起故彼起」「一坐七日,於十二緣起逆順觀察,所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,緣無明行,乃至緣生有老死」〔T02 0101b27〕369(跨行)
「所以者何?無是處故」「有是處故」「合集作器,盛水持行者,無有是處。所以者何?」〔T02 0107a10〕;「若苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦無間等已」〔T02 0107a17〕397

問答之型——本卷問答有四型:一、佛設問、諸比丘請說而佛說(經365),請說之辭與前卷經362–364 同;二、弟子問而佛答之往復(經372),頗求那六問「誰食」「誰觸」「誰受」「誰愛」「誰取」「誰有」,佛六答皆先『我不說有……者』而後轉問為『何因緣故有……』,為本卷最長之往復;三、佛以譬設問、比丘答(經373·376·377·378·404),經373 二問二答(「不也」「如是」),經376 二問二答(照何所·若無西壁),經377 先樓閣之問、後畫師畫虛空之問,經378 兩問皆畫師(畫於色·離色而畫);四、弟子自敘所見而白佛、佛轉問(經405),及佛告諸比丘而阿難答(經406)。經379 世尊二問「知法未」,二答一稱憍陳如、一稱拘隣,同一人而異稱。

反覆句式——經366 逐支推求老死至取,每支以「正思惟」「無間等起知」再三起句;經371 四度「何因、何集、何生、何觸」逐級推至六入處,集與滅各一往;經372 六問六答同式;經374 喜貪一面與無貪無喜一面同次第而反其義;經379 三轉各配四諦,三轉十二行為義數,「時,生眼、智、明、覺」實寫十度(第一轉苦諦單說,集、滅、道合說一句);經380–388 九經一式而遞增其後句;經390·392 如實知、不如實知二面對舉;經393 七位同式,每位各接「如是知、如是見、如是無間等」之語;經397 無是處、有是處二面,各有一譬,各以「所以者何」作結;經398 不如實知與如實知二面,各有一譬。

偈之體——本卷四偈皆五言;經369 之偈在世尊語之內層,為所引毘婆尸佛之偈;經392 之偈為結集者所稱重說之偈,在經末之列舉後;經403·405 之偈為世尊於長行之後「即說偈言」「而說偈言」。本卷無攝頌。

八、徵引承衍

  • 攝事分之同詞——本卷經文與攝事分同詞之處,逐字已列於目三、目四、目六、目十①;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0838c06〕〔T30n1579 0838c11〕〔T30n1579 0839a10〕〔T30n1579 0839a11〕〔T30n1579 0839a18〕〔T30n1579 0839a27〕〔T30n1579 0839b02〕〔T30n1579 0839b05〕〔T30n1579 0839b17〕〔T30n1579 0839b18〕〔T30n1579 0839c02〕〔T30n1579 0839c07〕〔T30n1579 0839c13〕〔T30n1579 0839c15〕〔T30n1579 0839c19〕〔T30n1579 0839c25〕〔T30n1579 0840a02〕〔T30n1579 0840a12〕〔T30n1579 0840a18〕〔T30n1579 0840a23〕〔T30n1579 0840a26〕〔T30n1579 0840a27〕〔T30n1579 0840b04〕〔T30n1579 0840b05〕〔T30n1579 0840b07〕〔T30n1579 0840b09〕〔T30n1579 0840b26〕〔T30n1579 0840b27〕〔T30n1579 0841c02〕〔T30n1579 0841c05〕〔T30n1579 0841c06〕〔T30n1579 0842b26〕〔T30n1579 0843b02〕〔T30n1579 0843b09〕〔T30n1579 0843b10〕〔T30n1579 0843b14〕〔T30n1579 0843b16〕〔T30n1579 0843b23〕〔T30n1579 0843b24〕〔T30n1579 0843c01〕〔T30n1579 0843c02〕〔T30n1579 0843c03〕〔T30n1579 0843c06〕〔T30n1579 0843c18〕〔T30n1579 0843c19〕〔T30n1579 0843c20〕〔T30n1579 0843c21〕〔T30n1579 0843c22〕〔T30n1579 0843c24〕〔T30n1579 0843c25〕〔T30n1579 0843c26〕〔T30n1579 0843c27〕〔T30n1579 0843c28〕〔T30n1579 0843c29〕〔T30n1579 0844a02〕〔T30n1579 0844a06〕〔T30n1579 0844a08〕〔T30n1579 0844a09〕〔T30n1579 0844a10〕〔T30n1579 0844a11〕〔T30n1579 0844a17〕〔T30n1579 0844a22〕〔T30n1579 0844a23〕〔T30n1579 0844a24〕〔T30n1579 0844a26〕〔T30n1579 0844a27〕〔T30n1579 0844a28〕〔T30n1579 0844a29〕〔T30n1579 0844b07〕〔T30n1579 0844b08〕〔T30n1579 0844b09〕〔T30n1579 0844b13〕〔T30n1579 0844b15〕〔T30n1579 0844b16〕〔T30n1579 0844b19〕〔T30n1579 0844b20〕〔T30n1579 0844b23〕〔T30n1579 0844b24〕〔T30n1579 0844b25〕〔T30n1579 0844b26〕〔T30n1579 0844c02〕〔T30n1579 0844c03〕〔T30n1579 0844c04〕〔T30n1579 0844c05〕〔T30n1579 0844c06〕〔T30n1579 0844c07〕〔T30n1579 0844c10〕〔T30n1579 0844c11〕〔T30n1579 0844c12〕〔T30n1579 0844c17〕〔T30n1579 0844c18〕〔T30n1579 0844c20〕〔T30n1579 0844c25〕〔T30n1579 0844c26〕〔T30n1579 0845b09〕〔T30n1579 0845b10〕〔T30n1579 0845b11〕〔T30n1579 0846a12〕〔T30n1579 0846a13〕〔T30n1579 0846a16〕〔T30n1579 0846b25〕〔T30n1579 0847a07〕〔T30n1579 0847a25〕。
  • 嗢拕南之承衍——論卷九十四「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」〔T30n1579 0838c04〕一首五項之段,與本卷經371–378 之位相當:安立與與因緣當經371,觀察於食義當經372,極多諸過患當經373,雜染等當經374–378。論卷九十五「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」〔T30n1579 0840b24〕一首十二項之段,與本卷經379–406 之位相當,然論依其門次第,經依其經序:得當經379,攝當經380,處當經382–388·393,相當經389·390–392,業當經394–401,障當經402–406,過當經390,大義當經396,後難得當經405·406;如理、集諦、黑異熟等三項,本卷經文同詞者少或無(目四)。論卷九十六「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」〔T30n1579 0846c17〕一首屬後卷,本卷唯「後三求」一項有同詞之參。
  • 卷內之承衍——經366·369 二經同為毘婆尸佛之事,經366 以「正思惟」逐支推求,經369 以「逆順觀察」十二緣起而說偈;二經經末皆以過去六佛同說結,經370 但錄其坐而以「如前廣說」回指經369。經371–378 八經同起於四食之句,經374 立識住增長之一往一復,經375–378 依之而各加一譬或一義;經376「如前廣說」回指經374。經380–388 九經同起於「有四聖諦」,經383–388 同以『已知、已解……已修』為前句,各以所得之名結。經390·391·392 三經同說沙門、婆羅門之如實知與不如實知,經391「廣說如上。差別者」回指經390。經393 首段「如此章句,一切四聖諦經,應當具說」,為結集者對其後諸經之語;經393·394 之「如是知、如是見、如是無間等」同其式。經396·398–406 經末同作「當勤方便,起增上欲」之勸。經403·404 同住處。經405·406 同說難。
  • 本卷之外——經366「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說」所回指者,在本篇前卷之燈譬與城譬;不指定卷與經序,只錄。經373「如前須深經廣說」,回指前卷經347 須深經之王法治賊譬。經365 請說之辭「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」,與前卷經362–364 同。經379「轉法輪經」之名,為經自名(「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」〔T02 0104a26〕)。

九、校本定位

大正藏校記於本卷異讀共六十五條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【宮-CB】【磧-CB】【麗-CB】為今行校本所記;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;「無」=該本無此字;並錄不判;#021·#023·#029·#040·#042·#045·#046·#048·#054·#059·#060 十一條為今行校本修訂列·非大正原注):

#錨今行字異讀
0010101a09唯【宋】【元】【明】惟
0020101a12死【宋】【元】【明】生
0030101a22有【宋】【元】【明】言
0040101c04受【宋】愛
0050102a13資【宋】【元】【明】利
0060102b01何【宋】【元】【明】何因
0070102b02愛【宋】【元】【明】愛緣
0080102b03緣【宋】【元】【明】有
0090102b28與【元】【明】以
0100102c01與【元】【明】以
0110102c17常【明】當
0120103a07喜【宋】【元】【明】欲
0130103b16是【宋】【元】【明】是純
0140103b19粧【宋】【元】【明】莊
0150103c01粧【宋】【元】【明】莊
0160103c02粧【宋】【元】【明】莊
0170103c03粧【宋】【元】【明】莊
0180103c08粧【宋】【元】【明】莊
0190103c11此【宋】【元】無
0200103c13鹿【宋】【元】【明】國鹿
0210103c18知【大】智;今行從【宮-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0220103c21無【大】知;【宋】【元】【明】無;今行從【宮-CB】
0230103c22次【大】以(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0240104a06智【宋】知
0250104a20魔【宋】【元】【明】摩
0260104a21身【明】自
0270104b01仙【宋】【元】【明】國仙
0280104b06仙【宋】【元】【明】國仙
0290104b11學【大】覺;今行從【宮-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0300104b13仙【宋】【元】【明】國仙
0310104b17於苦【大】於;【宋】【元】【明】於苦;今行從【宮-CB】
0320104b20仙【宋】【元】【明】國仙
0330104b26轉【宋】【元】【明】縛
0340104b26間【大】明;【宋】【元】【明】間;今行從【宮-CB】【磧-CB】
0350104b29仙【宋】【元】【明】國仙
0360104c24鍵【宋】【元】【明】揵
0370104c27仙【宋】【元】【明】國仙
0380105a04有【宋】無
0390105a04鍵【宋】【元】【明】揵
0400105a04嶮【大】峻;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0410105a06鍵【宋】【元】【明】揵
0420105a06斷【大】離;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0430105a07鍵【宋】【元】【明】揵
0440105a19猗【宋】【元】【明】倚
0450105a20息【大】自(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0460105b02痰【大】癖;今行從【磧-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0470105b02痰陰(【大】作痰癖陰)【元】【明】痰癊
0480105b17無【大】知(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0490106b28諦【明】諦如是知如是見如是無間等亦如是說
0500106c01如是知,如是見,如是無間等,亦如是說【明】無
0510106c05尅【元】【明】刻
0520106c12尅【元】【明】刻
0530107a09欲【宋】【元】【明】無
0540107a16無【大】得(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0550107a20持【宋】【元】【明】持將
0560107b14修【宋】【元】【明】無
0570107c02等【宮-CB】及【宋】【元】【明】等為
0580107c09當【宋】【元】【明】當是
0590107c16間【大】聞;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0600108a01等【大】無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0610108a09夜【宋】【元】【明】夜流浪
0620108a21流海【宋】【元】【明】海流
0630108a22生【宋】【元】【明】有
0640108b10故【宋】【元】【明】無
0650108c17陵【宋】【元】【明】凌

#047 之「痰癖陰」為大正原刊之字,今行依 #046 改「癖」為「痰」並省其重,作「痰陰」;二條同錨,照錄而不判。

可記者十事(並錄不判):

  1. 經365·366 之字(#001–#003)——「唯願為說」之「唯」(0101a09)三本作惟;「老、病、死」之「死」(0101a12)三本作生,即三本讀作『老、病、生』;「無間等起知」之上「有」字(0101a22)三本作言。白話依今行。
  2. 經369 偈之字(#004)——第三行「知諸受滅盡」之「受」(0101c04)【宋】作愛,即【宋】讀作『知諸愛滅盡』。白話依今行。
  3. 經372·373 之字(#005–#011)——「有四食資益眾生」之「資」(0102a13)三本作利;「何緣故有愛」之「何」(0102b01)三本作何因;「緣受故有愛,愛」之「愛」(0102b02)三本作愛緣;「緣取」之「緣」(0102b03)三本作有;經373「貪嗜美樂與不」「為度曠野嶮道與不」之「與」(0102b28·0102c01)【元】【明】作以;「常生思願」之「常」(0102c17)【明】作當。白話依今行。
  4. 經374·377·378 之字(#012–#018)——「無貪無喜」之「喜」(0103a07)三本作欲;「乃至如是大苦聚集」之「是」(0103b16)三本作是純;「粧畫」之「粧」五處(0103b19·0103c01·0103c02·0103c03·0103c08)三本皆作莊。白話依今行。
  5. 經379 之字(#019–#026)——「佛說此經已」之上「此」(0103c11,經378 末)【宋】【元】無;「鹿野苑」之「鹿」(0103c13)三本作國鹿,即三本讀作『波羅㮈國鹿野苑』;「知當復知」之「知」(0103c18),【大】作智,今行從【宮-CB】(今行校本修訂列);「已知當作證」之上,【大】有「知」字(0103c21),三本無,今行從【宮-CB】;「復次,此苦滅道跡聖諦」之「次」(0103c22),【大】作以,今行校本依同經「復次」之句型修訂(今行校本修訂列);「三轉十二行生眼、智」之「智」(0104a06)【宋】作知;「魔、梵」之「魔」(0104a20)三本作摩;「聞于梵天身」之「身」(0104a21)【明】作自。白話依今行。
  6. 經380–388 之字(#027–#045)——「仙人住處」之「仙」六處(0104b01·0104b06·0104b13·0104b20·0104b29·0104c27),三本皆作國仙,即三本於經380–384·387 亦有「國」字,與經385·386·388 以下同;經381「應當學」之「學」(0104b11),【大】作覺,今行從【宮-CB】(今行校本修訂列);經382「於苦集聖諦」之上「於苦」(0104b17),【大】作於;經383「轉去諸結」之「轉」(0104b26)三本作縛,「於慢無間等」之「間」(0104b26),【大】作明;經386·387「關鍵」之「鍵」四處(0104c24·0105a04·0105a06·0105a07)三本作揵;經387「無有關鍵」之「有」(0105a04)【宋】無;「度諸嶮難」之「嶮」(0105a04),【大】作峻;「五下分結已斷」之「斷」(0105a06),【大】作離;經388「依猗於四」之「猗」(0105a19)三本作倚;「息身所作」之「息」(0105a20),【大】作自,即【大】讀作『自身所作』。今行校本於經388 同行「四衢」「證」二字另有按語,記他處別作之字,只錄其有按語,不錄所引,不據以改字。白話依今行。
  7. 經389·390 之字(#046–#048)——「痰陰」之「痰」(0105b02),【大】作癖,今行從【磧-CB】;大正原刊作「痰癖陰」,【元】【明】作痰癊;經389「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王」之下,【大】有「知」字(0105b17),今行校本依上下文以為衍而刪(今行校本修訂列)。白話依今行。
  8. 經393·394 之字(#049·#050)——經394 末「如是知,如是見,如是無間等,亦如是說」一句(0106c01)【明】無,而【明】置之於經末「知苦滅道跡聖諦」之「諦」下(0106b28),二條相應,只錄。又今行校本於經393 之七處(0106a25·0106a28·0106b05·0106b09·0106b14·0106b18·0106b21)與經394 之一處(0106c01),各有按語,以「是」字依經文通例疑衍,凡八處;只錄其按,不改。白話依今行。
  9. 經395·397·398 之字(#051–#056)——「尅數」之「尅」二處(0106c05·0106c12)【元】【明】作刻;經397「而欲苦滅道跡聖諦」之「欲」(0107a09)三本無;「無間等已,復得苦滅道跡聖諦者」之上,【大】有「得」字(0107a16),今行校本依上下文以為衍而刪(今行校本修訂列);「合集盛水持行者」之「持」(0107a20)三本作持將;經398「精進修學」之「修」(0107b14)三本無。白話依今行。
  10. 經400–406 之字(#057–#065)——經400「何等四」之「等」(0107c02)【宮-CB】及三本作等為;「應當學」之「當」(0107c09)三本作當是;經401「得無間等」之「間」(0107c16),【大】作聞,即【大】讀作『得無聞等』,今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列);經402「於四聖諦未無間等」之「等」(0108a01),【大】無(今行校本修訂列);經403「長夜驅馳」之「夜」(0108a09)三本作夜流浪;偈「斷有大流海」之「流海」(0108a21)三本作海流;偈「不復受後生」之「生」(0108a22)三本作有;經404「正向涅槃故」之「故」(0108b10)三本無;經406「強者陵弱」之「陵」(0108c17)三本作凌。白話依今行。

標點三處:經366 底本作「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」〔T02 0101b01〕,以「……」與「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說」示略文;經370 底本作「往詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,正身正念……如前廣說」〔T02 0101c22〕;經373 底本作「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」〔T02 0102c22〕;經376 二處、經391 二處同以「……」示略文,白話皆照錄其略而不補。又經371·373·374·379·387·389·390·393·397·401 諸段,底本每段以開引號起而不閉,白話依段閉合;經366 毘婆尸佛之念、經372 頗求那與佛問答中之『汝應問言』、經373 夫婦之議與士夫之念、經401 有人語士夫之問,皆在內層引號中,白話或拉平入句,或依內層引號錄之(經401)。

gaiji:本卷錄文無私用區字,亦無擴充 B 區字。 夾註:本卷無。 偈之行式:經369 偈一首,底本十五行(0101c02–0101c16),每行二句,首行之首為世尊語之引號與偈之內層引號,末行之末為偈之內層收號與世尊語之收號,偈在世尊語之內層;經392 偈一首,底本十行(0106a05–0106a14),每行二句;經403 偈一首,底本四行(0108a19–0108a22);經405 偈一首,底本二行(0108c03·0108c04)。白話皆以偈體錄之,每行二句。

十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文

①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞同喻者為成立,各引論文一句;義近而論無其詞者,以今語一句帶過,標〔義對位·論無同詞〕;論與經有同詞而依對位之法只列參者,標〔義對位·同詞見目三〕。論之嗢拕南項名附於經序之後,為讀法(目一)。

經本母(逐字)錨同詞
365本經未見本母直釋;『現法中厭離欲滅而得涅槃』,論之諦門說無學之位,義近〔義對位·論無同詞〕——
366本經未見本母直釋;後三求之段,「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛;愛為緣故,而有其取;廣說乃至大苦蘊集」〔T30n1579 0847a24〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0847a24愛·取
367本經未見本母直釋——
368本經未見本母直釋——
369本經未見本母直釋;『十二緣起之順逆』,論卷九十六之段屬後卷〔義對位·論無同詞〕——
370本經未見本母直釋(略文)——
371(安立·與因緣)「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」〔T30n1579 0838c06〕;「由愛滅故,諸食亦滅。能取後有諸法滅故,」〔T30n1579 0839b01〕(次要)0838c06·0839b01四·長養·愛·食·滅
372(觀察於食義)「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」〔T30n1579 0839b16〕0839b16誰·食·識食·因緣·觸·有
373(極多諸過患)「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」〔T30n1579 0839c12〕;「是故苾芻當觀順彼六種觸處如無皮牛。」〔T30n1579 0839c15〕;「是故苾芻當觀有漏意會思食如一分火。觀察如是所求不允,」〔T30n1579 0839c24〕;「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」〔T30n1579 0840a01〕0839c12·0839c15·0839c24·0840a01子肉·牛·蟲·唼食·火·識食·三百
374(雜染等)「於現法中能染於識,令其安止四種識住,增長當來後有種子」〔T30n1579 0840a17〕0840a17四食·貪·識住·增長·當來
375(雜染等)「於現法中便生悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼而住。當知是名憙」〔T30n1579 0840a22〕0840a22悲·憂
376(雜染等)「能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處,是光於此或住上地」〔T30n1579 0840a26〕0840a26光(論「日光」·經「光照」,詞異)
377(雜染等)「當知如是補特伽羅,憙、貪已斷,猶若虛空,」〔T30n1579 0840b09〕0840b09彩色·畫·虛空
378(雜染等)「譬如其地,能為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處。」〔T30n1579 0840b07〕0840b07種種·彩·畫
379(得)「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」〔T30n1579 0843b09〕;「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」〔T30n1579 0843b29〕(次要)0843b09·0843b29轉法輪·四聖諦·智、明、覺·地神·須臾·展轉
380(攝)「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」〔T30n1579 0841c05〕0841c05四聖諦
381本經未見本母直釋;『於四聖諦未無間等者當修無間等』,論說『為修聖諦現觀』〔義對位·論無同詞〕——
382(得)「我當於後猶有所作,應當遍知未知苦諦,應當永斷未斷集諦」〔T30n1579 0843b15〕0843b15苦·斷
383(處)「如實解了我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習,名現觀位」〔T30n1579 0844a16〕;「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」〔T30n1579 0844a23〕(次要)0844a16·0844a23斷·修·苦邊(論「作證」·經「已證」,詞異)
384(處·業)「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」〔T30n1579 0844a23〕0844a23阿羅漢
385本經未見本母直釋;後三求之段,「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a07〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0847a07梵行
386本經未見本母直釋;已知已斷之前句見經383 之對〔義對位·同詞見目三〕——
387本經未見本母直釋;經自釋五句,論無其詞〔義對位·論無同詞〕——
388本經未見本母直釋;已知已斷之前句見經383 之對〔義對位·同詞見目三〕——
389(相)「復次,苦諦如諸疾病;集諦如起病因;滅諦如病生已,而得除愈」〔T30n1579 0843c18〕0843c18病·良醫·如來
390(如理·相·過)「復次,背聖諦智、不成現觀,諸有沙門、若婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0843c24〕;「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應」〔T30n1579 0845b09〕(次要)0843c24·0845b09沙門·婆羅門·如實知
391(相)「謂有勝義諸沙門等,意不許彼為沙門等;言亦不數為沙門等」〔T30n1579 0843c25〕0843c25沙門·數
392(相)「於諸惡趣亦未解脫。堪能棄捨正所學處;不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法」〔T30n1579 0843c27〕;「堪能尋訪除學無學餘外福田;於超苦苦更不還果,無所堪能;於現法中究竟悟解」〔T30n1579 0844a01〕0843c27·0844a01解脫·惡趣·堪能·過人·福田·苦
393(處)「應知是處,於善說法毘奈耶中淨信出家,名得依處」〔T30n1579 0844a07〕0844a07信·出家·無上
394(業)「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」〔T30n1579 0844a22〕0844a22日·明相·正盡苦
395(業)「如日光明能破世間所有大闇。又如有一,」〔T30n1579 0844a26〕0844a26日·明·闇·世間(論「光明」·經「明照」,詞異)
396(業·大義)「已證諦智,永斷三結。從此無間,由失念故,」〔T30n1579 0844a27〕;「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在,諸惡趣苦皆已越度」〔T30n1579 0846a13〕(次要)0844a27·0846a13三結·無間·七·惡趣(論「人天」·經「天人」,倒序)
397(業)「如睒彌葉。當知餘似娑羅枝葉,四聖諦智漸次集成一切圓滿」〔T30n1579 0844b15〕0844b15葉
398(業)「所有悟解不假他緣。不視他面,彼將何說我當聽受」〔T30n1579 0844b09〕0844b09不視他面·猛風
399(業)「八方猛風不能傾動,一切異論不能移轉。」〔T30n1579 0844b08〕0844b08風·傾動·論·石(論「猛風」·經「四方風吹」,詞異)
400(業)「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」〔T30n1579 0844b18〕0844b18苦
401(業)「於現法中一身滅壞而可得者,應生踊躍歡喜忍受。縱毀百身尚應歡喜」〔T30n1579 0844b22〕0844b22受·百
402(障)「告諸弟子言:我已於四聖諦理得現觀故,證覺無上正等菩提」〔T30n1579 0844c01〕0844c01四聖諦(論「正等菩提」·經「平等正覺」,詞異)
403(障)「故復說言:我昔與汝輩,長世久流轉,由未正思惟」〔T30n1579 0844c03〕0844c03與汝等·生死·後有
404(障)「譬如大地諸草木葉;為他說者少不足言,譬如手中升攝波葉」〔T30n1579 0844c11〕0844c11手中·葉·無量
405(障·後難得)「筈筈無遺,甚為希有。或復一毛析為百分,以毛𥎞毛」〔T30n1579 0844c17〕0844c17箭·一毛·百分·難
406(障·後難得)「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」〔T30n1579 0844c25〕0844c25盲龜·人身·難

卷九十四食之嗢拕南五項、卷九十五諦之嗢拕南十二項,對本卷之經者已列上表;諦之十二項中,集諦一項本卷無同詞(目四之八),黑異熟等一項只有義對位(目四之十五)。

②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):

經大正注逐字錨
365「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」0101a06
366「S. 12. 4-9. Vipassī, &c.」0101a16
367「S. 12. 83. Sikkhā.」0101b08
368「S. 12. 84. Yoga.」0101b17
369大正注未記—
370大正注未記—
371「S. 12. 11. Āhārā.(食)」0101c25
372「S. 12. 12. Phagguna.」0102a12
373「S. 12. 63. Puttamaṃsa.」0102b18
374「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0102c28
375「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103a13
376「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103a21
377「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103b08
378「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103b24
379「S. 56. 11-12. Tathāgatena vuttā.」0103c13
380大正注未記—
381大正注未記—
382「S. 56. 29. Abhiññeya.」0104b13
383大正注未記—
384「S. 56. 25. Āsavakkhaya.」0104b29
385大正注未記—
386大正注未記—
387大正注未記—
388「S. 56. 13. Khandha, 14. Āyatana.」0105a13
389大正注未記—
390「S. 56. 5-6. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0105b21
391「S. 56. 5-6. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0105c09
392「S. 56. 22. Vijjā.」0105c15
393「S. 56. 34. Kulaputta.」0106a16
394「S. 56. 37-38. Suriyupamā.」0106b24
395「S. 56. 37-38. Suriyupamā.」0106c02
396大正注未記—
397「S. 56. 32. Khadira.」0107a03
398「S. 56. 39. Indakhīla.(因陀羅柱)」0107a28
399「S. 56. 40. Vādino.」0107b16
400「S. 56. 34. Cela.」0107b27
401「S. 56. 35. Sattisata.」0107c11
402「S. 56. 23-24. Sammāsambuddha.」0107c25
403「S. 56. 21. Vijjā.」0108a04
404「S. 56. 31. Siṃsapā(申恕)」0108a24
405「S. 56. 45. Chiggala(孔)」0108b13
406大正注未記—

大正注三十一條(經365 一條為「cf.」互見),經366–378 屬「S. 12.」,經379–405 屬「S. 56.」;經369·370·380·381·383·385·386·387·389·396·406 十一經未記。四十二經中三十一經有座標。經393 一條,今行校本另列「cf. S. 56. 3-4. Kulaputta.」,與大正注原文所記不同,二者並錄不判。經393「S. 56. 34. Kulaputta.」與經400「S. 56. 34. Cela.」同號而名異,照原錄。經392「S. 56. 22. Vijjā.」與經403「S. 56. 21. Vijjā.」同名而號異,照原錄。

大正注於經中名目另有對音之注,逐字錄之以備檢:「見法般涅槃 Diṭṭhadhammanibbāna.」(0101a07);「Vipassin.」(0101a17);「尸棄,毘濕波浮,迦羅迦孫提,迦那迦牟尼,迦葉 Sikhī, Vessabhū, Kakusandha Koṇāgamana, Kassapa.」(0101b05);「頗求那 Phagguna.」(0102a16);「Koṇḍañña.」(0104a10);「Aññāta koṇḍañña.」(0104a13);「佉提羅 Khadira.」(0107a10);「純曇摩 Paduma(?)」(0107a19);「摩樓迦 Māluvā(?)」(0107a20);「Licchavī.」(0108b15)。

③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。

Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 15 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第十五」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 15”; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”; forty-two discourses (discourse numbers 365 to 406); four verses (Discourse 369, the verse of the Buddha Vipaśyin; Discourse 392, the verse spoken again; Discourse 403, the verse of the World-Honored One; Discourse 405, the verse of the World-Honored One); no summary verse; and the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第十五」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 15.” There are 10,397 Chinese characters in the fascicle. There are six dwelling places: Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (Discourses 365–369 and 371–378); Uruvilvā, beside the river Nairañjanā, at the great seat of awakening (Discourse 370); Vārāṇasī, the Deer Park, the Sages’ Dwelling (Discourses 379–402; Discourse 379 has 「波羅㮈鹿野苑中仙人住處」—“Vārāṇasī, in the Deer Park, at the Sages’ Dwelling,” Discourses 380–384 and 387 have 「波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中」—“Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park,” and Discourses 385, 386, and 388–402 have 「波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中」—“the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park”); the hall of merit in the Bamboo Grove village between Rājagṛha and Pāṭaliputra in the land of Magadha (Discourses 403 and 404; in Discourse 404 the World-Honored One and the great assembly go on to the Śiṃśapā Grove); Vaiśālī, the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond (Discourse 405); and the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond (Discourse 406, where the base text does not record Vaiśālī). Speakers: in Discourses 366–369, 371, 374, 375, 379–390, and 392–403 the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching; in Discourse 379 the World-Honored One addresses the five bhikṣus; Discourse 370 is an abbreviated text, and its speaker is not recorded); in Discourse 365 the World-Honored One first puts a question, the bhikṣus request the teaching, and the Buddha then teaches; in Discourse 372 the bhikṣu Phalguna asks six times and the Buddha answers six times; in Discourses 373, 376, 377, 378, and 404 the Buddha asks within the discourse and the bhikṣus answer; in Discourse 379 the World-Honored One twice asks the venerable Kauṇḍinya, and the one who answers is named first 憍陳如 (Kauṇḍinya) and then 拘隣 (Kauṇḍinya); Discourse 391 is an abbreviated text, and only what differs is recorded; in Discourse 405 the venerable Ānanda sees the Licchavi youths shooting through the keyhole of the gate and tells the Buddha, the Buddha asks and Ānanda answers, and the World-Honored One speaks a verse; in Discourse 406 the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, and the one who answers is Ānanda. The first fourteen discourses belong to nutriment and dependent arising, the last twenty-eight to the truths. The mirror set against it is the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi, the sūtra-topics, the selective summary of dependent arising, nutriment, the truths, and the elements (fascicle 94 of the treatise, the selective summary of nutriment; fascicle 95, the selective summary of the truths; the opening of fascicle 96 belongs to the following fascicle). The collation notes of the Taishō record sixty-five variant readings (eleven of them revisions in the current edition), see the ninth topic; the coordinates carried in the Taishō notes number thirty-one, see the tenth topic.


I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement

The place of Fascicle 15—the head of the fascicle in the base text:

「雜阿含經卷第十五」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 15”〔T02 0101a03〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0101a05〕

The closing title at the end of the fascicle likewise reads 「雜阿含經卷第十五」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 15”〔T02 0108c21〕. The sequence of discourses begins at (365): 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0101a06〕. This fascicle is the third fascicle of the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements, carrying on from Fascicle 12 and Fascicle 14.

Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text):

  • Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park—「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0101a06〕: Discourse 365; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0101a16〕〔T02 0101b24〕: Discourses 366 and 369; 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0101b08〕: Discourse 367; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0101b17〕〔T02 0101c25〕〔T02 0102a12〕〔T02 0102b18〕〔T02 0102c28〕〔T02 0103a13〕〔T02 0103a21〕〔T02 0103b08〕〔T02 0103b24〕: Discourses 368 and 371–378.
  • Uruvilvā, beside the river Nairañjanā, at the great seat of awakening—「如是我聞:一時,佛住欝毘羅尼連禪河側大菩提所」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Uruvilvā, beside the river Nairañjanā, at the great seat of awakening”〔T02 0101c21〕: Discourse 370; 「佛住欝毘羅尼連禪河側大菩提所,不久當成正覺,往詣菩提樹下」—“the Buddha was staying at Uruvilvā, beside the river Nairañjanā, at the great seat of awakening, soon to attain right awakening; he went to the foot of the bodhi tree”〔T02 0101c21〕.
  • Vārāṇasī, the Deer Park, the Sages’ Dwelling—「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈鹿野苑中仙人住處」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, in the Deer Park, at the Sages’ Dwelling”〔T02 0103c13〕「此苦聖諦,」—“This noble truth of suffering,”〔T02 0103c14〕: Discourse 379; 「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈仙人住處鹿野苑中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park”〔T02 0104b01〕: Discourse 380; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0104b06〕〔T02 0104b13〕〔T02 0104b20〕〔T02 0104b29〕〔T02 0104c27〕: Discourses 381–384 and 387; 「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park”〔T02 0104c09〕: Discourse 385; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0104c18〕〔T02 0105a24〕〔T02 0106c18〕: Discourses 386, 389, and 396; 「如是我聞:一時,佛住波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park”〔T02 0105a13〕: Discourse 388; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0105b21〕〔T02 0105c09〕〔T02 0105c15〕〔T02 0106a16〕〔T02 0106b24〕〔T02 0106c02〕〔T02 0107a03〕〔T02 0107a28〕〔T02 0107b16〕〔T02 0107b27〕〔T02 0107c11〕〔T02 0107c25〕: Discourses 390–395 and 397–402. Of the differences among the three forms, Discourses 380–384 and 387 lack the word 「國」—“country,” while Discourses 385, 386, and 388–402 have it; for the editions that read 「國仙」—“country … Sages’,” see the ninth topic.
  • The Bamboo Grove village in the land of Magadha—「如是我聞:一時,佛在摩竭國人間遊行」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was wandering among the people in the land of Magadha”〔T02 0108a04〕: Discourse 403; 「佛在摩竭國人間遊行,於王舍城波羅利弗是中間竹林聚落,國王於中造福德舍。爾時,世尊與諸大眾於中宿止」—“the Buddha was wandering among the people in the land of Magadha, at the Bamboo Grove village between Rājagṛha and Pāṭaliputra, where the king had built a hall of merit. At that time the World-Honored One and the great assembly stayed there for the night”〔T02 0108a04〕; Discourse 404, 「佛在摩竭國人間遊行,王舍城波羅利弗是中間竹林聚落,大王於中作福德舍。爾時,世尊與諸大眾於中止宿」—“the Buddha was wandering among the people in the land of Magadha, the Bamboo Grove village between Rājagṛha and Pāṭaliputra, where the great king had made a hall of merit. At that time the World-Honored One and the great assembly stayed there for the night”〔T02 0108a24〕, after which the World-Honored One and the great assembly: 「爾時,世尊與諸大眾到申恕林,坐樹下」—“At that time the World-Honored One and the great assembly came to the Śiṃśapā Grove and sat beneath a tree”〔T02 0108a28〕. Discourse 403 has ‘the king … built,’ Discourse 404 has ‘the great king … made’; Discourse 403 has the word 「於」—“at,” and Discourse 404 lacks it; recorded as they stand.
  • Vaiśālī, the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond—「如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離獼猴池側重閣講堂。爾時,尊者阿難晨朝著衣持鉢」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond. At that time the venerable Ānanda, early in the morning, put on his robe and took his bowl”〔T02 0108b13〕: Discourse 405.
  • The Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond—「如是我聞:一時,佛住獼猴池側重閣講堂」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond”〔T02 0108c06〕: Discourse 406; the base text of this discourse does not record Vaiśālī; recorded as it stands, not supplied.

The types of the forty-two discourses, and what is asked and what is said (the types follow the discourses’ own 「問」—“asked,” 「答」—“answered,” 「告」—“said to,” and 「白」—“said to [a superior]”; what is asked and what is said are all verbatim from the base text):

DiscourseAnchorTypeWhat is asked · what is said (verbatim)
365〔T02 0101a06〕The World-Honored One puts a question → the bhikṣus request the teaching → the Buddha teaches「云何如來說見法般涅槃?」諸比丘白佛:「世尊是法根」—“How does the Tathāgata speak of final nirvāṇa in this very life?’ The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: ‘The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma”〔T02 0101a08〕; 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願為說見法般涅槃」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. Good, World-Honored One! We only wish that you would explain final nirvāṇa in this very life”〔T02 0101a08〕; 「滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫,是名比丘得見法般涅槃」—“complete cessation, not giving rise to the outflows, the mind well liberated: this is called a bhikṣu’s attaining final nirvāṇa in this very life”〔T02 0101a12〕
366〔T02 0101a16〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (directly teaching the reflection of the Buddha Vipaśyin, tracing link by link) → abbreviated text → the six Buddhas of the past teach the same「即自觀察:『何緣有此老死?』如是正思惟觀察」—“He then examined for himself: ‘From what condition is there this old age and death?’ Reflecting and examining rightly in this way”〔T02 0101a21〕; 「『取法味著顧念,緣觸愛所增長。』當知緣愛取」—“‘Clinging is relishing, attachment, and longing for things, increased by craving conditioned by contact.’ It should be known: conditioned by craving there is clinging”〔T02 0101a28〕; 「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」—“that person from time to time adds oil and trims the wick, so the lamp stays bright, burning in full blaze without going out…”〔T02 0101b01〕
367〔T02 0101b08〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「當勤方便修習禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘禪思,內寂其心」—“You should strive with skilful means, cultivate meditative reflection, and inwardly still the mind. Why? A bhikṣu in meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind”〔T02 0101b09〕; 「行滅道跡如實顯現。此諸法無常、有為、有漏如實顯現。」—“the path leading to the cessation of formations becomes manifest as it really is. These things are impermanent, conditioned, and with outflows—this becomes manifest as it really is.”〔T02 0101b14〕
368〔T02 0101b17〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「當修無量三摩提」—“You should cultivate the measureless samādhi”〔T02 0101b18〕; 「謂老死如實顯現,乃至行如實顯現,此諸法無常、有為、有漏。」—“That is, old age and death become manifest as they really are, and so on up to formations become manifest as they really are; these things are impermanent, conditioned, and with outflows.”〔T02 0101b20〕
369〔T02 0101b24〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (directly teaching the contemplation of the Buddha Vipaśyin seated for seven days) → the Buddha Vipaśyin speaks a verse → the six Buddhas of the past teach the same「一坐七日,於十二緣起逆順觀察,所謂此有故彼有」—“he sat for seven days in one sitting and contemplated the twelve links of dependent arising in reverse and in forward order, namely: because this exists, that exists”〔T02 0101b27〕; 「彼毘婆尸佛正坐七日已,從三昧覺,說此偈言:」—“That Buddha Vipaśyin, having sat upright for seven days, arose from samādhi and spoke this verse:”〔T02 0101b30〕
370〔T02 0101c21〕Abbreviated text (recording only the dwelling place and the sitting)「往詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,正身正念……如前廣說」—“he went to the foot of the bodhi tree, spread grass for a seat and sat cross-legged, body upright, mindfulness right… as explained at length before”〔T02 0101c22〕
371〔T02 0101c25〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (directly teaching the cause, arising, origin, and contact of the four nutriments)「此四食何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂此諸食愛因、愛集、」—“These four nutriments—what is their cause, what their arising, what their origin, what their contact? Namely, these nutriments have craving as their cause, craving as their arising,”〔T02 0101c28〕; 「受集是愛集,愛集是食集,食集故未來世生、」—“the arising of feeling is the arising of craving, the arising of craving is the arising of nutriment; because of the arising of nutriment, in the future world birth,”〔T02 0102a05〕
372〔T02 0102a12〕The bhikṣu Phalguna asks → the Buddha answers, six rounds (who feeds · who contacts · who feels · who craves · who clings · who exists)「世尊!誰食此識?」佛告頗求那:「我不言有食識者」—“World-Honored One! Who feeds on this consciousness?’ The Buddha said to Phalguna: ‘I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness”〔T02 0102a17〕; 「我說識是食。汝應問言:『何因緣故有識食?』我則答言」—“I say consciousness is a nutriment. You should ask: ‘Through what cause and condition is there the nutriment of consciousness?’ Then I would answer”〔T02 0102a18〕; 「有有故有六入處,六入處緣觸。』」頗求那復問:「為誰觸?」—“because there is existence, there are the six sense bases; the six sense bases condition contact.’’ Phalguna further asked: ‘For whom is there contact?”〔T02 0102a21〕; 「世尊!為誰有?」佛告頗求那:「我不說有有者,」—“World-Honored One! For whom is there existence?’ The Buddha said to Phalguna: ‘I do not say there is one who has existence,”〔T02 0102b07〕
373〔T02 0102b18〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, four similes for the four nutriments; within the simile of the son’s flesh the Buddha asks and the bhikṣus answer「云何比丘觀察摶食?譬如有夫婦二人,唯有一子」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate morsel food? Suppose there is a couple, husband and wife, who have only one son”〔T02 0102b21〕; 「云何比丘觀察觸食?譬如有牛,生剝其皮,在在處處,諸蟲唼食」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of contact? Suppose there is a cow flayed alive: in every place it is, the insects feed on it”〔T02 0102c06〕; 「云何比丘觀察意思食?譬如聚落城邑邊有火起,無煙無炎」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of mental intention? Suppose that beside a village or a town a fire has sprung up, without smoke and without flame”〔T02 0102c13〕; 「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」—“there is a patrol, and they seize a robber, bind him, and deliver him to the king…”〔T02 0102c22〕
374〔T02 0102c28〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「若比丘於此四食有喜有貪,則識住增長,識住增長故」—“If a bhikṣu has delight and craving toward these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows; because the station of consciousness grows”〔T02 0103a02〕; 「若於四食無貪無喜,無貪無喜故,識不住、不增長,識不住、」—“If one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments, then, because one is without craving and without delight, consciousness does not abide and does not grow; because consciousness does not abide,”〔T02 0103a06〕
375〔T02 0103a13〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「於此四食有貪有喜,則有憂悲、有塵垢,」—“where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments, there is sorrow and grief, there is dust and defilement,”〔T02 0103a17〕; 「若於四食無貪無喜,則無憂悲,亦無塵垢。」—“if one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments, there is no sorrow and grief, and no dust and defilement.”〔T02 0103a18〕
376〔T02 0103a21〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus and gives the simile of the mansion and the sunlight → the Buddha asks and the bhikṣus answer, twice「東西牕牖,日出東方,光照西壁。如是,比丘!於此四食有貪有喜」—“with windows east and west; the sun rises in the east and its light shines upon the western wall. Thus, bhikṣus, where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments”〔T02 0103a26〕; 「照西壁。」佛告比丘:「若無西壁,應何所照?」—“shine upon the western wall.’ The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: ‘If there were no western wall, where would it shine?”〔T02 0103b03〕; 「應照虛空,無所攀緣。」「如是,」—“It would shine upon empty space, with nothing to grasp at.’ ‘Thus,”〔T02 0103b04〕
377〔T02 0103b08〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus; the question of the mansion → the bhikṣus answer; the question of the painter → the bhikṣus answer「畫師弟子集種種彩色,欲粧畫虛空,寧能畫不?」—“a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon empty space—could he paint them?”〔T02 0103b18〕; 「不能。世尊!所以者何?彼虛空者,非色、無對」—“No, World-Honored One! Why? Because that empty space is not form, offers no resistance”〔T02 0103b20〕
378〔T02 0103b24〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, two questions of the painter → the bhikṣus’ two answers (can · cannot)「若畫師弟子集種種彩,欲粧畫於色,作種種像。諸比丘!於意云何」—“or a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon form, making various images. Bhikṣus! What do you think”〔T02 0103b29〕; 「如是,世尊!能粧畫色。」—“So it is, World-Honored One! He could paint pictures upon form.”〔T02 0103c03〕; 「不能。世尊!」「如是,比丘!若於四食無貪無喜」—“No, World-Honored One!’ ‘Thus, bhikṣus, if one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments”〔T02 0103c09〕
379〔T02 0103c13〕The World-Honored One addresses the five bhikṣus (the three turnings) → Kauṇḍinya and eighty thousand gods attain the pure Dharma-eye → the World-Honored One asks twice, Kauṇḍinya (憍陳如 (Kauṇḍinya) / 拘隣 (Kauṇḍinya)) answers twice → the earth deities proclaim → the gods pass it on in turn up to the Brahmā world → the discourse is named「本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。」—“a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.”〔T02 0103c15〕; 「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」—“Bhikṣus! If, with regard to the three turnings and twelve aspects of these four noble truths, vision had not arisen in me”〔T02 0104a02〕; 「未?」憍陳如白佛:「已知。世尊!」—“yet?’ Kauṇḍinya said to the Buddha: ‘I have understood, World-Honored One!”〔T02 0104a11〕; 「知法未?」拘隣白佛:「已知。善逝!」—“Have you understood the Dharma?’ Kauṇḍinya said to the Buddha: ‘I have understood, Well-Gone One!”〔T02 0104a12〕; 「尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣。尊者阿若拘隣知法已」—“Because the venerable Kauṇḍinya had understood the Dharma, he was therefore named Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya. When the venerable Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya had understood the Dharma”〔T02 0104a12〕; 「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」—“The World-Honored One turned the wheel of the Dharma in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park; therefore this discourse is called the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma”〔T02 0104a26〕
380〔T02 0104b01〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (directly teaching the names of the four noble truths)「有四聖諦」—“There are four noble truths”〔T02 0104b02〕
381〔T02 0104b06〕As above, adding that one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension should cultivate it「若比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當修無間等,起增上欲,方便堪能」—“If a bhikṣu has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of these four noble truths, he should cultivate unbroken comprehension, giving rise to heightened desire, with effort and ability”〔T02 0104b09〕
382〔T02 0104b13〕As above, adding to be known · to be understood / abandoned / realized / cultivated「當解,於苦集聖諦當知、當斷,於苦滅聖諦當知」—“to be understood; toward the noble truth of the arising of suffering, to be known and abandoned; toward the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, to be known”〔T02 0104b17〕; 「於苦滅聖諦當知、當證,於苦滅道跡聖諦當知、當修。」—“toward the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, to be known and realized; toward the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, to be known and cultivated.”〔T02 0104b17〕
383〔T02 0104b20〕As above, has known and understood and the rest → cutting off craving and desire「如是比丘則斷愛欲,轉去諸結,於慢無間等」—“such a bhikṣu has cut off craving and desire, has turned away the bonds, has attained unbroken comprehension of conceit”〔T02 0104b25〕
384〔T02 0104b29〕As above → called an arhat「如是比丘名阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,所作已作,離諸重擔」—“such a bhikṣu is called an arhat: the outflows ended, what was to be done has been done, he has laid down the heavy burdens”〔T02 0104c05〕
385〔T02 0104c09〕As above → called a superior person「如是比丘邊際、究竟邊際、離垢邊際,梵行已終」—“such a bhikṣu has reached the limit, the ultimate limit, the stainless limit; his pure conduct completed”〔T02 0104c14〕
386〔T02 0104c18〕As above → raising the noble banner「如是比丘無有關鍵,平治城壍,度諸嶮難,」—“such a bhikṣu has lifted the crossbar, has levelled the moat, has crossed the perilous places,”〔T02 0104c23〕
387〔T02 0104c27〕As above → raising the noble banner, with its own explanation of the five phrases「度諸嶮難,名為賢聖,建立聖幢。諸比丘!云何無有關鍵」—“has crossed the perilous places, is called noble and worthy, and has raised the noble banner. Bhikṣus! What is lifting the crossbar”〔T02 0105a04〕; 「是名離關鍵。云何平治城塹,無明謂之深塹,彼得斷知」—“this is called being rid of the crossbar. What is levelling the moat? Ignorance is called the deep moat; he has attained full knowledge of abandoning it”〔T02 0105a06〕
388〔T02 0105a13〕As above → cutting off the five factors, endowed with the six「是名比丘斷五支,成六分,守護於一,依猗於四」—“this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off the five factors, is endowed with the six, guards the one, relies upon the four”〔T02 0105a18〕
389〔T02 0105a24〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (the four things of the king of physicians, matched with the four virtues of the Tathāgata)「有四法成就,名曰大醫王者,所應王之具、王之分。何等為四」—“One accomplished in four things is called a great king of physicians, possessed of what befits a king and of what is a king’s portion. What are the four”〔T02 0105a25〕; 「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,」—“The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, as the great king of physicians,”〔T02 0105b10〕
390〔T02 0105b21〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「此苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,此非沙門之沙門,」—“do not know this noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is, they are not ascetics among ascetics,”〔T02 0105b24〕
391〔T02 0105c09〕Abbreviated text → only what differs is recorded「於四聖諦不如實知」—“do not know the four noble truths as they really are”〔T02 0105c10〕; 「非沙門數、非婆羅門數;於四聖諦如實知者,是沙門數」—“not counted among ascetics, not counted among brāhmaṇas; those who know the four noble truths as they really are are counted among ascetics”〔T02 0105c11〕
392〔T02 0105c15〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching) → the compilers list the discourses of the same form → the verse spoken again「苦集聖諦不如實知,苦滅聖諦不如實知,苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知」—“do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering as it really is, do not know the noble truth of the cessation of suffering as it really is, do not know the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is”〔T02 0105c17〕; 「如於苦不解脫、解脫,如是捨惡趣不解脫、」—“As with not being liberated from suffering and being liberated, so too not being liberated from the evil destinations,”〔T02 0105c25〕; 「如是上諸經重說,悉繼以偈:」—“thus the discourses above are stated again, each followed by a verse:”〔T02 0106a04〕
393〔T02 0106a16〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (seven stages from leaving home to unsurpassed right awakening, each followed by words of the compilers)「若善男子正信非家,出家學道,彼一切所應當知四聖諦法」—“If a son of good family with right faith leaves home for the homeless life to train in the path, all that he should know is the Dharma of the four noble truths”〔T02 0106a17〕; 「當勤方便,修無間等。如此章句,一切四聖諦經,應當具說」—“should strive with skilful means and cultivate unbroken comprehension. Such passages as these should be stated in full in all the discourses on the four noble truths”〔T02 0106a21〕; 「若得無上等正覺,彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四」—“If one attains unsurpassed right awakening, all of them do so because they know the four noble truths. What are the four”〔T02 0106b18〕
394〔T02 0106b24〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching) → words of the compilers「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」—“Just as when the sun rises the sign of light appears first, so too does the complete ending of suffering have a sign that goes before? It is knowing the four noble truths”〔T02 0106b25〕
395〔T02 0106c02〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「若日月不出世間者,一切眾星亦不出於世間,晝夜」—“If sun and moon did not appear in the world, and all the stars too did not appear in the world, day and night”〔T02 0106c03〕; 「長夜照明,純一智慧現於世間。」—“the long night is illumined, and wholly pure wisdom appears in the world.”〔T02 0106c16〕
396〔T02 0106c18〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「周行空中,壞諸闇冥,光明顯照。如是,聖弟子所有集法」—“travels through the sky, breaking all darkness, its light shining forth. Thus, all the dharmas of arising that the noble disciple has”〔T02 0106c20〕; 「能令還生此世者,此則聖弟子得法眼之大義。是故,比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者」—“that could make him return to be born in this world; this is the great benefit of the noble disciple’s attaining the Dharma-eye. Therefore, a bhikṣu who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of these four noble truths”〔T02 0106c27〕
397〔T02 0107a03〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (two similes, of the impossible and the possible)「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」—“Suppose someone says: I wish to take khadira leaves, gathering them into a vessel”〔T02 0107a10〕; 「譬如有言我以純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,合集盛水持行者,此則善說」—“Suppose someone says: I take only tanmo leaves and maluojia leaves, gathering them to hold water and carry it—this is well said”〔T02 0107a19〕
398〔T02 0107a28〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (two similes, the ball of cotton and the Indra pillar)「婆羅門常觀他面,常隨他說,以不如實知故」—“brāhmaṇas always look to the faces of others, always follow what others say, because they do not know as it really is”〔T02 0107b05〕; 「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」—“Suppose there is an Indra pillar, made of copper and iron,”〔T02 0107b07〕
399〔T02 0107b16〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (the simile of the stone pillar)「譬如石柱,長十六肘,八肘入地,四方風吹,不能令動」—“Suppose there is a stone pillar sixteen cubits long, eight cubits set in the ground; when the wind blows from the four directions, it cannot shake it”〔T02 0107b17〕; 「使智慧不可傾動。是故,比丘!於四聖諦當勤方便」—“which makes their wisdom unshakeable. Therefore, bhikṣus, toward the four noble truths you should strive with skilful means”〔T02 0107b24〕
400〔T02 0107b27〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (a worldly saying) → the Buddha says to the bhikṣus 「莫作是說」—“Do not speak so”「譬如有人火燒頭衣,當起增上欲,急救令滅。」—“Suppose someone has his head-cloth on fire: he should give rise to heightened desire and quickly put out the fire, so that it is extinguished.”〔T02 0107b28〕; 「莫作是說!當置頭衣,於四聖諦起增上欲」—“Do not speak so! Set aside the head-cloth, and toward the four noble truths give rise to heightened desire”〔T02 0107c01〕
401〔T02 0107c11〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (the simile of suffering three hundred spears for a hundred years, containing within it another person’s question)「當日日三時受苦,晨朝時受百槍苦,日中、晡時亦復如是」—“you must suffer three times each day: in the morning you will suffer the pain of a hundred spears, and at noon and in the evening likewise”〔T02 0107c13〕; 「不以終身受三百槍為大苦也。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未得無間等者」—“I do not count suffering three hundred spears for my whole life as a great suffering. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths”〔T02 0107c20〕
402〔T02 0107c25〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。何等為四」—“Being fully and evenly awakened to the four noble truths, one is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One. What are the four”〔T02 0107c26〕
403〔T02 0108a04〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching) → the World-Honored One speaks a verse「我與汝等於四聖諦無知、無見、無隨順覺、無隨順受者,」—“You and I, without knowledge, without vision, without conforming awakening, without conforming acceptance of the four noble truths,”〔T02 0108a07〕; 「以我及汝於此苦聖諦順知、順入,斷諸有流,盡諸生死,不受後有」—“Because you and I know and enter accordingly this noble truth of suffering, we cut off the floods of existence, end all birth and death, and do not receive a later existence”〔T02 0108a12〕
404〔T02 0108a24〕The World-Honored One asks, holding leaves in his hand → the bhikṣus answer → the Buddha applies it to the Dharma「此手中葉為多耶」—“Are the leaves in my hand many”〔T02 0108a29〕; 「世尊!手中樹葉甚少,彼大林中樹葉無量,百千億萬倍」—“World-Honored One! The leaves in your hand are very few; the leaves of that great forest are measureless, more by hundreds of thousands of millions of times”〔T02 0108b01〕; 「諸比丘!我成等正覺,自所見法,為人定說者,」—“Bhikṣus! The Dharma I have seen for myself, having accomplished perfect awakening, and have declared definitively for others,”〔T02 0108b03〕
405〔T02 0108b13〕The venerable Ānanda sees and tells the Buddha → the Buddha asks → Ānanda answers → the Buddha teaches → the World-Honored One speaks a verse「競射精舍門孔,箭箭皆入門孔。尊者阿難見已,」—“competing to shoot through the keyhole of the monastery gate, every arrow passing through the keyhole. When the venerable Ānanda saw this,”〔T02 0108b16〕; 「此為難耶?破一毛為百分,而射一毛分,箭箭悉中」—“is this hard? Or to split a hair into a hundred parts and shoot one part of the hair, every arrow striking it”〔T02 0108b25〕; 「未若於苦聖諦生如實知,此則甚難。如是,」—“It is not as hard as giving rise to knowledge of the noble truth of suffering as it really is—that is very hard. Thus,”〔T02 0108b29〕
406〔T02 0108c06〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus and asks by a simile → Ānanda answers → the Buddha speaks to Ānanda「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」—“Suppose the whole earth became one great ocean, and there is a blind turtle living countless aeons, raising its head once in a hundred years; in the ocean there is a floating log”〔T02 0108c07〕; 「不能。世尊!所以者何?此盲龜若至海東」—“No, World-Honored One! Why? If this blind turtle reached the eastern side of the ocean”〔T02 0108c11〕; 「雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身」—“though they go against each other, might still meet; the foolish ordinary person drifting through the five destinations, regaining a human body for a moment”〔T02 0108c13〕

How the discourses group together (by the discourses’ own form; only shared forms are recorded, their meaning is not judged):

  1. Discourse 365—final nirvāṇa in this very life; the Buddha first poses a question and the bhikṣus request the teaching, and their words of request, 「是法根、法眼、法依」—“is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma,” are the same as in Discourses 362–364 of the preceding fascicle.
  2. Discourses 366 and 369—events from the time before the Buddha Vipaśyin attained right awakening; Discourse 370—events from the time before the present Buddha attained right awakening (the subject is 「佛」—“the Buddha” of this discourse’s own narrative; the abridgement follows 369, but the subject differs); Discourse 366 traces link by link and abbreviates with the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city, Discourse 369 contemplates the twelve links of dependent arising in reverse and in forward order, seated for seven days in one sitting, and speaks a verse, and Discourse 370 records only the sitting beneath the bodhi tree and abbreviates with 「如前廣說」—“as explained at length before.” Discourses 366 and 369 both close with the six Buddhas of the past teaching the same.
  3. Discourses 367 and 368—meditative reflection and the measureless samādhi, both teaching 「如實顯現」—“becomes manifest as it really is.”
  4. Discourses 371–378—eight discourses all beginning alike with 「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養」—“There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished”: Discourse 371 teaches the cause, arising, origin, and contact of the four nutriments, Discourse 372 the six questions of Phalguna, Discourse 373 the four similes for the four nutriments, Discourse 374 the growth of the station of consciousness, Discourse 375 sorrow, grief, dust, and defilement, Discourse 376 the mansion and the sunlight, Discourse 377 painting upon empty space, and Discourse 378 painting upon form.
  5. Discourse 379—the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma.
  6. Discourses 380–388—nine discourses all beginning alike with 「有四聖諦」—“There are four noble truths”; from Discourse 381 on, each adds one phrase, from “should cultivate unbroken comprehension,” to “to be known and abandoned,” to the names attained by “has known and abandoned” (cutting off craving and desire · arhat · superior person · the noble banner · the five factors and the six).
  7. Discourse 389—the four things of the king of physicians.
  8. Discourses 390–392—ascetics and brāhmaṇas who know the four noble truths as they really are and who do not; Discourse 390 teaches the ascetic among ascetics, Discourse 391 being counted among ascetics, and Discourse 392 being freed and not being freed from suffering, together with the compilers’ list of the discourses of the same form.
  9. Discourse 393—seven stages from leaving home to unsurpassed right awakening, all of which know the four noble truths.
  10. Discourses 394–402—nine discourses that teach the essentials of the four noble truths by a simile or by a phrase (the sign of light at sunrise · sun and moon · the rising sun that breaks the darkness · leaves · the ball of cotton and the Indra pillar · the stone pillar · the head-cloth · three hundred spears · being fully and evenly awakened).
  11. Discourses 403 and 404—two discourses at the Bamboo Grove village in the land of Magadha.
  12. Discourses 405 and 406—two discourses at the Two-Storied Lecture Hall beside the Monkey Pond, both teaching what is hard.

Speakers: in Discourses 366–369, 371, 374, 375, and 379–403 the speaker is the World-Honored One alone (in Discourse 365 the bhikṣus request the teaching and the Buddha teaches; Discourse 370 is an abbreviated text) (in Discourse 379 he addresses the five bhikṣus, within which the venerable Kauṇḍinya, as 憍陳如 (Kauṇḍinya) and as 拘隣 (Kauṇḍinya), answers twice, and the earth deities and the Brahmā gods proclaim). In Discourse 372 the bhikṣu Phalguna asks while 「住佛後扇佛」—“standing behind the Buddha fanning him,” six questions in all, and the one who answers is in each case the Buddha. In Discourses 373, 376, 377, and 378 the Buddha asks and the bhikṣus answer; in Discourse 404 the World-Honored One asks, holding leaves in his hand, and the bhikṣus answer. In Discourse 405 the venerable Ānanda first relates what he saw and tells the Buddha, the Buddha asks Ānanda, Ānanda answers, and the Buddha speaks a verse. In Discourse 406 the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus and poses a simile, and the one who answers is Ānanda (「不能。世尊!所以者何?此盲龜若至海東」—“No, World-Honored One! Why? If this blind turtle reached the eastern side of the ocean”〔T02 0108c11〕; 「南、北四維圍遶亦爾,不必相得。」佛告阿難:「盲龜浮木,雖復差違」—“and likewise going round the south, the north, and the four intermediate directions; they would not necessarily meet.’ The Buddha said to Ānanda: ‘The blind turtle and the floating log, though they go against each other”〔T02 0108c13〕), recorded as it stands without change. The speaker of the verse in Discourse 369 is the Buddha Vipaśyin, quoted within the words of the World-Honored One. The verse of Discourse 392 is the verse spoken again of which the compilers say 「悉繼以偈」—“each followed by a verse.” The question 「有人語言」—“someone says to him” within the simile of Discourse 401 lies in an inner layer of the World-Honored One’s words.

Verses: four in this fascicle (see the seventh topic)—the verse of the Buddha Vipaśyin in Discourse 369, fifteen lines of thirty five-character half-lines; the verse spoken again in Discourse 392, ten lines of twenty five-character half-lines; the verse of the World-Honored One in Discourse 403, four lines of eight five-character half-lines; the verse of the World-Honored One in Discourse 405, two lines of four five-character half-lines. This fascicle has no summary verse.

Abbreviated texts:

DiscourseAbbreviated text (verbatim)AnchorWhat it refers to
366「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」—“that person from time to time adds oil and trims the wick, so the lamp stays bright, burning in full blaze without going out…”〔T02 0101b01〕「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說。佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說」—“as explained at length before in the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said”〔T02 0101b02〕The simile of the lamp and the simile of the city told before (the preceding fascicle of this collection)
370「往詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,正身正念……如前廣說」—“went to the foot of the bodhi tree, spread grass for a seat and sat cross-legged, body upright, mindfulness right… as explained at length before”〔T02 0101c22〕The contemplation beneath the bodhi tree in Discourse 369
373「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」—“there is a patrol, and they seize a robber, bind him, and deliver him to the king…”〔T02 0102c22〕「以彼因緣,受三百矛苦覺,晝夜苦痛」—“Because of that cause and condition, he undergoes the painful feeling of three hundred spears, in pain day and night”〔T02 0102c23〕The simile of the king’s law punishing the robber in the Discourse of Suśīma, Discourse 347 of the preceding fascicle
376「於此四食有貪有喜……」如前廣說,乃至「純大苦聚集。」—“where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments…” as explained at length before, up to: “the whole great mass of suffering comes together.”〔T02 0103a28〕The passage above in this discourse · the growth of the station of consciousness in Discourse 374
376「若於四食無貪無喜……」如前廣說,乃至「純大苦」—“If one is without craving and without delight toward the four nutriments…” as explained at length before, up to: “the whole great mass of suffering”〔T02 0103a29〕The cessation side of Discourse 374
391「於四聖」—“the four noble”〔T02 0105c10〕; 「乃至……。佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說」—“And so on up to…. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said”〔T02 0105c13〕Discourse 390
392「如於苦不解脫、解脫,如是捨惡趣不解脫、」—“As with not being liberated from suffering and being liberated, so too not being liberated from the evil destinations,”〔T02 0105c25〕; 「如是上諸經重說,悉繼以偈:」—“thus the discourses above are stated again, each followed by a verse:”〔T02 0106a04〕A list of the discourses of the same form
393「當勤方便,修無間等。如此章句,一切四聖諦經,應當具說」—“one should diligently apply skillful means and cultivate unbroken comprehension. Such passages as these should be stated in full in all the discourses on the four noble truths”〔T02 0106a21〕; 「又三結盡」—“Further, with the three bonds ended”〔T02 0106a25〕All the discourses on the four noble truths
393「如是知、如是見、如是無間等,亦如是說」—“thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is to be spoken in the same way”〔T02 0106b18〕; the same form is also found at〔T02 0106b05〕〔T02 0106b09〕〔T02 0106b14〕〔T02 0106b21〕As above
394「如是知,如是見,如是無間等,亦如是說。」—“Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus.”〔T02 0106c01〕As above

The uddāna of the Compendium of Topics (fascicles 94, 95, and 96 of the treatise, four verses, recording only their order; for their correspondence with this fascicle see the tenth topic, ①):

「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」—“Establishment, Giving the Causes and Conditions, Examining the Meaning of Nutriment,”〔T30n1579 0838c04〕 「極多諸過患、雜染等為後。」—“The Very Many Faults, and Defilement and the Rest last.”〔T30n1579 0838c05〕 「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、」—“The Reasoned, Inclusion, The Truth of Arising, Attainment, Characteristics, The Basis, Function, Obstacles,”〔T30n1579 0840b24〕 「過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」—“Faults, Black Ripening and the Rest, The Great Meaning, Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain.”〔T30n1579 0840b25〕 「總義等、光等、受等最為後。」—“The General Meaning and the rest, Light and the rest, Feeling and the rest last of all.”〔T30n1579 0846c15〕 「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」—“The General Meaning, Distinction by Kind, Arising in Kind, Finally, the Three Quests.”〔T30n1579 0846c17〕

The five items of the first verse are the selective summary of nutriment and correspond in order to the place of Discourses 371–378 of this fascicle; the twelve items of the second verse are the selective summary of the truths and correspond to the place of Discourses 379–406 of this fascicle, but the treatise follows the order of its own topics and does not run item by item with the order of the discourses (the tenth topic, ①); the third and fourth verses are the general uddāna and the particular uddāna of fascicle 96 of the treatise, which belong mainly to the following fascicle, and in this fascicle only the single item 「後三求」—“Finally, the Three Quests” offers a comparison in shared words (the tenth topic, ①).

II. Collation with the Alternate Translations

For the forty-two discourses of this fascicle, no corresponding discourse is found in the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō vol. 2, no. 100)—among the Taishō notes for this fascicle not one gives a discourse number of the alternate translation; there is only one cross-reference note marked 「cf.」—“cf.,” at Discourse 365, and what it points to is a coordinate, not the alternate translation (「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」—“cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.,” 0101a06, see the tenth topic, ②). This fascicle has no collation notes against the alternate translation. No parallel is constructed here.

III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)

The Saṃyukta Āgama is what the Buddha and his disciples spoke, and its ground is the sūtra itself; the treatise stands to the sūtra as a selection and gathering, not as its ground. Listed below, in the order of the discourses of this fascicle, are the passages of the treatise text in the Compendium of Topics that share the same words, verbatim, with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (the names of the treatise’s uddāna items are appended beneath each heading, as readings; see the first topic); where the words differ this is marked, and the sūtra is not changed by the treatise, nor the treatise by the sūtra.

The four nutriments that nourish · craving as their cause (Discourse 371 · Establishment · Giving the Causes and Conditions)

  • Sūtra: 「有四食資益眾生」—“There are four nutriments that sustain beings”〔T02 0101c26〕; 「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養。何等為四?謂一、」—“There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished. What are the four? Namely: first,”〔T02 0101c26〕; 「此四食何因、何集、何生、何觸?謂此諸食愛因、愛集、」—“These four nutriments—what is their cause, what their arising, what their origin, what their contact? Namely, these nutriments have craving as their cause, craving as their arising,”〔T02 0101c28〕; 「愛滅則食滅,食滅故於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、」—“when craving ceases, nutriment ceases; because of the cessation of nutriment, in the future world birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow,”〔T02 0102a09〕
  • Treatise: 「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」—“There are four kinds of things that, in this present life, most of all nourish the faculties and the great elements.”〔T30n1579 0838c06〕; 「復次,如上所說諸根大種,由集諦攝先愛而生」—“Further, the faculties and great elements spoken of above arise from prior craving, included in the truth of arising”〔T30n1579 0839a11〕; 「然復藉愛為緣故有。又即此愛,於現法中,由無明觸所生諸受為緣故起」—“yet they exist by relying on craving as condition. And this very craving, in this present life, arises conditioned by the feelings born of contact with ignorance”〔T30n1579 0839a17〕; 「由愛滅故,諸食亦滅。能取後有諸法滅故,」—“Because craving ceases, the nutriments too cease. Because the things that can take up a later existence cease,”〔T30n1579 0839b01〕

The shared words are 「四」—“four,” 「長養」—“nourish,” 「愛」—“craving,” 「食」—“nutriment,” and 「滅」—“cease”; the sūtra has 「愛因、愛集」—“craving as their cause, craving as their arising,” the treatise 「集諦攝先愛」—“prior craving, included in the truth of arising” and 「藉愛為緣」—“relying on craving as condition”; the sūtra 「愛滅則食滅」—“when craving ceases, nutriment ceases,” the treatise 「愛滅故,諸食亦滅」—“because craving ceases, the nutriments too cease”; the words differ.

Who feeds on the nutriment of consciousness · the reasoned and unreasoned question (Discourse 372 · Examining the Meaning of Nutriment)

  • Sūtra: 「世尊!誰食此識?」佛告頗求那:「我不言有食識者」—“World-Honored One! Who feeds on this consciousness?’ The Buddha said to Phalguna: ‘I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness”〔T02 0102a17〕; 「我不言有食識者,我若言有食識者,汝應作是問,我說識是食」—“I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness. If I said there is one who feeds on consciousness, then you should ask this question. I say consciousness is a nutriment”〔T02 0102a17〕; 「我說識是食。汝應問言:『何因緣故有識食?』我則答言」—“I say consciousness is a nutriment. You should ask: ‘Through what cause and condition is there the nutriment of consciousness?’ Then I would answer”〔T02 0102a18〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,無有少法生已安住,亦無有我能食所食」—“Further, there is not the least thing that, once arisen, abides, nor is there a self that eats what is eaten”〔T30n1579 0839b05〕; 「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」—“‘Who feeds on the nutriment of consciousness?’ It should be known that this question is an unreasoned question. If one asks thus: ‘What is the cause and condition of feeding on the nutriment of consciousness’”〔T30n1579 0839b16〕; 「誰是能食識食因緣?當知此問為如理問,能令悟入緣起理故」—“‘What is the cause and condition of feeding on the nutriment of consciousness?’ It should be known that this question is a reasoned question, because it can lead one to awaken to and enter the principle of dependent arising”〔T30n1579 0839b17〕; 「都無觸者乃至有者能有所觸,乃至有有。」—“There is no one at all who contacts, and so on up to one who exists, who could have what is contacted, and so on up to have existence.”〔T30n1579 0839c02〕

The shared words are 「誰」—“who,” 「食」—“feed,” 「識食」—“the nutriment of consciousness,” 「因緣」—“cause and condition,” 「觸」—“contact,” and 「有」—“existence”; the sūtra’s ‘I do not say there is one who feeds on consciousness … you should ask: through what cause and condition is there the nutriment of consciousness’ and the treatise’s ‘who feeds on the nutriment of consciousness … an unreasoned question … what is the cause and condition of feeding on the nutriment of consciousness … a reasoned question’: the two questions of the sūtra and the two questions of the treatise correspond in order; the sūtra has 「我不說有有者」—“I do not say there is one who has existence,” the treatise 「都無觸者乃至有者」—“there is no one at all who contacts, and so on up to one who exists”; the words differ.

Four similes for the four nutriments (Discourse 373 · The Very Many Faults)

  • Sūtra: 「云何比丘觀察摶食?譬如有夫婦二人,唯有一子」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate morsel food? Suppose there is a couple, husband and wife, who have only one son”〔T02 0102b21〕; 「彼人夫婦共食子肉,寧取其味,貪嗜美樂與不」—“When that couple together ate their son’s flesh, was it to take its flavour, craving its tastiness and delight, or not”〔T02 0102b27〕; 「云何比丘觀察觸食?譬如有牛,生剝其皮,在在處處,諸蟲唼食」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of contact? Suppose there is a cow flayed alive: in every place it is, the insects feed on it”〔T02 0102c06〕; 「諸蟲唼食,沙土坌塵,草木針刺,若依於地,地蟲所食」—“the insects feed on it, sand, earth, and dust soil it, grass, wood, and thorns pierce it; if it rests on the ground, it is fed on by the insects of the ground”〔T02 0102c07〕; 「云何比丘觀察意思食?譬如聚落城邑邊有火起,無煙無炎」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of mental intention? Suppose that beside a village or a town a fire has sprung up, without smoke and without flame”〔T02 0102c13〕; 「以彼因緣,受三百矛苦覺,晝夜苦痛」—“Because of that cause and condition, he undergoes the painful feeling of three hundred spears, in pain day and night”〔T02 0102c23〕
  • Treatise: 「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate morsel food with the perception of a son’s flesh, and should not be attached to it.”〔T30n1579 0839c12〕; 「是故苾芻當觀順彼六種觸處如無皮牛。」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate what accords with the six bases of contact as a cow without its hide.”〔T30n1579 0839c15〕; 「觸處諸蟲之所唼食,多生眾苦不安隱住。如是觀已」—“fed on by the insects of the bases of contact, much suffering arises and it does not dwell at ease. Having contemplated thus”〔T30n1579 0839c18〕; 「是故苾芻當觀有漏意會思食如一分火。觀察如是所求不允,」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of mental intention, with outflows, as a portion of fire. Having examined that what is thus sought is not fitting,”〔T30n1579 0839c24〕; 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」—“there arises, as was said, inner suffering dependent on consciousness; therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of consciousness as being pierced by three hundred spears”〔T30n1579 0840a01〕

The shared words are 「子肉」—“son’s flesh,” 「牛」—“cow,” 「蟲」—“insects,” 「唼食」—“feed on,” 「火」—“fire,” 「識食」—“the nutriment of consciousness,” and 「三百」—“three hundred”; the sūtra has 「摶食」—“morsel food,” the treatise 「段食」—“morsel food” (another word); the sūtra 「生剝其皮」—“flayed alive,” the treatise 「無皮牛」—“a cow without its hide”; the sūtra’s fire 「無煙無炎」—“without smoke and without flame,” the treatise 「一分火」—“a portion of fire”; the sūtra 「意思食」—“the nutriment of mental intention,” the treatise 「意會思食」—“the nutriment of mental intention” (another word); the sūtra 「三百矛」—“three hundred spears,” the treatise 「三百鉾」—“three hundred spears” (another character); the words differ.

Delight and craving · the station of consciousness grows · sorrow (Discourses 374 and 375 · Defilement and the Rest)

  • Sūtra: 「若比丘於此四食有喜有貪,則識住增長,識住增長故」—“If a bhikṣu has delight and craving toward these four nutriments, the station of consciousness grows; because the station of consciousness grows”〔T02 0103a02〕; 「行增長故,當來有增長,當來有增長故,生、老、病、死、」—“because formations grow, existence in time to come grows; because existence in time to come grows, birth, old age, sickness, death,”〔T02 0103a04〕; 「於此四食有貪有喜,則有憂悲、有塵垢,」—“where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments, there is sorrow and grief, there is dust and defilement,”〔T02 0103a17〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」—“Further, if one does not contemplate these four nutriments as they really are, one is defiled by delight and craving”〔T30n1579 0840a12〕; 「於現法中能染於識,令其安止四種識住,增長當來後有種子」—“in this present life it can defile consciousness, make it settle in the four stations of consciousness, and make grow the seeds of a later existence in time to come”〔T30n1579 0840a17〕; 「於現法中便生悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼而住。當知是名憙」—“in this present life one then dwells in lamentation, grief, sorrow, dejection, and distress. It should be known that this is called delight”〔T30n1579 0840a22〕

The shared words are 「四食」—“the four nutriments,” 「貪」—“craving,” 「識住」—“station of consciousness,” 「增長」—“grow,” 「當來」—“in time to come,” 「悲」—“grief,” and 「憂」—“sorrow”; the sūtra has 「喜」—“delight,” the treatise 「憙」—“delight” (another character); the sūtra 「有憂悲、有塵垢」—“there is sorrow and grief, there is dust and defilement,” the treatise 「悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼」—“lamentation, grief, sorrow, dejection, and distress”; the words differ.

The mansion and the sunlight · the painter’s colours · empty space (Discourses 376, 377, and 378 · Defilement and the Rest)

  • Sūtra: 「乃至純大苦聚集。譬如樓閣宮殿,北西長廣,東西牕牖」—“and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Suppose there is a mansion, long and broad to the north and west, with windows east and west”〔T02 0103a25〕; 「東西牕牖,日出東方,光照西壁。如是,比丘!於此四食有貪有喜」—“with windows east and west; the sun rises in the east and its light shines upon the western wall. Thus, bhikṣus, where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments”〔T02 0103a26〕; 「應照虛空,無所攀緣。」「如是,」—“It would shine upon empty space, with nothing to grasp at.’ ‘Thus,”〔T02 0103b04〕; 「乃至如是純大苦聚滅。譬如,比丘!畫師、畫師弟子集種種彩色」—“and so on up to: just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases. Suppose, bhikṣus, a painter or a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours”〔T02 0103b17〕; 「畫師弟子集種種彩色,欲粧畫虛空,寧能畫不?」—“a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon empty space—could he paint them?”〔T02 0103b18〕; 「若畫師弟子集種種彩,欲粧畫於色,作種種像。諸比丘!於意云何」—“or a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon form, making various images. Bhikṣus! What do you think”〔T02 0103b29〕
  • Treatise: 「彼六處攝有識之身,猶如臺觀六處窓牖,能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處」—“That body with consciousness, included in the six bases, is like a tower with windows in six places, which can serve as the place through which the sunlight of the afflictions that take objects enters”〔T30n1579 0840a25〕; 「能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處,是光於此或住上地」—“which can serve as the place through which the sunlight of the afflictions that take objects enters; this light here may rest upon the ground above”〔T30n1579 0840a26〕; 「以其種種猶如彩色可愛」—“by its various kinds, lovely like colours”〔T30n1579 0840b04〕; 「彩畫如是補特伽羅,令其變生種種煩惱相貌顯現」—“paints such a person, making him change and produce the manifest appearances of various afflictions”〔T30n1579 0840b04〕; 「譬如其地,能為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處。」—“like that ground, which can serve as the basis for the painting of various afflictions.”〔T30n1579 0840b07〕; 「當知如是補特伽羅,憙、貪已斷,猶若虛空,」—“It should be known that such a person, in whom delight and craving are abandoned, is like empty space,”〔T30n1579 0840b09〕

The shared words are 「日光」—“sunlight,” 「光」—“light,” 「種種」—“various,” 「彩色」—“colours,” 「畫」—“paint,” and 「虛空」—“empty space”; the sūtra has 「樓閣宮殿」—“mansion,” the treatise 「臺觀」—“tower”; the sūtra 「牕牖」—“windows,” the treatise 「窓牖」—“windows” (another character); the sūtra 「光照西壁」—“its light shines upon the western wall,” the treatise 「是光於此或住上地、或住下地」—“this light here may rest upon the upper ground or rest upon the lower ground”; the sūtra 「畫師、畫師弟子」—“a painter or a painter’s apprentice,” the treatise 「彩畫」—“paints”; the sūtra 「欲粧畫於色」—“wishing to paint pictures upon form,” the treatise 「譬如其地」—“like that ground”; the sūtra 「欲粧畫虛空」—“wishing to paint pictures upon empty space,” the treatise 「猶若虛空」—“is like empty space”; the words differ. The treatise joins these two similes in one passage, while the sūtra divides them among three discourses.

The three turnings and twelve aspects · vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening · the earth deities pass it on · turning the wheel of the Dharma (Discourse 379 · Attainment)

  • Sūtra: 「本所未曾聞法,當正思惟。時,生眼、智、明、覺。」—“a dharma never heard before; it should be rightly reflected upon. At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.”〔T02 0103c15〕; 「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」—“Bhikṣus! If, with regard to the three turnings and twelve aspects of these four noble truths, vision had not arisen in me”〔T02 0104a02〕; 「尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣。尊者阿若拘隣知法已」—“Because the venerable Kauṇḍinya had understood the Dharma, he was therefore named Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya. When the venerable Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya had understood the Dharma”〔T02 0104a12〕; 「諸仁者!世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中三轉十二行法輪」—“Good sirs! The World-Honored One, in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park, [turned] the wheel of the Dharma in three turnings and twelve aspects”〔T02 0104a14〕; 「他化自在天展轉傳唱,須臾之間,聞于梵天身。梵天乘聲唱言」—“the gods who wield the creations of others passed it on in turn, proclaiming it, and in a moment it was heard as far as the Brahmā world. The Brahmā gods, carrying on the sound, proclaimed”〔T02 0104a20〕; 「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」—“The World-Honored One turned the wheel of the Dharma in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park; therefore this discourse is called the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma”〔T02 0104a26〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,由五種相轉法輪者,當知名為善轉法輪」—“Further, one who turns the wheel of the Dharma by five characteristics should be known as one who turns the wheel of the Dharma well”〔T30n1579 0843b02〕; 「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」—“As to the means of attainment: namely, within these very four noble truths, the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds”〔T30n1579 0843b09〕; 「三周正轉十二相智。最初轉者,謂昔菩薩入現觀時,」—“the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds. The first turning: namely, when formerly the bodhisattva entered realization,”〔T30n1579 0843b09〕; 「有差別故,如其次第,名智、明、覺。第二轉者,謂是有學」—“because there are distinctions, in their order they are called knowledge, understanding, and awakening. The second turning: namely, that of one still in training”〔T30n1579 0843b13〕; 「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」—“The Tathāgata, having known this, raised a worldly thought: Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya has understood my Dharma. The earth deities, having known this”〔T30n1579 0843b29〕; 「地神知已,舉聲傳告。經於剎那、瞚息、須臾,其聲展轉乃至梵世」—“The earth deities, having known this, raised their voices and passed the word on. In the space of an instant, a blink, a moment, the sound passed on in turn as far as the Brahmā world”〔T30n1579 0843c01〕; 「其聲展轉乃至梵世。當知世尊轉所解法。置於阿若憍陳身中」—“the sound passed on in turn as far as the Brahmā world. It should be known that the World-Honored One turned the Dharma he had understood and placed it in the person of Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya”〔T30n1579 0843c02〕

The shared words are 「轉法輪」—“turn the wheel of the Dharma,” 「四聖諦」—“the four noble truths,” 「智、明、覺」—“knowledge, understanding, and awakening,” 「地神」—“the earth deities,” 「舉聲」—“raise their voices,” 「須臾」—“a moment,” and 「展轉」—“in turn”; the sūtra has 「三轉十二行」—“the three turnings and twelve aspects,” the treatise 「三周正轉十二相智」—“the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds”; the sūtra 「阿若拘隣」—“Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya,” the treatise 「阿若憍陳」—“Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya” (another transcription); the sūtra 「梵天」—“the Brahmā world,” the treatise 「梵世」—“the Brahmā world” (another word); the sūtra 「唱言」—“proclaimed,” the treatise 「傳告」—“passed the word on”; the words differ. The sūtra has the four items 「生眼、智、明、覺」—“there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening,” and the treatise cites the three items 「名智、明、覺」—“called knowledge, understanding, and awakening”; recorded only.

Inclusion in the four noble truths · full knowledge, final abandoning, realization, cultivation (Discourses 380–388 · Inclusion · The Basis)

  • Sūtra: 「有四聖諦」—“There are four noble truths”〔T02 0104b02〕; 「若比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當修無間等,起增上欲,方便堪能」—“If a bhikṣu has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of these four noble truths, he should cultivate unbroken comprehension, giving rise to heightened desire, with effort and ability”〔T02 0104b09〕; 「於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修。如是比丘則斷愛欲」—“has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, such a bhikṣu has cut off craving and desire”〔T02 0104b24〕; 「如是比丘名阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,所作已作,離諸重擔」—“such a bhikṣu is called an arhat: the outflows ended, what was to be done has been done, he has laid down the heavy burdens”〔T02 0104c05〕
  • Treatise: 「若有說言:此四聖諦唯是境界」—“if someone says: these four noble truths are only objects”〔T30n1579 0841c02〕; 「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」—“all are included in the four noble truths. It should be known that dharmas are, in brief, of two kinds: first, the knowledge that knows”〔T30n1579 0841c05〕; 「我當於後猶有所作,應當遍知未知苦諦,應當永斷未斷集諦」—“I still have something to do hereafter: I should fully know the truth of suffering not yet known, I should finally abandon the truth of arising not yet abandoned”〔T30n1579 0843b15〕; 「如實解了我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習,名現觀位」—“understanding as it really is: I have fully known, I have finally abandoned, I have realized, I have cultivated—this is called the stage of realization”〔T30n1579 0844a16〕; 「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」—“The complete ending of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned on first seeing the truths. Making an end of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned by the arhat”〔T30n1579 0844a23〕

The shared words are 「四聖諦」—“the four noble truths,” 「斷」—“abandon,” 「作證」—“realize,” 「修」—“cultivate,” and 「阿羅漢」—“arhat”; the sūtra’s ‘to be known and abandoned, realized, cultivated’ and the treatise’s ‘should fully know … should finally abandon …’; the sūtra has 「已知、已斷、已證、已修」—“has known, has abandoned, has realized, has cultivated,” the treatise 「我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習」—“I have fully known, I have finally abandoned, I have realized, I have cultivated”; the sūtra 「當修無間等」—“should cultivate unbroken comprehension,” the treatise 「現觀」—“realization”; the words differ. 「究竟苦邊」—“the utter end of suffering” in Discourse 383 and 「作苦邊」—“making an end of suffering” in Discourse 396 share words with the treatise’s 「作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」—“making an end of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned by the arhat.”

The four things of the king of physicians · the four truths like a disease (Discourse 389 · Characteristics)

  • Sūtra: 「何等為四?一者善知病,二者善知病源,三者善知病對治」—“What are the four? First, he knows the disease well; second, he knows the source of the disease well; third, he knows the cure for the disease well”〔T02 0105a26〕; 「三者善知病對治,四者善知治病已,當來更不動發」—“third, he knows the cure for the disease well; fourth, he knows well that once the disease is cured it will not break out again in the future”〔T02 0105a27〕; 「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,」—“The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, as the great king of physicians,”〔T02 0105b10〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,苦諦如諸疾病;集諦如起病因」—“Further, the truth of suffering is like the diseases; the truth of arising is like the cause from which disease arises”〔T30n1579 0843c18〕; 「滅諦如病生已,而得除愈;道諦如病除已,令後不生」—“the truth of cessation is like a disease that, having arisen, is cured; the truth of the path is like what, once the disease is removed, keeps it from arising later”〔T30n1579 0843c18〕; 「令後不生。諸有病者,詣良醫所,但應尋求爾所正法」—“keeps it from arising later. Those who are ill go to a good physician and should seek only so many true remedies”〔T30n1579 0843c19〕; 「是故更無第五聖諦。諸佛如來拔大愛箭無上良醫」—“therefore there is no fifth noble truth. The Buddhas, the Tathāgatas, are the unsurpassed good physicians who draw out the great arrow of craving”〔T30n1579 0843c21〕

The shared words are 「病」—“disease,” 「良醫」—“good physician,” and 「如來」—“Tathāgata”; the sūtra has 「善知病源」—“knows the source of the disease well,” the treatise 「起病因」—“the cause from which disease arises”; the sūtra 「更不動發」—“will not break out again,” the treatise 「令後不生」—“keeps it from arising later”; the sūtra 「大醫王」—“the great king of physicians,” the treatise 「無上良醫」—“the unsurpassed good physician”; the words differ. The sūtra matches the four things of the king of physicians with the four virtues of the Tathāgata, the treatise pairs each of the four truths with one stage of a disease and says 「無第五聖諦」—“there is no fifth noble truth”; recorded only.

The ascetic among ascetics · counted among ascetics · the ten faults (Discourses 390, 391, and 392 · The Reasoned · Faults)

  • Sūtra: 「此苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,此非沙門之沙門,」—“do not know this noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is, they are not ascetics among ascetics,”〔T02 0105b24〕; 「非沙門數、非婆羅門數;於四聖諦如實知者,是沙門數」—“not counted among ascetics, not counted among brāhmaṇas; those who know the four noble truths as they really are are counted among ascetics”〔T02 0105c11〕; 「如於苦不解脫、解脫,如是捨惡趣不解脫、」—“As with not being liberated from suffering and being liberated, so too not being liberated from the evil destinations,”〔T02 0105c25〕; 「解脫;堪能捨戒退減,不捨戒退減;能自說得過人法自證」—“being liberated; able to give up the precepts and fall back, not giving up the precepts and falling back; able to declare for oneself the attainment of superhuman states and to realize them for oneself”〔T02 0105c26〕; 「能自說得過人法自證,不能自說得過人法作證;」—“able to declare for oneself the attainment of superhuman states and to realize them for oneself, not able to declare for oneself the attainment of superhuman states and to realize them;”〔T02 0105c26〕; 「能於此外求良福田,不能於此外求良福田」—“able to seek a good field of merit outside this, not able to seek a good field of merit outside this”〔T02 0105c28〕; 「不能越苦,堪能越苦;不堪能脫苦,堪能脫苦」—“not able to pass beyond suffering, able to pass beyond suffering; not able to be freed from suffering, able to be freed from suffering”〔T02 0106a02〕
  • Treatise: 「若於諦智增上如理及不如理不如實知,」—“If, regarding the heightened knowledge of the truths, one does not know as it really is the reasoned and the unreasoned,”〔T30n1579 0840b26〕; 「復次,背聖諦智、不成現觀,諸有沙門、若婆羅門」—“Further, those ascetics or brāhmaṇas who turn their backs on the knowledge of the noble truths and do not accomplish realization”〔T30n1579 0843c24〕; 「謂有勝義諸沙門等,意不許彼為沙門等;言亦不數為沙門等」—“namely, the ascetics and others in the ultimate sense do not in mind allow them to be ascetics and the like, nor in word count them as ascetics and the like”〔T30n1579 0843c25〕; 「於諸惡趣亦未解脫。堪能棄捨正所學處;不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法」—“nor are they yet liberated from the evil destinations. They are able to abandon the points of training they have rightly taken up; they are not able to realize the supramundane superhuman excellent states”〔T30n1579 0843c27〕; 「不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法,所謂聖道、道果涅槃」—“they are not able to realize the supramundane superhuman excellent states, namely the noble path, the fruit of the path, and nirvāṇa”〔T30n1579 0843c28〕; 「堪能尋訪除學無學餘外福田;於超苦苦更不還果,無所堪能;於現法中究竟悟解」—“they are able to seek out other fields of merit besides those in training and those beyond training; for passing beyond the suffering of suffering and for the fruit of not returning again, they have no ability; for final awakening and understanding in this present life”〔T30n1579 0844a01〕; 「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應」—“Further, if there are ascetics or brāhmaṇas who are not yet joined with the knowledge of the noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845b09〕

The shared words are 「沙門」—“ascetic,” 「如實知」—“know as it really is,” 「不如實知」—“not know as it really is,” 「數」—“count,” 「解脫」—“liberated,” 「惡趣」—“evil destinations,” 「堪能」—“able,” 「過人」—“superhuman,” 「福田」—“field of merit,” and 「苦」—“suffering”; the sūtra has 「捨戒退減」—“give up the precepts and fall back,” the treatise 「棄捨正所學處」—“abandon the points of training they have rightly taken up”; the sūtra 「過人法」—“superhuman states,” the treatise 「過人勝法」—“superhuman excellent states”; the sūtra 「越苦」—“pass beyond suffering,” the treatise 「超苦苦」—“passing beyond the suffering of suffering”; the words differ. The seven matters listed by the compilers in Discourse 392 and the ten characteristics of the treatise run broadly in the same order; the treatise lacks the sūtra’s one matter, 「求大師」—“seek a great teacher”; recorded only.

Leaving home in pure faith · the three kinds of awakening (Discourse 393 · The Basis)

  • Sūtra: 「若善男子正信非家,出家學道,彼一切所應當知四聖諦法」—“If a son of good family with right faith leaves home for the homeless life to train in the path, all that he should know is the Dharma of the four noble truths”〔T02 0106a17〕; 「彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四?謂知苦聖諦、知苦集聖諦」—“all of them do so because they know the four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, knowing the noble truth of suffering, knowing the noble truth of the arising of suffering”〔T02 0106b15〕; 「若得無上等正覺,彼一切知四聖諦故。何等為四」—“If one attains unsurpassed right awakening, all of them do so because they know the four noble truths. What are the four”〔T02 0106b18〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,趣向諦智樂正覺者,應當了知依四聖諦增上緣力」—“Further, one who heads toward the knowledge of the truths and delights in right awakening should understand that it is by the power of the dominant condition of the four noble truths”〔T30n1579 0844a06〕; 「應知是處,於善說法毘奈耶中淨信出家,名得依處」—“It should be known that this basis—leaving home in pure faith within the well-taught Dharma and Vinaya—is called attaining the basis”〔T30n1579 0844a07〕; 「名得依處。若四沙門果所攝受聲聞菩提、若諸獨覺所有菩提」—“is called attaining the basis. Whether the awakening of the disciples, embraced by the four fruits of the ascetic life, or the awakening of the solitary buddhas”〔T30n1579 0844a08〕; 「若諸獨覺所有菩提、若諸如來無上菩提,如是三種」—“or the awakening of the solitary buddhas, or the unsurpassed awakening of the Tathāgatas—these three kinds”〔T30n1579 0844a09〕

The shared words are 「出家」—“leave home,” 「信」—“faith,” and 「無上」—“unsurpassed”; the sūtra has 「正信非家」—“with right faith leaves home for the homeless life,” the treatise 「淨信出家」—“leaving home in pure faith”; the sūtra’s ‘stream-enterer … arhat’ and the treatise’s 「四沙門果」—“the four fruits of the ascetic life”; the sūtra 「辟支佛道」—“the path of a pratyekabuddha,” the treatise 「獨覺所有菩提」—“the awakening of the solitary buddhas”; the sūtra 「無上等正覺」—“unsurpassed right awakening,” the treatise 「如來無上菩提」—“the unsurpassed awakening of the Tathāgatas”; the words differ.

The sign of light at sunrise · the complete ending of suffering (Discourse 394 · Function)

  • Sūtra: 「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」—“Just as when the sun rises the sign of light appears first, so too does the complete ending of suffering have a sign that goes before? It is knowing the four noble truths”〔T02 0106b25〕
  • Treatise: 「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」—“namely, this knowledge of the truths is what goes before the final cessation of the sufferings, as when the sun is about to rise the sign of light first appears. The complete ending of suffering”〔T30n1579 0844a22〕

The shared words are 「日」—“sun,” 「明相」—“the sign of light,” and 「正盡苦」—“the complete ending of suffering”; the sūtra has 「先起」—“appears first,” the treatise 「先現」—“first appears”; the sūtra 「前相」—“a sign that goes before,” the treatise 「前行」—“what goes before”; the words differ.

The sunlight breaks the darkness · the three bonds · the first dhyāna · seven rebirths (Discourses 395 and 396 · Function · The Great Meaning)

  • Sūtra: 「若日月不出世間者,一切眾星亦不出於世間,晝夜」—“If sun and moon did not appear in the world, and all the stars too did not appear in the world, day and night”〔T02 0106c03〕; 「周行空中,壞諸闇冥,光明顯照。如是,聖弟子所有集法」—“travels through the sky, breaking all darkness, its light shining forth. Thus, all the dharmas of arising that the noble disciple has”〔T02 0106c20〕; 「得法眼生,與無間等,俱三結斷。所謂身見、戒取、疑,」—“the Dharma-eye arises, and at the same time as unbroken comprehension three bonds are abandoned together, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt,”〔T02 0106c21〕; 「必定正覺,趣七有天人往生,作苦邊。彼聖弟子中間雖起憂苦」—“certain of right awakening, bound for seven rebirths among gods and humans, making an end of suffering. Though sorrow and suffering may arise in that noble disciple in between”〔T02 0106c23〕; 「惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足住。不見彼聖弟子有一法不斷」—“evil and unwholesome things, with initial and sustained thought, with joy and happiness born of seclusion, to dwell having fully attained the first dhyāna. I do not see that noble disciple having one thing not yet abandoned”〔T02 0106c25〕
  • Treatise: 「如日光明能破世間所有大闇。又如有一,」—“just as the light of the sun can break all the great darkness of the world. And as there is one,”〔T30n1579 0844a26〕; 「已證諦智,永斷三結。從此無間,由失念故,」—“who has realized the knowledge of the truths and finally abandoned the three bonds. Immediately after this, through loss of mindfulness,”〔T30n1579 0844a27〕; 「暫為欲貪、瞋恚所染。彼於爾時,依不放逸入初靜慮」—“is for a while defiled by sensual craving and hatred. At that time, relying on heedfulness, he enters the first dhyāna”〔T30n1579 0844a28〕; 「依不放逸入初靜慮,由觸諦智,得不還果。如是漸次,」—“relying on heedfulness, he enters the first dhyāna and, by touching the knowledge of the truths, attains the fruit of non-returning. Thus by degrees,”〔T30n1579 0844a28〕; 「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在,諸惡趣苦皆已越度」—“namely, for those in training, at most the suffering of seven births among humans and gods remains, and the sufferings of the evil destinations have all been passed beyond”〔T30n1579 0846a13〕

The shared words are 「日」—“sun,” 「光明」—“light,” 「闇」—“darkness,” 「三結」—“the three bonds,” 「無間」—“at the same time / immediately,” 「七」—“seven,” 「人天」—“humans and gods,” and 「惡趣」—“evil destinations”; the sūtra has 「壞諸闇冥」—“breaking all darkness,” the treatise 「破世間所有大闇」—“break all the great darkness of the world”; the sūtra 「中間雖起憂苦」—“though sorrow and suffering may arise in between,” the treatise 「由失念故,暫為欲貪、瞋恚所染」—“through loss of mindfulness, is for a while defiled by sensual craving and hatred”; the sūtra 「初禪具足住」—“dwell having fully attained the first dhyāna,” the treatise ‘enters the first dhyāna … attains the fruit of non-returning’; the sūtra 「七有天人往生」—“seven rebirths among gods and humans,” the treatise 「最極七生人天苦在」—“at most the suffering of seven births among humans and gods remains”; the words differ. The three bonds and the first dhyāna of Discourse 396 the treatise treats separately in the passage of 「業」—“Function,” and its teaching of seven births is in 「大義」—“The Great Meaning”; recorded only.

The simile of the leaves · realization in due order (Discourse 397 · Function)

  • Sūtra: 「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」—“Suppose someone says: I wish to take khadira leaves, gathering them into a vessel”〔T02 0107a10〕; 「譬如有言我以純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,合集盛水持行者,此則善說」—“Suppose someone says: I take only tanmo leaves and maluojia leaves, gathering them to hold water and carry it—this is well said”〔T02 0107a19〕
  • Treatise: 「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一。此諦現觀猶如餚饍」—“Further, all the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed by degrees, are called realization of the truths, not when any one is lacking. This realization of the truths is like a fine meal”〔T30n1579 0844b12〕; 「如受欲者食用餚饍。苦等諦智闕餘三智,如睒彌葉」—“as one who enjoys sense pleasures eats a fine meal. The knowledge of the truth of suffering and the rest, lacking the other three knowledges, is like śamī leaves”〔T30n1579 0844b14〕; 「如睒彌葉。當知餘似娑羅枝葉,四聖諦智漸次集成一切圓滿」—“is like śamī leaves. It should be known that the rest resembles the branches and leaves of the sāla, the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed by degrees, all fulfilled”〔T30n1579 0844b15〕

The shared words are 「葉」—“leaves” and 「合集」—“gathering,” with the treatise’s 「集成」—“gathered and completed,” whose 「集」—“gather”; the sūtra has 「佉提羅葉」—“khadira leaves,” the treatise 「睒彌葉」—“śamī leaves”; the sūtra 「純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉」—“only tanmo leaves and maluojia leaves,” the treatise 「娑羅枝葉」—“the branches and leaves of the sāla”; the sūtra 「無間等」—“unbroken comprehension,” the treatise 「現觀」—“realization”; the words differ. Both use leaves to teach the order of the knowledge of the four truths; the names of the leaves differ; recorded only, without adjudication.

Unmoved by fierce winds · not looking to the faces of others (Discourses 398 and 399 · Function)

  • Sūtra: 「婆羅門常觀他面,常隨他說,以不如實知故」—“brāhmaṇas always look to the faces of others, always follow what others say, because they do not know as it really is”〔T02 0107b05〕; 「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」—“Suppose there is an Indra pillar, made of copper and iron,”〔T02 0107b07〕; 「於深入地中,四方猛風不能令動。如是」—“set deep in the ground, which fierce winds from the four directions cannot shake. Thus”〔T02 0107b08〕; 「當知是沙門、婆羅門不視他面,不隨他語。是沙門」—“it should be known that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not look to the faces of others, do not follow the words of others. These ascetics”〔T02 0107b10〕; 「斯等沙門、婆羅門至諸論處,無能屈。其心解脫」—“wherever these ascetics and brāhmaṇas go to debate, no one can defeat them. Their minds are liberated”〔T02 0107b21〕; 「使智慧不可傾動。是故,比丘!於四聖諦當勤方便」—“which makes their wisdom unshakeable. Therefore, bhikṣus, toward the four noble truths you should strive with skilful means”〔T02 0107b24〕
  • Treatise: 「又於諦智已證得者,如大石樓已善雕飾,」—“Further, one who has realized the knowledge of the truths is like a great stone tower, well carved and adorned,”〔T30n1579 0844b07〕; 「八方猛風不能傾動,一切異論不能移轉。」—“which fierce winds from the eight directions cannot shake; no divergent doctrines can move him.”〔T30n1579 0844b08〕; 「所有悟解不假他緣。不視他面,彼將何說我當聽受」—“whatever he awakens to and understands does not depend on other conditions. He does not look to the faces of others, thinking, ‘What will he say, that I may listen and accept it’”〔T30n1579 0844b09〕

The shared words are 「猛風」—“fierce winds,” 「不能」—“cannot,” 「傾動」—“shake,” 「不視他面」—“does not look to the faces of others,” 「論」—“debate / doctrine,” and 「石」—“stone”; the sūtra has 「因陀羅柱」—“an Indra pillar” and 「石柱」—“a stone pillar,” the treatise 「大石樓」—“a great stone tower”; the sūtra 「四方」—“the four directions,” the treatise 「八方」—“the eight directions”; the sūtra 「至諸論處,無能屈」—“wherever they go to debate, no one can defeat them,” the treatise 「一切異論不能移轉」—“no divergent doctrines can move him”; the words differ.

The suffering of the evil destinations · enduring (Discourses 400 and 401 · Function)

  • Sūtra: 「所以者何?比丘!長夜熾然,地獄、畜生、餓鬼。諸比丘」—“Why? Bhikṣus, for the long night one blazes, in the hells, among animals, among hungry ghosts. Bhikṣus”〔T02 0107c04〕; 「是比丘當忍苦、樂、憂、悲,於四聖諦勤加精進,方便修習無間等」—“this bhikṣu should endure suffering and happiness, sorrow and lamentation, be diligent toward the four noble truths, and with skilful means cultivate unbroken comprehension”〔T02 0107c07〕; 「當日日三時受苦,晨朝時受百槍苦,日中、晡時亦復如是」—“you must suffer three times each day: in the morning you will suffer the pain of a hundred spears, and at noon and in the evening likewise”〔T02 0107c13〕; 「有時畜生,有時餓鬼,於三惡道空受眾苦,亦不聞法」—“now among animals, now among hungry ghosts, undergoing all sufferings in vain in the three evil destinies, and does not even get to hear the Dharma”〔T02 0107c18〕
  • Treatise: 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」—“Born in the hells there are, in brief, two sufferings: first, the suffering of burning; second, the suffering of punishment.”〔T30n1579 0844b18〕; 「由闕諦智,獲斯二苦;此無量生猛利大苦」—“through lacking the knowledge of the truths one obtains these two sufferings; this fierce great suffering of countless births”〔T30n1579 0844b20〕; 「於現法中一身滅壞而可得者,應生踊躍歡喜忍受。縱毀百身尚應歡喜」—“if it can be obtained in this present life by the destruction of one body, one should leap with joy and gladly endure it. Even were a hundred bodies destroyed, one should still rejoice”〔T30n1579 0844b22〕; 「縱毀百身尚應歡喜,況乃唯一。」—“Even were a hundred bodies destroyed, one should still rejoice—how much more when it is only one.”〔T30n1579 0844b23〕

The shared words are 「苦」—“suffering,” 「忍」—“endure,” 「受」—“undergo,” and 「百」—“hundred”; the sūtra has 「地獄」—“the hells,” the treatise 「那落迦」—“the hells” (another word); the sūtra 「熾然」—“blazes,” the treatise 「燒燃苦」—“the suffering of burning”; the sūtra 「受百槍苦」—“suffer the pain of a hundred spears,” the treatise 「縱毀百身」—“even were a hundred bodies destroyed”; the words differ.

Fully and evenly awakened · cutting off lack of faith (Discourses 402 and 403 · Obstacles)

  • Sūtra: 「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。何等為四」—“Being fully and evenly awakened to the four noble truths, one is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One. What are the four”〔T02 0107c26〕; 「我常與汝等,長夜涉生死,」—“I have always been with you, passing through birth and death in the long night;”〔T02 0108a19〕; 「不見聖諦故,大苦日增長。」—“because we did not see the noble truths, great suffering grew day by day.”〔T02 0108a20〕; 「若見四聖諦,斷有大流海,」—“If one sees the four noble truths, one cuts off the great ocean of the flood of existence;”〔T02 0108a21〕; 「生死永已除,不復受後生。」—“birth and death are forever ended, and one receives no later birth.”〔T02 0108a22〕
  • Treatise: 「告諸弟子言:我已於四聖諦理得現觀故,證覺無上正等菩提」—“he said to his disciples: Because I have attained realization of the principle of the four noble truths, I have realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”〔T30n1579 0844c01〕; 「證覺無上正等菩提。為欲斷除第二不信,故復說言」—“I have realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening. Wishing to cut off the second lack of faith, he therefore further said”〔T30n1579 0844c02〕; 「故復說言:我昔與汝輩,長世久流轉,由未正思惟」—“he therefore further said: Formerly I, with all of you, long wandered on through the ages, because we had not rightly reflected”〔T30n1579 0844c03〕; 「由未正思惟、覺悟於真諦。我今與汝等,由正見通達」—“because we had not rightly reflected and awakened to the true truths. Now I, with you, through right view having penetrated”〔T30n1579 0844c04〕; 「由正見通達;以通達為因,盡生死流轉。彼因緣盡故,」—“through right view having penetrated; with that penetration as cause, the wandering on through birth and death is ended. Because its causes and conditions are ended,”〔T30n1579 0844c05〕; 「自今無後有,唯餘最後身,任持令不滅。」—“from now on there is no later existence; only this last body remains, sustained so that it does not perish.”〔T30n1579 0844c07〕

The shared words are 「四聖諦」—“the four noble truths,” 「正等」—“right and perfect,” 「與汝等」—“with you,” 「生死」—“birth and death,” and 「後有」—“later existence” (in the prose of Discourse 403, 「不受後有」—“do not receive a later existence”); the sūtra has 「平等正覺」—“fully and evenly awakened,” the treatise 「證覺無上正等菩提」—“realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”; the sūtra’s verse 「長夜涉生死」—“passing through birth and death in the long night,” the treatise 「長世久流轉」—“long wandered on through the ages”; the sūtra’s verse 「不見聖諦故」—“because we did not see the noble truths,” the treatise 「由未正思惟、覺悟於真諦」—“because we had not rightly reflected and awakened to the true truths”; the sūtra’s verse 「斷有大流海」—“cuts off the great ocean of the flood of existence,” the treatise 「盡生死流轉」—“the wandering on through birth and death is ended”; the sūtra’s verse 「不復受後生」—“receives no later birth,” the treatise 「自今無後有」—“from now on there is no later existence”; the words differ. The treatise speaks this verse to cut off the second lack of faith; recorded only.

The leaves in the hand (Discourse 404 · Obstacles)

  • Sūtra: 「此手中葉為多耶?大林樹葉為多?」比丘白佛:「世尊」—“Are these leaves in my hand many? Or are the leaves of the great forest many?’ The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: ‘World-Honored One”〔T02 0108a29〕; 「世尊!手中樹葉甚少,彼大林中樹葉無量,百千億萬倍」—“World-Honored One! The leaves in your hand are very few; the leaves of that great forest are measureless, more by hundreds of thousands of millions of times”〔T02 0108b01〕; 「如手中樹葉。所以者何?彼法義饒益、法饒益」—“is like the leaves in my hand. Why? Because those dharmas are of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma”〔T02 0108b05〕
  • Treatise: 「一類不記?為欲斷除如是不信,故復說言」—“and one kind left undeclared? Wishing to cut off such lack of faith, he therefore further said”〔T30n1579 0844c10〕; 「故復說言:我所覺法無量無邊,譬如大地諸草木葉」—“he therefore further said: The dharmas I have awakened to are measureless and boundless, like the leaves of the grasses and trees of the great earth”〔T30n1579 0844c10〕; 「譬如大地諸草木葉;為他說者少不足言,譬如手中升攝波葉」—“like the leaves of the grasses and trees of the great earth; what I teach to others is too little to mention, like the śiṃśapā leaves in the hand”〔T30n1579 0844c11〕

The shared words are 「手中」—“in the hand,” 「葉」—“leaves,” and 「無量」—“measureless”; the sūtra has 「大林樹葉」—“the leaves of the great forest,” the treatise 「大地諸草木葉」—“the leaves of the grasses and trees of the great earth”; the sūtra 「為人定說者」—“declared definitively for others,” the treatise 「為他說者」—“what I teach to others”; the sūtra’s grove name in 「申恕林」—“the Śiṃśapā Grove” and the treatise’s leaf name 「升攝波」—“śiṃśapā” differ in their characters; recorded only, without adjudication.

The arrow through the keyhole · a hair in a hundred parts (Discourse 405 · Obstacles · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain)

  • Sūtra: 「競射精舍門孔,箭箭皆入門孔。尊者阿難見已,」—“competing to shoot through the keyhole of the monastery gate, every arrow passing through the keyhole. When the venerable Ānanda saw this,”〔T02 0108b16〕; 「此為難耶?破一毛為百分,而射一毛分,箭箭悉中」—“is this hard? Or to split a hair into a hundred parts and shoot one part of the hair, every arrow striking it”〔T02 0108b25〕; 「一毛為百分,射一分甚難,」—“To split a hair into a hundred parts and strike one part of it is very hard;”〔T02 0108c03〕
  • Treatise: 「為欲斷除如是上慢,故復說言:如人在遠以箭射箭,筈筈無遺」—“Wishing to cut off such overweening conceit, he therefore further said: as when a man far off shoots an arrow into an arrow, notch upon notch without a miss”〔T30n1579 0844c16〕; 「筈筈無遺,甚為希有。或復一毛析為百分,以毛𥎞毛」—“notch upon notch without a miss, which is very rare; or again a hair split into a hundred parts, striking hair with hair”〔T30n1579 0844c17〕; 「通達聖諦轉難於彼。所以者何?由即以其能取作意」—“penetrating the noble truths is harder still than that. Why? Because, with that very attention that grasps”〔T30n1579 0844c20〕

The shared words are 「箭」—“arrow,” 「一毛」—“a hair,” 「百分」—“a hundred parts,” and 「難」—“hard”; the sūtra has 「破一毛為百分」—“split a hair into a hundred parts,” the treatise 「一毛析為百分」—“a hair split into a hundred parts”; the sūtra 「射精舍門孔」—“shoot through the keyhole of the monastery gate,” the treatise 「以箭射箭」—“shoots an arrow into an arrow”; the sūtra 「未若於苦聖諦生如實知,此則甚難」—“it is not as hard as giving rise to knowledge of the noble truth of suffering as it really is—that is very hard,” the treatise 「通達聖諦轉難於彼」—“penetrating the noble truths is harder still than that”; the words differ. The treatise uses this to cut off overweening conceit; recorded only.

The blind turtle · a human body hard to obtain (Discourse 406 · Obstacles · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain)

  • Sūtra: 「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」—“Suppose the whole earth became one great ocean, and there is a blind turtle living countless aeons, raising its head once in a hundred years; in the ocean there is a floating log”〔T02 0108c07〕; 「雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身」—“though they go against each other, might still meet; the foolish ordinary person drifting through the five destinations, regaining a human body for a moment”〔T02 0108c13〕; 「暫復人身,甚難於彼。所以者何?彼諸眾生不行其義」—“regaining a human body for a moment is harder than that. Why? Because those beings do not act for the good”〔T02 0108c14〕
  • Treatise: 「為欲斷滅如是待時,故世尊說:無墜人身甚為難得」—“Wishing to put an end to such waiting for a later time, the World-Honored One therefore said: a human body not fallen away is very hard to obtain”〔T30n1579 0844c25〕; 「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」—“a human body not fallen away is very hard to obtain. He further cites the blind turtle to illustrate the matter. What is heedlessness?”〔T30n1579 0844c25〕; 「若住是身入諦現觀,當知此身最為難得。又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」—“If, abiding in this body, one enters realization of the truths, it should be known that this body is hardest of all to obtain. And one in training who has seen the truths with the noble eye of understanding is harder still to obtain”〔T30n1579 0846a15〕

The shared words are 「盲龜」—“blind turtle,” 「人身」—“human body,” and 「難」—“hard”; the sūtra has 「暫復人身,甚難於彼」—“regaining a human body for a moment is harder than that,” the treatise 「無墜人身甚為難得」—“a human body not fallen away is very hard to obtain”; the words differ. The treatise uses this to cut off waiting for a later time; recorded only.

IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage

This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The Selection on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements in the Compendium of Topics is the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, reading from 「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」—“There are four kinds of things that, in this present life, most of all nourish the faculties and the great elements.”〔T30n1579 0838c06〕 to the end of the selection and gathering on the truths in fascicle ninety-five of the treatise, are listed its passages that share words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.

1. Establishment—four things that nourish · the four nutriments (shares with Discourses 371–378 the words 「四」—“four,” 「長養」—“nourish,” and 「食」—“nutriment”)

「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」—“There are four kinds of things that, in this present life, most of all nourish the faculties and the great elements.”〔T30n1579 0838c06〕 「當知別用四法為食。一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」—“It should be known that four things are used separately as nutriment: first, morsels; second, contact conducive to pleasant feeling; third, mental intention with outflows”〔T30n1579 0838c10〕 「如是應知安立四食。」—“Thus should the establishment of the four nutriments be known.”〔T30n1579 0839a09〕

The names of the four nutriments in the sūtra are 「麤摶食」—“coarse morsel food,” 「細觸食」—“subtle contact,” 「意思食」—“mental intention,” and 「識食」—“consciousness”; the treatise has 「段」—“morsels,” 「順樂受觸」—“contact conducive to pleasant feeling,” 「有漏意會思」—“mental intention with outflows,” and 「能執諸根大種識」—“the consciousness that holds the faculties and the great elements”; the words differ.

2. Giving the Causes and Conditions—craving as the condition of nutriment · understanding arises, craving ceases (shares with Discourse 371 the words 「愛」—“craving,” 「食」—“nutriment,” and 「滅」—“cease”)

「復次,如上所說諸根大種,由集諦攝先愛而生」—“Further, the faculties and great elements spoken of above arise from prior craving, included in the truth of arising”〔T30n1579 0839a11〕 「然復藉愛為緣故有。又即此愛,於現法中,由無明觸所生諸受為緣故起」—“yet they exist by relying on craving as condition. And this very craving, in this present life, arises conditioned by the feelings born of contact with ignorance”〔T30n1579 0839a17〕 「正見生起。正見生故,能斷無明,能生於明。彼現法中」—“right view arises. Because right view arises, it can cut off ignorance and can give rise to understanding. In this present life”〔T30n1579 0839a26〕 「由愛滅故,諸食亦滅。能取後有諸法滅故,」—“Because craving ceases, the nutriments too cease. Because the things that can take up a later existence cease,”〔T30n1579 0839b01〕

3. Examining the Meaning of Nutriment—no self that eats · the reasoned and the unreasoned question (shares with Discourse 372 the words 「誰」—“who,” 「食」—“feed,” 「識食」—“the nutriment of consciousness,” 「觸」—“contact,” and 「有」—“existence”)

「復次,無有少法生已安住,亦無有我能食所食」—“Further, there is not the least thing that, once arisen, abides, nor is there a self that eats what is eaten”〔T30n1579 0839b05〕 「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」—“‘Who feeds on the nutriment of consciousness?’ It should be known that this question is an unreasoned question. If one asks thus: ‘What is the cause and condition of feeding on the nutriment of consciousness’”〔T30n1579 0839b16〕 「誰是能食識食因緣?當知此問為如理問,能令悟入緣起理故」—“‘What is the cause and condition of feeding on the nutriment of consciousness?’ It should be known that this question is a reasoned question, because it can lead one to awaken to and enter the principle of dependent arising”〔T30n1579 0839b17〕 「都無觸者乃至有者能有所觸,乃至有有。」—“There is no one at all who contacts, and so on up to one who exists, who could have what is contacted, and so on up to have existence.”〔T30n1579 0839c02〕 「從此世間往彼世間,自彼世間還此世間。是故唯法能引法義」—“going from this world to that world, and from that world returning to this world. Therefore only dharmas can bring about the meaning of dharmas”〔T30n1579 0839c06〕

4. The Very Many Faults—the son’s flesh · the cow without its hide · a portion of fire · three hundred spears (shares with Discourse 373 the words 「子肉」—“son’s flesh,” 「牛」—“cow,” 「蟲」—“insects,” 「唼食」—“feed on,” 「火」—“fire,” and 「三百」—“three hundred”)

「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate morsel food with the perception of a son’s flesh, and should not be attached to it.”〔T30n1579 0839c12〕 「是故苾芻當觀順彼六種觸處如無皮牛。」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate what accords with the six bases of contact as a cow without its hide.”〔T30n1579 0839c15〕 「觸處諸蟲之所唼食,多生眾苦不安隱住。如是觀已」—“fed on by the insects of the bases of contact, much suffering arises and it does not dwell at ease. Having contemplated thus”〔T30n1579 0839c18〕 「是故苾芻當觀有漏意會思食如一分火。觀察如是所求不允,」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of mental intention, with outflows, as a portion of fire. Having examined that what is thus sought is not fitting,”〔T30n1579 0839c24〕 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」—“there arises, as was said, inner suffering dependent on consciousness; therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of consciousness as being pierced by three hundred spears”〔T30n1579 0840a01〕

5. Defilement and the Rest—delight and craving · the station of consciousness · the tower and the sunlight · painting and empty space (shares with Discourses 374–378 the words 「貪」—“craving,” 「識住」—“station of consciousness,” 「增長」—“grow,” 「憂」—“sorrow,” 「日光」—“sunlight,” 「彩色」—“colours,” and 「虛空」—“empty space”)

「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」—“Further, if one does not contemplate these four nutriments as they really are, one is defiled by delight and craving”〔T30n1579 0840a12〕 「於現法中能染於識,令其安止四種識住,增長當來後有種子」—“in this present life it can defile consciousness, make it settle in the four stations of consciousness, and make grow the seeds of a later existence in time to come”〔T30n1579 0840a17〕 「於現法中便生悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼而住。當知是名憙」—“in this present life one then dwells in lamentation, grief, sorrow, dejection, and distress. It should be known that this is called delight”〔T30n1579 0840a22〕 「彼六處攝有識之身,猶如臺觀六處窓牖,能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處」—“That body with consciousness, included in the six bases, is like a tower with windows in six places, which can serve as the place through which the sunlight of the afflictions that take objects enters”〔T30n1579 0840a25〕 「能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處,是光於此或住上地」—“which can serve as the place through which the sunlight of the afflictions that take objects enters; this light here may rest upon the ground above”〔T30n1579 0840a26〕 「彩畫如是補特伽羅,令其變生種種煩惱相貌顯現」—“paints such a person, making him change and produce the manifest appearances of various afflictions”〔T30n1579 0840b04〕 「譬如其地,能為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處。」—“like that ground, which can serve as the basis for the painting of various afflictions.”〔T30n1579 0840b07〕 「當知如是補特伽羅,憙、貪已斷,猶若虛空,」—“It should be known that such a person, in whom delight and craving are abandoned, is like empty space,”〔T30n1579 0840b09〕

This passage teaches the abiding of consciousness by the tower and the sunlight, and teaches delight and craving not yet abandoned and abandoned by painting upon the ground and upon empty space; the two similes of Discourses 376–378 are here.

6. The Reasoned—knowing as it really is and not knowing as it really is (shares with Discourses 390–392 the words 「如實知」—“know as it really is” and 「不如實知」—“not know as it really is”)

「若於諦智增上如理及不如理不如實知,」—“If, regarding the heightened knowledge of the truths, one does not know as it really is the reasoned and the unreasoned,”〔T30n1579 0840b26〕 「不能盡漏。與此相違,如實知故,能盡諸漏」—“one cannot end the outflows. Contrary to this, because one knows as it really is, one can end the outflows”〔T30n1579 0840b27〕

7. Inclusion—the four noble truths include all wholesome dharmas (shares with Discourse 380 the words 「四聖諦」—“the four noble truths”)

「若有說言:此四聖諦唯是境界」—“if someone says: these four noble truths are only objects”〔T30n1579 0841c02〕 「所以者何?諸有無量世出世間善法生起,一切皆歸四聖諦攝」—“Why? Whatever measureless worldly and supramundane wholesome dharmas arise, all are included in the four noble truths”〔T30n1579 0841c04〕 「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」—“all are included in the four noble truths. It should be known that dharmas are, in brief, of two kinds: first, the knowledge that knows”〔T30n1579 0841c05〕 「如是一切隨其所應,當知皆入四聖諦攝。」—“Thus all of these, as is fitting, should be known to enter into inclusion in the four noble truths.”〔T30n1579 0842b25〕

8. The Truth of Arising—the hundred and eight courses of craving (no shared words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle)

「復次,由四因緣,應正了知集諦所攝百八愛行」—“Further, by four causes and conditions one should rightly understand the hundred and eight courses of craving included in the truth of arising”〔T30n1579 0842b27〕 「如是名為由四因緣有差別故,愛行合有一百八種。又於此中無差別相」—“This is called: because there are distinctions by four causes and conditions, the courses of craving come to one hundred and eight kinds in all. And within this there is a characteristic without distinction”〔T30n1579 0843a10〕

Discourse 371 of this fascicle teaches that the four nutriments have craving as their cause, but has no number of one hundred and eight; only the place of the treatise is recorded.

9. Attainment—turning the wheel of the Dharma by five characteristics · three rounds and twelve aspects · the earth deities pass it on (shares with Discourse 379 the words 「轉法輪」—“turn the wheel of the Dharma,” 「智、明、覺」—“knowledge, understanding, and awakening,” 「地神」—“the earth deities,” 「須臾」—“a moment,” and 「展轉」—“in turn”)

「復次,由五種相轉法輪者,當知名為善轉法輪」—“Further, one who turns the wheel of the Dharma by five characteristics should be known as one who turns the wheel of the Dharma well”〔T30n1579 0843b02〕 「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」—“As to the means of attainment: namely, within these very four noble truths, the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds”〔T30n1579 0843b09〕 「三周正轉十二相智。最初轉者,謂昔菩薩入現觀時,」—“the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds. The first turning: namely, when formerly the bodhisattva entered realization,”〔T30n1579 0843b09〕 「有差別故,如其次第,名智、明、覺。第二轉者,謂是有學」—“because there are distinctions, in their order they are called knowledge, understanding, and awakening. The second turning: namely, that of one still in training”〔T30n1579 0843b13〕 「我當於後猶有所作,應當遍知未知苦諦,應當永斷未斷集諦」—“I still have something to do hereafter: I should fully know the truth of suffering not yet known, I should finally abandon the truth of arising not yet abandoned”〔T30n1579 0843b15〕 「是其無學真聖慧眼。得所得者,謂得無上正等菩提。樹他相續令於自證生信解者」—“this is the true noble eye of wisdom of one beyond training. As to what is attained: namely, attaining unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening. As to establishing others’ continua so that they give rise to faith and understanding in what he has realized for himself”〔T30n1579 0843b22〕 「樹他相續令於自證生信解者,謂如長老阿若憍陳」—“As to establishing others’ continua so that they give rise to faith and understanding in what he has realized for himself: namely, as with the elder Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya”〔T30n1579 0843b23〕 「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」—“The Tathāgata, having known this, raised a worldly thought: Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya has understood my Dharma. The earth deities, having known this”〔T30n1579 0843b29〕 「地神知已,舉聲傳告。經於剎那、瞚息、須臾,其聲展轉乃至梵世」—“The earth deities, having known this, raised their voices and passed the word on. In the space of an instant, a blink, a moment, the sound passed on in turn as far as the Brahmā world”〔T30n1579 0843c01〕 「其聲展轉乃至梵世。當知世尊轉所解法。置於阿若憍陳身中」—“the sound passed on in turn as far as the Brahmā world. It should be known that the World-Honored One turned the Dharma he had understood and placed it in the person of Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya”〔T30n1579 0843c02〕 「說名為輪。正見等法所成性故,說名法輪。如來、應供是梵增語」—“it is called a wheel. Because its nature is made of right view and the other dharmas, it is called the wheel of the Dharma. Tathāgata and Worthy One are synonyms of Brahmā”〔T30n1579 0843c05〕

10. Characteristics—the four truths like a disease · the ten faults (shares with Discourse 389 the words 「病」—“disease” and 「良醫」—“good physician”; shares with Discourses 390–392 the words 「沙門」—“ascetic,” 「數」—“count,” 「惡趣」—“evil destinations,” 「過人」—“superhuman,” and 「福田」—“field of merit”)

「復次,苦諦如諸疾病;集諦如起病因」—“Further, the truth of suffering is like the diseases; the truth of arising is like the cause from which disease arises”〔T30n1579 0843c18〕 「滅諦如病生已,而得除愈;道諦如病除已,令後不生」—“the truth of cessation is like a disease that, having arisen, is cured; the truth of the path is like what, once the disease is removed, keeps it from arising later”〔T30n1579 0843c18〕 「但應尋求爾所正法。諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」—“should seek only so many true remedies. And the good physicians should give only so many true remedies. Therefore there is no fifth noble truth”〔T30n1579 0843c20〕 「是故更無第五聖諦。諸佛如來拔大愛箭無上良醫」—“therefore there is no fifth noble truth. The Buddhas, the Tathāgatas, are the unsurpassed good physicians who draw out the great arrow of craving”〔T30n1579 0843c21〕 「復次,背聖諦智、不成現觀,諸有沙門、若婆羅門」—“Further, those ascetics or brāhmaṇas who turn their backs on the knowledge of the noble truths and do not accomplish realization”〔T30n1579 0843c24〕 「若婆羅門,當知略有十相過患。謂有勝義諸沙門等」—“or brāhmaṇas: it should be known that in brief they have faults of ten characteristics. Namely, the ascetics and others in the ultimate sense”〔T30n1579 0843c24〕 「謂有勝義諸沙門等,意不許彼為沙門等;言亦不數為沙門等」—“namely, the ascetics and others in the ultimate sense do not in mind allow them to be ascetics and the like, nor in word count them as ascetics and the like”〔T30n1579 0843c25〕 「言亦不數為沙門等;於諸後有生等眾苦,皆未解脫;於諸惡趣亦未解脫」—“nor in word count them as ascetics and the like; from the sufferings of birth and the rest in later existences they are none of them yet liberated; nor are they yet liberated from the evil destinations”〔T30n1579 0843c26〕 「於諸惡趣亦未解脫。堪能棄捨正所學處;不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法」—“nor are they yet liberated from the evil destinations. They are able to abandon the points of training they have rightly taken up; they are not able to realize the supramundane superhuman excellent states”〔T30n1579 0843c27〕 「不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法,所謂聖道、道果涅槃」—“they are not able to realize the supramundane superhuman excellent states, namely the noble path, the fruit of the path, and nirvāṇa”〔T30n1579 0843c28〕 「堪能尋訪除學無學餘外福田;於超苦苦更不還果,無所堪能;於現法中究竟悟解」—“they are able to seek out other fields of merit besides those in training and those beyond training; for passing beyond the suffering of suffering and for the fruit of not returning again, they have no ability; for final awakening and understanding in this present life”〔T30n1579 0844a01〕

The passage on the ten faults stands after 「相」—“Characteristics” and before 「處」—“The Basis”; the treatise does not set up a separate uddāna item name for it; only its place is recorded.

11. The Basis—leaving home in pure faith · the three kinds of awakening · rightly turned in three rounds (shares with Discourse 393 the words 「出家」—“leave home” and 「無上」—“unsurpassed”; shares with Discourses 382–388 the words 「遍知」—“fully know,” 「永斷」—“finally abandon,” 「作證」—“realize,” and 「修習」—“cultivate”)

「復次,趣向諦智樂正覺者,應當了知依四聖諦增上緣力」—“Further, one who heads toward the knowledge of the truths and delights in right awakening should understand that it is by the power of the dominant condition of the four noble truths”〔T30n1579 0844a06〕 「應知是處,於善說法毘奈耶中淨信出家,名得依處」—“It should be known that this basis—leaving home in pure faith within the well-taught Dharma and Vinaya—is called attaining the basis”〔T30n1579 0844a07〕 「名得依處。若四沙門果所攝受聲聞菩提、若諸獨覺所有菩提」—“is called attaining the basis. Whether the awakening of the disciples, embraced by the four fruits of the ascetic life, or the awakening of the solitary buddhas”〔T30n1579 0844a08〕 「若諸獨覺所有菩提、若諸如來無上菩提,如是三種」—“or the awakening of the solitary buddhas, or the unsurpassed awakening of the Tathāgatas—these three kinds”〔T30n1579 0844a09〕 「如是三種,當知名得。如前所說三周正轉,隨其次第智」—“these three kinds should be known as what is attained. As with the three rounds rightly turned spoken of before, in their order the knowledge”〔T30n1579 0844a10〕 「如實解了我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習,名現觀位」—“understanding as it really is: I have fully known, I have finally abandoned, I have realized, I have cultivated—this is called the stage of realization”〔T30n1579 0844a16〕

12. Function—the sign of light · breaking the darkness · the stone tower · leaves · the two sufferings · enduring (shares words with Discourses 394–401)

「應知諦智略有六種作業及相。謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行」—“It should be known that the knowledge of the truths has, in brief, six kinds of function and characteristic. Namely, this knowledge of the truths is what goes before the final cessation of the sufferings”〔T30n1579 0844a21〕 「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」—“namely, this knowledge of the truths is what goes before the final cessation of the sufferings, as when the sun is about to rise the sign of light first appears. The complete ending of suffering”〔T30n1579 0844a22〕 「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」—“The complete ending of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned on first seeing the truths. Making an end of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned by the arhat”〔T30n1579 0844a23〕 「如日光明能破世間所有大闇。又如有一,」—“just as the light of the sun can break all the great darkness of the world. And as there is one,”〔T30n1579 0844a26〕 「已證諦智,永斷三結。從此無間,由失念故,」—“who has realized the knowledge of the truths and finally abandoned the three bonds. Immediately after this, through loss of mindfulness,”〔T30n1579 0844a27〕 「依不放逸入初靜慮,由觸諦智,得不還果。如是漸次,」—“relying on heedfulness, he enters the first dhyāna and, by touching the knowledge of the truths, attains the fruit of non-returning. Thus by degrees,”〔T30n1579 0844a28〕 「又於諦智已證得者,如大石樓已善雕飾,」—“Further, one who has realized the knowledge of the truths is like a great stone tower, well carved and adorned,”〔T30n1579 0844b07〕 「八方猛風不能傾動,一切異論不能移轉。」—“which fierce winds from the eight directions cannot shake; no divergent doctrines can move him.”〔T30n1579 0844b08〕 「所有悟解不假他緣。不視他面,彼將何說我當聽受」—“whatever he awakens to and understands does not depend on other conditions. He does not look to the faces of others, thinking, ‘What will he say, that I may listen and accept it’”〔T30n1579 0844b09〕 「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一。此諦現觀猶如餚饍」—“Further, all the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed by degrees, are called realization of the truths, not when any one is lacking. This realization of the truths is like a fine meal”〔T30n1579 0844b12〕 「如睒彌葉。當知餘似娑羅枝葉,四聖諦智漸次集成一切圓滿」—“is like śamī leaves. It should be known that the rest resembles the branches and leaves of the sāla, the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed by degrees, all fulfilled”〔T30n1579 0844b15〕 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」—“Born in the hells there are, in brief, two sufferings: first, the suffering of burning; second, the suffering of punishment.”〔T30n1579 0844b18〕 「於現法中一身滅壞而可得者,應生踊躍歡喜忍受。縱毀百身尚應歡喜」—“if it can be obtained in this present life by the destruction of one body, one should leap with joy and gladly endure it. Even were a hundred bodies destroyed, one should still rejoice”〔T30n1579 0844b22〕 「縱毀百身尚應歡喜,況乃唯一。」—“Even were a hundred bodies destroyed, one should still rejoice—how much more when it is only one.”〔T30n1579 0844b23〕

In this passage the treatise teaches the knowledge of the truths by six kinds of function, and the similes of Discourses 394–401 of this fascicle are scattered within it in turn: the sign of light (394), breaking the darkness (395 · 396), the three bonds and the first dhyāna (396), the stone tower in fierce winds and not looking to the faces of others (398 · 399), leaves (397), and the two sufferings and enduring (400 · 401). The order of the treatise does not run wholly with the order of the discourses; recorded only.

13. Obstacles—lack of faith · overweening conceit · waiting for a later time · heedlessness (shares words with Discourses 402–406)

「復次,若有為修聖諦現觀,當知略有四種障礙」—“Further, for one who would cultivate realization of the noble truths, it should be known that there are, in brief, four kinds of obstacle”〔T30n1579 0844b25〕 「當知略有四種障礙。何等為四?一者、不信,二者、上慢,三者、」—“it should be known that there are, in brief, four kinds of obstacle. What are the four? First, lack of faith; second, overweening conceit; third,”〔T30n1579 0844b25〕 「告諸弟子言:我已於四聖諦理得現觀故,證覺無上正等菩提」—“he said to his disciples: Because I have attained realization of the principle of the four noble truths, I have realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”〔T30n1579 0844c01〕 「故復說言:我昔與汝輩,長世久流轉,由未正思惟」—“he therefore further said: Formerly I, with all of you, long wandered on through the ages, because we had not rightly reflected”〔T30n1579 0844c03〕 「自今無後有,唯餘最後身,任持令不滅。」—“from now on there is no later existence; only this last body remains, sustained so that it does not perish.”〔T30n1579 0844c07〕 「故復說言:我所覺法無量無邊,譬如大地諸草木葉」—“he therefore further said: The dharmas I have awakened to are measureless and boundless, like the leaves of the grasses and trees of the great earth”〔T30n1579 0844c10〕 「譬如大地諸草木葉;為他說者少不足言,譬如手中升攝波葉」—“like the leaves of the grasses and trees of the great earth; what I teach to others is too little to mention, like the śiṃśapā leaves in the hand”〔T30n1579 0844c11〕 「為欲斷除如是上慢,故復說言:如人在遠以箭射箭,筈筈無遺」—“Wishing to cut off such overweening conceit, he therefore further said: as when a man far off shoots an arrow into an arrow, notch upon notch without a miss”〔T30n1579 0844c16〕 「筈筈無遺,甚為希有。或復一毛析為百分,以毛𥎞毛」—“notch upon notch without a miss, which is very rare; or again a hair split into a hundred parts, striking hair with hair”〔T30n1579 0844c17〕 「為欲斷滅如是待時,故世尊說:無墜人身甚為難得」—“Wishing to put an end to such waiting for a later time, the World-Honored One therefore said: a human body not fallen away is very hard to obtain”〔T30n1579 0844c25〕 「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」—“a human body not fallen away is very hard to obtain. He further cites the blind turtle to illustrate the matter. What is heedlessness?”〔T30n1579 0844c25〕

The treatise pairs its teaching with the four obstacles: to cut off lack of faith it cites being fully and evenly awakened (402), the verse of long wandering on through the ages (403), and the leaves of the grasses and trees and the leaves in the hand (404); to cut off overweening conceit, the arrow shot into an arrow and the hair split into a hundred parts (405); to cut off waiting for a later time, the human body hard to obtain and the blind turtle (406).

14. Faults—four kinds of fault (shares with Discourse 390 the words 「沙門」—“ascetic” and 「婆羅門」—“brāhmaṇa”)

「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應」—“Further, if there are ascetics or brāhmaṇas who are not yet joined with the knowledge of the noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845b09〕 「於聖諦智而未相應,於諸聖諦未成現觀,當知略有四種過患」—“who are not yet joined with the knowledge of the noble truths, who have not accomplished realization of the noble truths, it should be known that they have, in brief, four kinds of fault”〔T30n1579 0845b09〕 「當知略有四種過患。何等為四?謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中」—“it should be known that they have, in brief, four kinds of fault. What are the four? Namely, in the root practices for birth that can lead to the lower evil destinations”〔T30n1579 0845b10〕

15. Black Ripening and the Rest · The Great Meaning · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain (shares with Discourse 396 the words 「七」—“seven” and 「人天」—“humans and gods”; shares with Discourses 405 and 406 the words 「難得」—“hard to obtain” and 「惡趣」—“evil destinations”)

「由是因緣,應知如實顯示諸諦」—“For these causes and conditions, it should be known that the truths are shown as they really are”〔T30n1579 0845b24〕 「復次,於其四種聖諦智中,初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀」—“Further, among the four kinds of knowledge of the noble truths, the knowledge of the first noble truth can enter the gradual realization of the noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845c14〕 「少苦在故,當知聖諦如實現觀有大義利。」—“because little suffering remains, it should be known that realization of the noble truths as they really are has great meaning and benefit.”〔T30n1579 0846a12〕 「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在,諸惡趣苦皆已越度」—“namely, for those in training, at most the suffering of seven births among humans and gods remains, and the sufferings of the evil destinations have all been passed beyond”〔T30n1579 0846a13〕 「若住是身入諦現觀」—“if, abiding in this body, one enters realization of the truths”〔T30n1579 0846a15〕 「若住是身入諦現觀,當知此身最為難得。又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」—“If, abiding in this body, one enters realization of the truths, it should be known that this body is hardest of all to obtain. And one in training who has seen the truths with the noble eye of understanding is harder still to obtain”〔T30n1579 0846a15〕 「於彼相應所有作意正多修習。又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已」—“rightly and much cultivating whatever attention is joined with it. And beings, once born in the evil destinations, are hard to liberate; once born in the good destinations”〔T30n1579 0846b24〕

In the passage on 「黑異熟等」—“Black Ripening and the Rest,” the treatise teaches the five destinations by the turning of a wheel, which is close in meaning to 「漂流五趣」—“drifting through the five destinations” of Discourse 406 but differs in words (〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕).

16. Finally, the Three Quests (fascicle ninety-six of the treatise · shares with Discourses 366 and 372 the words 「愛」—“craving” and 「取」—“clinging”; shares with Discourse 385 the words 「梵行」—“pure conduct”)

「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉」—“Further, through the heightened power of the quest for pure conduct, the arising of faith is spoken of first; next, one proceeds to take up training in morality”〔T30n1579 0847a07〕 「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛;愛為緣故,而有其取;廣說乃至大苦蘊集」—“craving arises conditioned by the feelings born of contact with ignorance; because of craving as condition, there is clinging; explained at length, up to the arising of the great mass of suffering”〔T30n1579 0847a24〕

This passage belongs to the particular uddāna of fascicle ninety-six of the treatise, which belongs mainly to the following fascicle; as to what touches this fascicle, only the shared words are recorded.

V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators

This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, with nothing to set in separate columns.

VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)

The terms already established in earlier fascicles are not repeated in this fascicle; among them, those that bear on the text of the discourses of this fascicle are: the pure Dharma-eye · nirvāṇa · knowing as it really is (carried over from Fascicle 1); the superior person · the station of consciousness · the Śiṃśapā Grove (carried over from Fascicle 2); stream-entry · the five lower bonds · Licchavi · the Two-Storied Lecture Hall (carried over from Fascicle 3); Vaiśālī · the conceit of self (carried over from Fascicle 5); the measureless samādhi (carried over from Fascicle 8); final nirvāṇa in this very life (carried over from Fascicle 9); once-returner · non-returner · unbroken comprehension (carried over from Fascicle 10); the six parts (carried over from Fascicle 13); morsel food · the nutriment of consciousness · the growth of the station of consciousness (carried over from the previous fascicle).

TermFirst occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim)AnchorThe Compendium of Topics
The Buddha Vipaśyin (毘婆尸佛)「毘婆尸佛未成正覺時」—“when the Buddha Vipaśyin had not yet attained right awakening”〔T02 0101a17〕Not explained in the treatise
Phalguna (頗求那)「有比丘名曰頗求那,住佛後扇佛」—“there was a bhikṣu named Phalguna, standing behind the Buddha fanning him”〔T02 0102a15〕Not explained in the treatise (the treatise speaks only of the question as reasoned or unreasoned: 「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」—“‘Who feeds on the nutriment of consciousness?’ It should be known that this question is an unreasoned question. If one asks thus: ‘What is the cause and condition of feeding on the nutriment of consciousness’”〔T30n1579 0839b16〕)
Son’s flesh (子肉)「彼人夫婦共食子肉,寧取其味,貪嗜美樂與不」—“when that man and his wife together ate their son’s flesh, was it to take its flavour, craving its tastiness and delight, or not?”〔T02 0102b27〕「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate morsel food with the perception of a son’s flesh, and should not be attached to it.”〔T30n1579 0839c12〕
The three turnings and twelve aspects (三轉十二行)「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」—“Bhikṣus! If, with regard to the three turnings and twelve aspects of these four noble truths, vision had not arisen in me”〔T02 0104a02〕The treatise reads 「三周正轉十二相智」—“the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds”: 「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」—“As to the means of attainment: namely, within these very four noble truths, the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds”〔T30n1579 0843b09〕; 「三周正轉十二相智。最初轉者,謂昔菩薩入現觀時,」—“the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds. The first turning: namely, when formerly the bodhisattva entered realization,”〔T30n1579 0843b09〕
The four noble truths (四聖諦)「諸比丘!我於此四聖諦三轉十二行不生眼」—“Bhikṣus! If, with regard to the three turnings and twelve aspects of these four noble truths, vision had not arisen in me”〔T02 0104a02〕「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」—“all are included in the four noble truths. It should be known that dharmas are, in brief, of two kinds: first, the knowledge that knows”〔T30n1579 0841c05〕
Kauṇḍinya · Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya (憍陳如·拘隣·阿若拘隣)「尊者拘隣已知法故,是故名阿若拘隣」—“Because the venerable Kauṇḍinya had understood the Dharma, he was therefore named Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya”〔T02 0104a12〕The treatise reads 「阿若憍陳」—“Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya”: 「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」—“The Tathāgata, having known this, raised a worldly thought: Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya has understood my Dharma. The earth deities, having known this”〔T30n1579 0843b29〕
Turning the wheel of the Dharma (轉法輪)「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」—“The World-Honored One turned the wheel of the Dharma in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park; therefore this discourse is called the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma”〔T02 0104a26〕「說名為輪。正見等法所成性故,說名法輪。如來、應供是梵增語」—“it is called a wheel. Because its nature is made of right view and the other dharmas, it is called the wheel of the Dharma. Tathāgata and Worthy One are synonyms of Brahmā”〔T30n1579 0843c05〕
The crossbar · the noble banner (關鍵·聖幢)「如是比丘無有關鍵,平治城壍,度諸嶮難,」—“such a bhikṣu has lifted the crossbar, has levelled the moat, has crossed the perilous places,”〔T02 0104c23〕Not explained in the treatise; Discourse 387 explains it itself (「云何無有關鍵?謂五下分結已斷、已知,是名離關鍵」—“What is lifting the crossbar? That is, the five lower bonds have been abandoned and have been known; this is called being rid of the crossbar”〔T02 0105a05〕)
The five factors · the six parts (五支·六分)「是名比丘斷五支,成六分,守護於一,依猗於四」—“this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off the five factors, is endowed with the six parts, guards the one, and relies upon the four”〔T02 0105a18〕Not explained in the treatise
Great king of physicians (大醫王)「有四法成就,名曰大醫王者,所應王之具、王之分。何等為四」—“One accomplished in four things is called a great king of physicians, possessed of what befits a king and of what is a king’s portion. What are the four?”〔T02 0105a25〕The treatise reads 「良醫」—“good physician”: 「但應尋求爾所正法。諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」—“should seek only so many true remedies. And the good physicians should give only so many true remedies. Therefore there is no fifth noble truth”〔T30n1579 0843c20〕
Pratyekabuddha (辟支佛)「若得辟支佛道證,彼一切知四聖諦故」—“if one attains and realizes the path of a pratyekabuddha, it is all because of knowing the four noble truths”〔T02 0106b15〕The treatise reads 「獨覺」—“solitary buddhas”: 「若諸獨覺所有菩提、若諸如來無上菩提,如是三種」—“or the awakening of the solitary buddhas, or the unsurpassed awakening of the Tathāgatas—these three kinds”〔T30n1579 0844a09〕
The sign of light (明相)「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」—“Just as when the sun rises the sign of light appears first, so too does the complete ending of suffering have a sign that goes before? Namely, knowing the four noble truths”〔T02 0106b25〕「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」—“namely, this knowledge of the truths is what goes before the final cessation of the sufferings, as when the sun is about to rise the sign of light first appears. The complete ending of suffering”〔T30n1579 0844a22〕
Khadira (佉提羅)「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」—“Suppose someone says: I wish to take khadira leaves and gather them into a vessel”〔T02 0107a10〕Not explained in the treatise; the treatise uses 「睒彌葉」—“śamī leaves” as its simile (〔T30n1579 0844b16〕)
The Indra pillar (因陀羅柱)「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」—“Suppose there is an Indra pillar, made of copper and iron,”〔T02 0107b07〕The treatise reads 「大石樓」—“great stone tower”: 「又於諦智已證得者,如大石樓已善雕飾,」—“Further, one who has realized the knowledge of the truths is like a great stone tower, well carved and adorned,”〔T30n1579 0844b07〕
Fully and evenly awakened (平等正覺)「於四聖諦平等正覺,名為如來、應、等正覺。何等為四」—“Being fully and evenly awakened to the four noble truths, one is called the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One. What are the four?”〔T02 0107c26〕The treatise reads 「證覺無上正等菩提」—“realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”: 「證覺無上正等菩提。為欲斷除第二不信,故復說言」—“I have realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening. Wishing to cut off the second lack of faith, he therefore further said”〔T30n1579 0844c02〕
The blind turtle (盲龜)「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」—“Suppose the great earth had all become a great ocean, and there is a blind turtle living countless aeons, raising its head once in a hundred years; in the ocean there is a floating log”〔T02 0108c07〕「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」—“a human body not fallen away is very hard to obtain. He further cites the blind turtle to illustrate the matter. What is heedlessness?”〔T30n1579 0844c25〕

The ‘first occurrence’ of this table is measured line by line against the transcription of the earlier fascicles: what is listed are words not seen in the transcription of the earlier fascicles; where a word runs across a line, the line-by-line comparison may not see it, and the table lists only what can be seen. The three characters 「四聖諦」—“four noble truths” in sequence are not seen in the transcription of the earlier fascicles, yet the names of the truths of suffering, arising, cessation, and the path have been seen in earlier fascicles; what is new is that in this fascicle the four noble truths are the main subject of the latter half of these Connected Discourses. The Bamboo Grove village · the hall of merit · kapok · maluojia · tanmo first occur in this fascicle but are not explained in the treatise, and are not entered in the table.

VII. Similes and Rhetoric

Twenty-one similes:

  1. The lamp wick · the old city (Discourse 366, abridged)—「如是純大苦聚集。譬如緣油炷而然燈,彼時時增油治炷」—“just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Just as a lamp is lit conditioned by oil and wick, and that person from time to time adds oil and trims the wick”〔T02 0101b01〕; 「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」—“that person from time to time adds oil and trims the wick, so the lamp stays bright, burning in full blaze without going out…”〔T02 0101b01〕; the simile of the city is only pointed to by 「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說。佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說」—“as explained at length before in the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said”〔T02 0101b02〕.
  2. The couple eat their son’s flesh (Discourse 373)—「唯有一子,愛念將養,欲度曠野嶮道難處,糧食乏盡」—“having only one son, whom they loved and raised, they wished to cross the perilous road through the wilderness, a hard place, and their provisions ran out”〔T02 0102b22〕; applied to the Dharma: 「凡食摶食,當如是觀。如是觀者」—“whenever one eats morsel food, one should contemplate it thus. One who contemplates thus”〔T02 0102c02〕.
  3. The cow flayed alive (Discourse 373)—「云何比丘觀察觸食?譬如有牛,生剝其皮,在在處處,諸蟲唼食」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of contact? Suppose there is a cow flayed alive: in every place it is, the insects come and feed on it”〔T02 0102c06〕.
  4. The fire without smoke or flame (Discourse 373)—「云何比丘觀察意思食?譬如聚落城邑邊有火起,無煙無炎」—“How should a bhikṣu contemplate the nutriment of mental intention? Suppose a fire arises beside a village or town, without smoke or flame”〔T02 0102c13〕.
  5. The patrol seizing a robber · three hundred spears (Discourse 373, abridged, pointing to the previous fascicle)—「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」—“has a patrol, and they seize a robber, bind him, and deliver him to the king…”〔T02 0102c22〕.
  6. The sun shining upon the western wall of the mansion (Discourses 376 · 377)—「乃至純大苦聚集。譬如樓閣宮殿,北西長廣,東西牕牖」—“up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together. Suppose there is a mansion, long and broad to the north and west, with windows east and west”〔T02 0103a25〕; 「東西牕牖,日出東方,光照西壁。如是,比丘!於此四食有貪有喜」—“with windows east and west; the sun rises in the east and its light shines upon the western wall. Thus, bhikṣus, where there is craving and delight toward these four nutriments”〔T02 0103a26〕.
  7. The painter paints upon empty space (Discourse 377)—「畫師弟子集種種彩色,欲粧畫虛空,寧能畫不?」—“a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon empty space—could he paint them?”〔T02 0103b18〕.
  8. The painter paints upon form (Discourse 378)—「若畫師弟子集種種彩,欲粧畫於色,作種種像。諸比丘!於意云何」—“if a painter’s apprentice gathers various colours, wishing to paint pictures upon form, making various shapes and images. Bhikṣus! What do you think”〔T02 0103b29〕.
  9. The four things of the great king of physicians (Discourse 389)—「有四法成就,名曰大醫王者,所應王之具、王之分。何等為四」—“One accomplished in four things is called a great king of physicians, possessed of what befits a king and of what is a king’s portion. What are the four”〔T02 0105a25〕; applied to the Dharma: 「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王,」—“the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One is the great king of physicians,”〔T02 0105b10〕.
  10. The sign of light at sunrise (Discourse 394)—「譬如日出,明相先起。如是正盡苦亦有前相起?謂知四聖諦」—“Just as when the sun rises the sign of light appears first, so too does the complete ending of suffering have a sign that goes before? Namely, knowing the four noble truths”〔T02 0106b25〕.
  11. Sun, moon, and the stars not appearing (Discourse 395)—「若日月不出世間者,一切眾星亦不出於世間,晝夜」—“If sun and moon did not appear in the world, and all the stars too did not appear in the world, day and night”〔T02 0106c03〕.
  12. The rising sun destroys the darkness (Discourse 396)—「周行空中,壞諸闇冥,光明顯照。如是,聖弟子所有集法」—“travels through the sky, breaking all darkness, its light shining forth, so, all the dharmas of arising that the noble disciple has”〔T02 0106c20〕.
  13. Leaves as a vessel for water (Discourse 397)—「譬如有人言我欲取佉提羅葉,合集作器」—“Suppose someone says: I wish to take khadira leaves, gathering them into a vessel”〔T02 0107a10〕; 「譬如有言我以純曇摩葉、摩樓迦葉,合集盛水持行者,此則善說」—“Suppose someone says: I take only tanmo leaves and maluojia leaves, gathering them to hold water and carry it—this is well said”〔T02 0107a19〕.
  14. The ball of cotton following the wind (Discourse 398)—「如小綿丸、小劫貝華丸,置四衢道頭,四方風吹,則隨風去向於一方」—“Like a small ball of cotton, a small ball of kapok, placed at the mouth of a crossroads: when the wind blows from the four directions, it goes with the wind toward one direction”〔T02 0107a29〕.
  15. The Indra pillar (Discourse 398)—「譬如因陀羅柱,銅鐵作之,」—“Suppose there is an Indra pillar, made of copper and iron,”〔T02 0107b07〕.
  16. The stone pillar with eight cubits in the ground (Discourse 399)—「譬如石柱,長十六肘,八肘入地,四方風吹,不能令動」—“Suppose there is a stone pillar sixteen cubits long, eight cubits set in the ground; when the wind blows from the four directions, it cannot shake it”〔T02 0107b17〕.
  17. The head-cloth on fire (Discourse 400)—「譬如有人火燒頭衣,當起增上欲,急救令滅。」—“Suppose someone has his head-cloth on fire: he should give rise to heightened desire and quickly put out the fire.”〔T02 0107b28〕; the Buddha reverses it: 「莫作是說!當置頭衣,於四聖諦起增上欲」—“Do not speak so! Set aside the head-cloth, and toward the four noble truths give rise to heightened desire”〔T02 0107c01〕.
  18. Suffering three hundred spears for a hundred years (Discourse 401)—「當日日三時受苦,晨朝時受百槍苦,日中、晡時亦復如是」—“you must suffer three times each day: in the morning you will suffer the pain of a hundred spears, and at noon and in the evening likewise”〔T02 0107c13〕.
  19. The leaves in the hand · the leaves of the great forest (Discourse 404)—「世尊!手中樹葉甚少,彼大林中樹葉無量,百千億萬倍」—“World-Honored One! The leaves in your hand are very few; the leaves of that great forest are measureless, more by hundreds of thousands of millions of times”〔T02 0108b01〕.
  20. Shooting through the keyhole · a hair split into a hundred parts (Discourse 405)—「此為難耶?破一毛為百分,而射一毛分,箭箭悉中」—“Is that hard? To split a hair into a hundred parts and shoot at one part of the hair, every arrow hitting it”〔T02 0108b25〕.
  21. The blind turtle and the floating log (Discourse 406)—「譬如大地悉成大海,有一盲龜壽無量劫,百年一出其頭,海中有浮木」—“Suppose the whole earth became one great ocean, and there is a blind turtle living countless aeons, raising its head once in a hundred years; in the ocean there is a floating log”〔T02 0108c07〕; applied to the Dharma: 「雖復差違,或復相得。愚癡凡夫漂流五趣,暫復人身」—“though they go against each other, might still meet; but for the foolish ordinary person drifting through the five destinations to regain a human body for a moment”〔T02 0108c13〕.

Similes the treatise uses in common with the sūtra: son’s flesh · the cow without its hide · fire · three hundred (the treatise’s 「三百鉾」—“three hundred spears”) · sunlight · painting · empty space · the sign of light · sunlight breaking the darkness · leaves · not moved by fierce winds · the leaves in the hand · a hair split into a hundred parts · the blind turtle (third topic); the sūtra’s mansion is the treatise’s tower; the sūtra’s Indra pillar and stone pillar are the treatise’s great stone tower; the sūtra’s great king of physicians is the treatise’s good physician; the treatise has no simile of the ball of cotton, the head-cloth, or the sun, moon, and stars.

Verse (Discourse 369)—spoken by the Buddha Vipaśyin on rising from samādhi, fifteen lines of thirty phrases, five characters to the phrase:

「『如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」—“‘When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;”〔T02 0101c02〕 「永離諸疑惑,知因緣生法。」—“forever free of all doubt, he knows the dharmas born of causes and conditions.”〔T02 0101c03〕 「若知因生苦,知諸受滅盡,」—“If he knows that suffering is born from a cause, knows the ending of feelings,”〔T02 0101c04〕 「知因緣法盡,則知有漏盡。」—“knows that the dharmas of causes and conditions are ended, he knows that the outflows are ended.”〔T02 0101c05〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」—“When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;”〔T02 0101c06〕 「永離諸疑惑,知有因生苦。」—“forever free of all doubt, he knows that with a cause suffering is born.”〔T02 0101c07〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」—“When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;”〔T02 0101c08〕 「永離諸疑惑,知諸受滅盡。」—“forever free of all doubt, he knows the ending of feelings.”〔T02 0101c09〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」—“When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;”〔T02 0101c10〕 「永離諸疑惑,知因緣法盡。」—“forever free of all doubt, he knows that the dharmas of causes and conditions are ended.”〔T02 0101c11〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」—“When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;”〔T02 0101c12〕 「永離諸疑惑,知盡諸有漏。」—“forever free of all doubt, he knows that all the outflows are ended.”〔T02 0101c13〕 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,」—“When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation;”〔T02 0101c14〕 「普照諸世間,如日住虛空。」—“he shines everywhere over all the world, like the sun abiding in the sky.”〔T02 0101c15〕 「破壞諸魔軍,覺諸結解脫。』」—“He breaks all the armies of Māra; awakened, he is freed from the bonds.’”〔T02 0101c16〕

The first four lines are the general statement; the next eight lines take the three phrases 「如此諸法生,梵志勤思禪,永離諸疑惑」—“When the dharmas thus arise, the brāhmaṇa diligently reflects in meditation; forever free of all doubt” as their head and set it out separately four times; the last three lines turn to illumining the world and breaking Māra. 「知諸受滅盡」—“knows the ending of feelings” of the third line is the same as in the ninth line; 「知因緣生法」—“knows the dharmas born of causes and conditions” of the second line and 「知因緣法盡」—“knows that the dharmas of causes and conditions are ended” of the eleventh line differ in words; recorded only.

Verse (Discourse 392)—the verse of restatement that the compilers call 「悉繼以偈」—“all followed by a verse,” ten lines of twenty phrases, five characters to the phrase:

「若不知苦者,及彼眾苦因,」—“If one does not know suffering, and the cause of all those sufferings,”〔T02 0106a05〕 「一切諸苦法,寂滅永無餘。」—“and that all the dharmas of suffering are stilled, forever without remainder;”〔T02 0106a06〕 「若不知道跡,能思一切苦,」—“if one does not know the path that can reflect upon all suffering,”〔T02 0106a07〕 「心解脫於苦,慧解脫亦然。」—“the mind liberated from suffering, and liberation by wisdom also thus—”〔T02 0106a08〕 「不能越眾苦,令苦究竟脫,」—“one cannot pass beyond the sufferings, nor bring suffering to its final release.”〔T02 0106a09〕 「若如實知苦,亦知眾苦因。」—“If one knows suffering as it really is, and knows too the cause of all the sufferings,”〔T02 0106a10〕 「及一切諸苦,永滅盡無餘,」—“and that all sufferings are forever ended without remainder,”〔T02 0106a11〕 「若復如實知,息苦之道跡。」—“if one further knows as it really is the path that stills suffering,”〔T02 0106a12〕 「意解脫具足,慧解脫亦然,」—“the mind’s liberation complete, and liberation by wisdom also thus,”〔T02 0106a13〕 「堪能越眾苦,究竟得解脫。」—“then one is able to pass beyond the sufferings and attain final liberation.”〔T02 0106a14〕

The first five lines say that one who does not know cannot pass beyond suffering; the last five lines say that one who knows as it really is is able to pass beyond suffering; between 「心解脫於苦」—“the mind liberated from suffering” of the fourth line and 「意解脫具足」—“the mind’s liberation complete” of the ninth line, the two characters for mind differ, earlier and later; recorded only. 「寂滅永無餘」—“stilled, forever without remainder” of the second line and 「心解脫於苦」—“the mind liberated from suffering” of the fourth line stand under 「若不知」—“if one does not know”; to which the sense of these phrases belongs is not made clear in the base text; the plain rendering translates the characters literally and does not decide on its behalf.

Verse (Discourse 403)—spoken by the World-Honored One, four lines of eight phrases, five characters to the phrase:

「我常與汝等,長夜涉生死,」—“I have always been with you, passing through birth and death in the long night;”〔T02 0108a19〕 「不見聖諦故,大苦日增長。」—“because we did not see the noble truths, great suffering grew day by day.”〔T02 0108a20〕 「若見四聖諦,斷有大流海,」—“If one sees the four noble truths, one cuts off the great ocean of the flood of existence;”〔T02 0108a21〕 「生死永已除,不復受後生。」—“birth and death are forever ended, and one receives no later birth.”〔T02 0108a22〕

Verse (Discourse 405)—spoken by the World-Honored One, two lines of four phrases, five characters to the phrase:

「一毛為百分,射一分甚難,」—“To split a hair into a hundred parts and strike one part of it is very hard;”〔T02 0108c03〕 「觀一一苦陰,非我難亦然。」—“to contemplate each aggregate of suffering as not self is hard in the same way.”〔T02 0108c04〕

Fixed formulas:

FormulaAnchorDiscourse
「有四食資益眾生,令得住世攝受長養」—“There are four nutriments that sustain beings, enabling them to remain in the world, held and nourished”〔T02 0101c26〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0102a13〕〔T02 0102b19〕〔T02 0102c29〕〔T02 0103a14〕〔T02 0103a22〕〔T02 0103b09〕〔T02 0103b25〕371–378
「有四聖諦。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦」—“There are four noble truths. What are the four? Namely, the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering”〔T02 0104b02〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0104b07〕〔T02 0104b14〕〔T02 0104b21〕〔T02 0104c01〕〔T02 0104c10〕〔T02 0104c19〕〔T02 0104c28〕〔T02 0105a14〕380–388
「於苦滅聖諦已知、已證,於苦滅道跡聖諦已知、已修」—“has known and realized the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, has known and cultivated the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering”〔T02 0104b24〕〔T02 0104c04〕〔T02 0104c13〕〔T02 0104c22〕〔T02 0105a02〕383–387 (in Discourse 388 the end of the phrase reads 「是」—“this,” 〔T02 0105a17〕)
「時,生眼、智、明、覺。」—“At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening.”〔T02 0103c15〕〔T02 0103c17〕〔T02 0103c20〕〔T02 0103c22〕〔T02 0103c27〕379 (the three turnings and twelve aspects are a number of meaning; the formula is actually written ten times—in the first turning the truth of suffering is spoken singly and the three truths of arising, cessation, and the path together in one sentence, and in the second and third turnings four times each; five anchors are listed here, the other five run across lines)
「如是知、如是見、如是無間等」—“thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension”〔T02 0106a25〕〔T02 0106b09〕〔T02 0106b18〕393 · 394
「當勤方便,起增上欲」—“should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire”「比丘於此四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲」—“a bhikṣu who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of these four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire”〔T02 0106c28〕; 「於四聖諦當勤方便,起增上欲,精進修學。」—“toward the four noble truths one should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train with diligence.”〔T02 0107b24〕; 「當勤方便,起增上欲,修無間等。」—“should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and cultivate unbroken comprehension.”〔T02 0108a16〕; 「當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」—“should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.”〔T02 0108b11〕396 · 398–406
「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma.”〔T02 0101a08〕365
「若於四食無貪無喜……」—“If, toward the four nutriments, there is no craving and no delight…”〔T02 0103a29〕376
「此有故彼有,此起故彼起」—“because this exists, that exists; because this arises, that arises”「一坐七日,於十二緣起逆順觀察,所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,緣無明行,乃至緣生有老死」—“he sat for seven days in one sitting and contemplated the twelve links of dependent arising in reverse and in forward order, namely: because this exists, that exists; because this arises, that arises; conditioned by ignorance there are formations, and so on up to conditioned by birth there is old age and death”〔T02 0101b27〕369 (runs across a line)
「所以者何?無是處故」—“Why? Because this is impossible,” 「有是處故」—“because this is possible”「合集作器,盛水持行者,無有是處。所以者何?」—“gathering them into a vessel to hold water and carry it—this is impossible. Why?”〔T02 0107a10〕; 「若苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦無間等已」—“once there is unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, and the noble truth of the cessation of suffering”〔T02 0107a17〕397

The forms of question and answer—the questions and answers of this fascicle are of four forms: first, the Buddha poses a question, the bhikṣus ask him to explain, and the Buddha explains (Discourse 365), the words of request being the same as in Discourses 362–364 of the previous fascicle; second, exchanges back and forth in which a disciple asks and the Buddha answers (Discourse 372): Phalguna’s six questions, 「誰食」—“who feeds,” 「誰觸」—“who contacts,” 「誰受」—“who feels,” 「誰愛」—“who craves,” 「誰取」—“who clings,” and 「誰有」—“who exists,” and the Buddha’s six answers, each first saying ‘I do not say there is one who …’ and then turning the question into ‘through what cause and condition is there …’—the longest exchange of this fascicle; third, the Buddha poses a question by a simile and the bhikṣus answer (Discourses 373, 376, 377, 378, and 404): Discourse 373 has two questions and two answers (「不也」—“No” and 「如是」—“So it is”), Discourse 376 two questions and two answers (where it would shine · if there were no western wall), Discourse 377 first the question of the mansion and then the question of the painter painting upon empty space, and in Discourse 378 both questions concern the painter (painting upon form · painting apart from form); fourth, a disciple relates what he has seen and tells the Buddha, and the Buddha turns the question back (Discourse 405), and the Buddha addresses the bhikṣus and Ānanda answers (Discourse 406). In Discourse 379 the World-Honored One twice asks 「知法未」—“have you understood the Dharma?”; of the two answers, one names him 憍陳如 (Kauṇḍinya) and one 拘隣 (Kauṇḍinya): the same person under different names.

Repeated sentence patterns—Discourse 366 pursues link by link from old age and death to clinging, each link opened again and again with 「正思惟」—“right reflection” and 「無間等起知」—“knowledge arising with unbroken comprehension”; Discourse 371 four times with 「何因、何集、何生、何觸」—“what is its cause, what its arising, what its origin, what its contact” pushes step by step to the six sense bases, one pass each for arising and for cessation; Discourse 372 has six questions and six answers in one form; in Discourse 374 the side of delight and craving and the side of no craving and no delight follow the same order with the opposite sense; in Discourse 379 each of the three turnings is matched to the four truths, the three turnings and twelve aspects being a number of meaning, while 「時,生眼、智、明、覺」—“At that time there arose vision, knowledge, understanding, and awakening” is actually written ten times (in the first turning the truth of suffering spoken singly, and arising, cessation, and the path together in one sentence); Discourses 380–388, nine discourses in one form, successively increase their later phrase; Discourses 390 and 392 set knowing as it really is and not knowing as it really is side by side; Discourse 393 has seven stages in one form, each followed by the words 「如是知、如是見、如是無間等」—“thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension”; Discourse 397 has two sides, the impossible and the possible, each with a simile, each concluding with 「所以者何」—“Why?”; Discourse 398 has two sides, not knowing as it really is and knowing as it really is, each with a simile.

The form of the verses—the four verses of this fascicle all have five characters to the phrase; the verse of Discourse 369 stands in the inner layer of the World-Honored One’s words, being the verse of the Buddha Vipaśyin that he quotes; the verse of Discourse 392 is the verse of restatement that the compilers name, standing after the enumeration at the end of the discourse; the verses of Discourses 403 and 405 are spoken by the World-Honored One after the prose, with 「即說偈言」—“then spoke a verse” and 「而說偈言」—“and spoke a verse.” This fascicle has no summary verse.

VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward

  • Shared words in the Compendium of Topics—the places where the text of the discourses of this fascicle shares words with the Compendium of Topics have already been listed verbatim in the third, fourth, and sixth topics and in part ① of the tenth topic; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0838c06〕〔T30n1579 0838c11〕〔T30n1579 0839a10〕〔T30n1579 0839a11〕〔T30n1579 0839a18〕〔T30n1579 0839a27〕〔T30n1579 0839b02〕〔T30n1579 0839b05〕〔T30n1579 0839b17〕〔T30n1579 0839b18〕〔T30n1579 0839c02〕〔T30n1579 0839c07〕〔T30n1579 0839c13〕〔T30n1579 0839c15〕〔T30n1579 0839c19〕〔T30n1579 0839c25〕〔T30n1579 0840a02〕〔T30n1579 0840a12〕〔T30n1579 0840a18〕〔T30n1579 0840a23〕〔T30n1579 0840a26〕〔T30n1579 0840a27〕〔T30n1579 0840b04〕〔T30n1579 0840b05〕〔T30n1579 0840b07〕〔T30n1579 0840b09〕〔T30n1579 0840b26〕〔T30n1579 0840b27〕〔T30n1579 0841c02〕〔T30n1579 0841c05〕〔T30n1579 0841c06〕〔T30n1579 0842b26〕〔T30n1579 0843b02〕〔T30n1579 0843b09〕〔T30n1579 0843b10〕〔T30n1579 0843b14〕〔T30n1579 0843b16〕〔T30n1579 0843b23〕〔T30n1579 0843b24〕〔T30n1579 0843c01〕〔T30n1579 0843c02〕〔T30n1579 0843c03〕〔T30n1579 0843c06〕〔T30n1579 0843c18〕〔T30n1579 0843c19〕〔T30n1579 0843c20〕〔T30n1579 0843c21〕〔T30n1579 0843c22〕〔T30n1579 0843c24〕〔T30n1579 0843c25〕〔T30n1579 0843c26〕〔T30n1579 0843c27〕〔T30n1579 0843c28〕〔T30n1579 0843c29〕〔T30n1579 0844a02〕〔T30n1579 0844a06〕〔T30n1579 0844a08〕〔T30n1579 0844a09〕〔T30n1579 0844a10〕〔T30n1579 0844a11〕〔T30n1579 0844a17〕〔T30n1579 0844a22〕〔T30n1579 0844a23〕〔T30n1579 0844a24〕〔T30n1579 0844a26〕〔T30n1579 0844a27〕〔T30n1579 0844a28〕〔T30n1579 0844a29〕〔T30n1579 0844b07〕〔T30n1579 0844b08〕〔T30n1579 0844b09〕〔T30n1579 0844b13〕〔T30n1579 0844b15〕〔T30n1579 0844b16〕〔T30n1579 0844b19〕〔T30n1579 0844b20〕〔T30n1579 0844b23〕〔T30n1579 0844b24〕〔T30n1579 0844b25〕〔T30n1579 0844b26〕〔T30n1579 0844c02〕〔T30n1579 0844c03〕〔T30n1579 0844c04〕〔T30n1579 0844c05〕〔T30n1579 0844c06〕〔T30n1579 0844c07〕〔T30n1579 0844c10〕〔T30n1579 0844c11〕〔T30n1579 0844c12〕〔T30n1579 0844c17〕〔T30n1579 0844c18〕〔T30n1579 0844c20〕〔T30n1579 0844c25〕〔T30n1579 0844c26〕〔T30n1579 0845b09〕〔T30n1579 0845b10〕〔T30n1579 0845b11〕〔T30n1579 0846a12〕〔T30n1579 0846a13〕〔T30n1579 0846a16〕〔T30n1579 0846b25〕〔T30n1579 0847a07〕〔T30n1579 0847a25〕.
  • Carrying forward the uddānas—the section of the one verse of five items of fascicle ninety-four of the treatise, 「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」—“Establishment, Giving the Causes and Conditions, Examining the Meaning of Nutriment,”〔T30n1579 0838c04〕, corresponds in place to Discourses 371–378 of this fascicle: Establishment and Giving the Causes and Conditions correspond to Discourse 371, Examining the Meaning of Nutriment to Discourse 372, The Very Many Faults to Discourse 373, and Defilement and the Rest to Discourses 374–378. The section of the one verse of twelve items of fascicle ninety-five of the treatise, 「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」—“The Reasoned, Inclusion, The Truth of Arising, Attainment, Characteristics, The Basis, Function, Obstacles, Faults, Black Ripening and the Rest, The Great Meaning, Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain.”〔T30n1579 0840b24〕, corresponds in place to Discourses 379–406 of this fascicle, but the treatise follows the order of its topics and the sūtra the order of its discourses: Attainment corresponds to Discourse 379, Inclusion to Discourse 380, The Basis to Discourses 382–388 · 393, Characteristics to Discourses 389 · 390–392, Function to Discourses 394–401, Obstacles to Discourses 402–406, Faults to Discourse 390, The Great Meaning to Discourse 396, and Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain to Discourses 405 · 406; for the three items The Reasoned, The Truth of Arising, and Black Ripening and the Rest, the text of the discourses of this fascicle has few or no shared words (fourth topic). The one verse of fascicle ninety-six of the treatise, 「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」—“The General Meaning, Distinction by Kind, Arising in Kind, Finally, the Three Quests.”〔T30n1579 0846c17〕, belongs to the following fascicle; in this fascicle only the one item 「後三求」—“Finally, the Three Quests” has shared words for reference.
  • Carrying forward within the fascicle—Discourses 366 and 369 both concern the Buddha Vipaśyin: Discourse 366 pursues link by link with 「正思惟」—“right reflection,” and Discourse 369 contemplates the twelve links of dependent arising 「逆順觀察」—“in reverse and in forward order” and speaks a verse; at the end of both discourses they close with the six Buddhas of the past teaching alike, and Discourse 370 records only the sitting and points back to Discourse 369 with 「如前廣說」—“as explained at length before.” The eight Discourses 371–378 all begin with the phrase of the four nutriments; Discourse 374 sets out the growth of the station of consciousness in one pass forward and one back, and Discourses 375–378, following it, each add a simile or a point; 「如前廣說」—“as explained at length before” in Discourse 376 points back to Discourse 374. The nine Discourses 380–388 all begin with 「有四聖諦」—“there are four noble truths”; Discourses 383–388 all take ‘has known, has understood … has cultivated’ as their earlier phrase, each concluding with the name of what is attained. The three Discourses 390, 391, and 392 all speak of ascetics and brāhmaṇas who know and do not know as it really is; 「廣說如上。差別者」—“explained at length as above. The difference is” in Discourse 391 points back to Discourse 390. In the first passage of Discourse 393, 「如此章句,一切四聖諦經,應當具說」—“Such passages as these should be stated in full in all the discourses on the four noble truths” are the compilers’ words concerning the discourses that follow; 「如是知、如是見、如是無間等」—“thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension” in Discourses 393 and 394 shares that form. Discourses 396 and 398–406 all end with the exhortation 「當勤方便,起增上欲」—“should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire.” Discourses 403 and 404 share the same dwelling place. Discourses 405 and 406 both speak of what is hard.
  • Beyond this fascicle—what 「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說」—“as explained at length before in the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city” in Discourse 366 points back to lies in the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city in earlier fascicles of these Connected Discourses; the fascicle and the number of the discourse are not specified; recorded only. 「如前須深經廣說」—“as explained at length before in the Discourse of Suśīma” in Discourse 373 points back to the simile of the king’s law punishing a robber in Discourse 347, the Discourse of Suśīma, of the previous fascicle. The words of request of Discourse 365, 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma,” are the same as in Discourses 362–364 of the previous fascicle. The name 「轉法輪經」—“Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma” in Discourse 379 is the discourse’s own name (「世尊於波羅㮈國仙人住處鹿野苑中轉法輪,是故此經名轉法輪經」—“the World-Honored One turned the wheel of the Dharma in the country of Vārāṇasī, at the Sages’ Dwelling, in the Deer Park; therefore this discourse is called the Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the Dharma”〔T02 0104a26〕).

IX. Placement Among the Recensions

The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to sixty-five variant readings in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【宮-CB】【磧-CB】【麗-CB】 are recorded by the current collated text; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; 「無」—“lacks it” = that edition lacks the character; recorded together, without adjudication; nos. 021, 023, 029, 040, 042, 045, 046, 048, 054, 059, and 060, eleven in all, are rows of revision in the current edition, not original Taishō notes):

No.AnchorCurrent readingVariant readings
0010101a09唯 (only)【宋】【元】【明】惟 (a variant form)
0020101a12死 (death)【宋】【元】【明】生 (birth)
0030101a22有 (there is)【宋】【元】【明】言 (say)
0040101c04受 (feelings)【宋】愛 (craving)
0050102a13資 (sustain)【宋】【元】【明】利 (benefit)
0060102b01何 (what)【宋】【元】【明】何因 (what cause)
0070102b02愛 (craving)【宋】【元】【明】愛緣 (craving as condition)
0080102b03緣 (conditioned by)【宋】【元】【明】有 (there is)
0090102b28與 (or, of 與不)【元】【明】以 (a different particle)
0100102c01與 (or, of 與不)【元】【明】以 (a different particle)
0110102c17常 (always)【明】當 (should)
0120103a07喜 (delight)【宋】【元】【明】欲 (desire)
0130103b16是 (so)【宋】【元】【明】是純 (so, the whole)
0140103b19粧 (paint, of 粧畫)【宋】【元】【明】莊 (a variant form)
0150103c01粧 (paint, of 粧畫)【宋】【元】【明】莊 (a variant form)
0160103c02粧 (paint, of 粧畫)【宋】【元】【明】莊 (a variant form)
0170103c03粧 (paint, of 粧畫)【宋】【元】【明】莊 (a variant form)
0180103c08粧 (paint, of 粧畫)【宋】【元】【明】莊 (a variant form)
0190103c11此 (this)【宋】【元】無 (lack it)
0200103c13鹿 (deer, of 鹿野苑)【宋】【元】【明】國鹿 (the country, deer)
0210103c18知 (know)【大】智 (knowledge); the current reading follows 【宮-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0220103c21無 (lacks it)【大】知 (know); 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it); the current reading follows 【宮-CB】
0230103c22次 (further, of 復次)【大】以 (by) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0240104a06智 (knowledge)【宋】知 (know)
0250104a20魔 (Māra)【宋】【元】【明】摩 (a variant form)
0260104a21身 (body)【明】自 (self)
0270104b01仙 (sages, of 仙人住處)【宋】【元】【明】國仙 (the country, sages)
0280104b06仙 (sages, of 仙人住處)【宋】【元】【明】國仙 (the country, sages)
0290104b11學 (train)【大】覺 (awaken); the current reading follows 【宮-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0300104b13仙 (sages, of 仙人住處)【宋】【元】【明】國仙 (the country, sages)
0310104b17於苦 (of suffering)【大】於 (of); 【宋】【元】【明】於苦 (of suffering); the current reading follows 【宮-CB】
0320104b20仙 (sages, of 仙人住處)【宋】【元】【明】國仙 (the country, sages)
0330104b26轉 (turned, of 轉去)【宋】【元】【明】縛 (bound)
0340104b26間 (unbroken, of 無間)【大】明 (understanding); 【宋】【元】【明】間 (unbroken); the current reading follows 【宮-CB】【磧-CB】
0350104b29仙 (sages, of 仙人住處)【宋】【元】【明】國仙 (the country, sages)
0360104c24鍵 (crossbar, of 關鍵)【宋】【元】【明】揵 (a variant form)
0370104c27仙 (sages, of 仙人住處)【宋】【元】【明】國仙 (the country, sages)
0380105a04有 (there is)【宋】無 (lacks it)
0390105a04鍵 (crossbar, of 關鍵)【宋】【元】【明】揵 (a variant form)
0400105a04嶮 (perilous)【大】峻 (steep); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0410105a06鍵 (crossbar, of 關鍵)【宋】【元】【明】揵 (a variant form)
0420105a06斷 (abandoned)【大】離 (rid of); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0430105a07鍵 (crossbar, of 關鍵)【宋】【元】【明】揵 (a variant form)
0440105a19猗 (rely)【宋】【元】【明】倚 (a variant form)
0450105a20息 (still)【大】自 (self) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0460105b02痰 (phlegm)【大】癖 (colic); the current reading follows 【磧-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0470105b02痰陰 (phlegm) (【大】 reads 痰癖陰)【元】【明】痰癊 (a variant form)
0480105b17無 (lacks it)【大】知 (know) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0490106b28諦 (truth)【明】諦如是知如是見如是無間等亦如是說 (truth; thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus)
0500106c01如是知,如是見,如是無間等,亦如是說 (thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus)【明】無 (lacks it)
0510106c05尅 (divisions, of 尅數)【元】【明】刻 (a variant form)
0520106c12尅 (divisions, of 尅數)【元】【明】刻 (a variant form)
0530107a09欲 (wish)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0540107a16無 (lacks it)【大】得 (attain) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0550107a20持 (carry)【宋】【元】【明】持將 (carry along)
0560107b14修 (cultivate)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0570107c02等 (what, of 何等)【宮-CB】 and 【宋】【元】【明】等為 (what are)
0580107c09當 (should)【宋】【元】【明】當是 (should, this)
0590107c16間 (unbroken, of 無間等)【大】聞 (hearing); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0600108a01等 (comprehension, of 無間等)【大】無 (lacks it) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0610108a09夜 (night, of 長夜)【宋】【元】【明】夜流浪 (night, wandering)
0620108a21流海 (ocean of the flood)【宋】【元】【明】海流 (flood of the ocean)
0630108a22生 (birth)【宋】【元】【明】有 (existence)
0640108b10故 (because)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0650108c17陵 (oppress)【宋】【元】【明】凌 (a variant form)

The 「痰癖陰」—“phlegm-colic” of no. 047 is the reading of the original Taishō printing; the current reading, following no. 046, changes 「癖」—“colic” to 「痰」—“phlegm” and omits the repetition, giving 「痰陰」—“phlegm”; the two rows share one anchor, and they are copied as they stand without adjudication.

Ten matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication):

  1. Readings in Discourses 365 and 366 (nos. 001–003)—in 「唯願為說」—“We only wish that you would explain,” the 「唯」—“only” (0101a09): the three editions read 惟 (a variant form); in 「老、病、死」—“old age, sickness, and death,” the 「死」—“death” (0101a12): the three editions read 生 (birth), that is, the three editions read ‘old age, sickness, and birth’; 「無間等起知」—“knowledge arising with unbroken comprehension,” the 「有」—“there is” above it (0101a22): the three editions read 言 (say). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  2. The reading in the verse of Discourse 369 (no. 004)—in the third line, 「知諸受滅盡」—“knows the ending of feelings,” the 「受」—“feelings” (0101c04): 【宋】 reads 愛 (craving), that is, 【宋】 reads ‘knows the ending of cravings.’ The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  3. Readings in Discourses 372 and 373 (nos. 005–011)—in 「有四食資益眾生」—“there are four nutriments that sustain beings,” the 「資」—“sustain” (0102a13): the three editions read 利 (benefit); in 「何緣故有愛」—“through what condition is there craving,” the 「何」—“what” (0102b01): the three editions read 何因 (what cause); in 「緣受故有愛,愛」—“because of feeling as condition there is craving; craving,” the 「愛」—“craving” (0102b02): the three editions read 愛緣 (craving as condition); in 「緣取」—“conditioned by clinging,” the 「緣」—“conditioned by” (0102b03): the three editions read 有 (there is); in Discourse 373, in 「貪嗜美樂與不」—“craving its tastiness and delight, or not” and 「為度曠野嶮道與不」—“was it to cross the perilous road through the wilderness, or not,” the 「與」—“or” (0102b28 · 0102c01): 【元】【明】 read 以 (a different particle); in 「常生思願」—“always gives rise to intentions and wishes,” the 「常」—“always” (0102c17): 【明】 reads 當 (should). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  4. Readings in Discourses 374, 377, and 378 (nos. 012–018)—in 「無貪無喜」—“without craving and without delight,” the 「喜」—“delight” (0103a07): the three editions read 欲 (desire); in 「乃至如是大苦聚集」—“up to: just so, the great mass of suffering comes together,” the 「是」—“so” (0103b16): the three editions read 是純 (so, the whole); 「粧畫」—“paint pictures,” whose 「粧」—“paint” in five places (0103b19 · 0103c01 · 0103c02 · 0103c03 · 0103c08): the three editions read 莊 (a variant form) in every case. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  5. Readings in Discourse 379 (nos. 019–026)—「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse,” the 「此」—“this” above it (0103c11, at the end of Discourse 378): 【宋】【元】 lack it; in 「鹿野苑」—“the Deer Park,” the 「鹿」—“deer” (0103c13): the three editions read 國鹿 (the country, deer), that is, the three editions read ‘the Deer Park of the country of Vārāṇasī’; in 「知當復知」—“having been known, should be known yet more fully,” the 「知」—“know” (0103c18): 【大】 reads 智 (knowledge), and the current reading follows 【宮-CB】 (a revision in the current edition); above 「已知當作證」—“having been known, should be realized,” 【大】 has the character 「知」—“know” (0103c21), which the three editions lack, and the current reading follows 【宮-CB】; in 「復次,此苦滅道跡聖諦」—“Further, this noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering,” the 「次」—“further” (0103c22): 【大】 reads 以 (by), and the current edition revises it by the sentence pattern 「復次」—“further” of the same discourse (a revision in the current edition); in 「三轉十二行生眼、智」—“in the three turnings and twelve aspects there arose vision, knowledge,” the 「智」—“knowledge” (0104a06): 【宋】 reads 知 (know); in 「魔、梵」—“Māra, Brahmā,” the 「魔」—“Māra” (0104a20): the three editions read 摩 (a variant form); in 「聞于梵天身」—“was heard as far as the body of the Brahmā heaven,” the 「身」—“body” (0104a21): 【明】 reads 自 (self). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  6. Readings in Discourses 380–388 (nos. 027–045)—「仙人住處」—“the Sages’ Dwelling,” whose 「仙」—“sages” in six places (0104b01 · 0104b06 · 0104b13 · 0104b20 · 0104b29 · 0104c27): the three editions read 國仙 (the country, sages) in every case, that is, in the three editions Discourses 380–384 and 387 also have the character 「國」—“country,” the same as Discourses 385, 386, and 388 onward; in Discourse 381, in 「應當學」—“should train,” the 「學」—“train” (0104b11): 【大】 reads 覺 (awaken), and the current reading follows 【宮-CB】 (a revision in the current edition); in Discourse 382, 「於苦集聖諦」—“of the noble truth of the arising of suffering,” the 「於苦」—“of suffering” above it (0104b17): 【大】 reads 於 (of); in Discourse 383, in 「轉去諸結」—“has turned away the bonds,” the 「轉」—“turned” (0104b26): the three editions read 縛 (bound), and in 「於慢無間等」—“unbroken comprehension of conceit,” the 「間」—“unbroken” (0104b26): 【大】 reads 明 (understanding); 「關鍵」—“crossbar,” whose 「鍵」—“crossbar” in four places in Discourses 386 and 387 (0104c24 · 0105a04 · 0105a06 · 0105a07): the three editions read 揵 (a variant form); in Discourse 387, in 「無有關鍵」—“has lifted the crossbar,” the 「有」—“there is” (0105a04): 【宋】 lacks it; in 「度諸嶮難」—“has crossed the perilous places,” the 「嶮」—“perilous” (0105a04): 【大】 reads 峻 (steep); in 「五下分結已斷」—“the five lower bonds have been abandoned,” the 「斷」—“abandoned” (0105a06): 【大】 reads 離 (rid of); in Discourse 388, in 「依猗於四」—“relies upon the four,” the 「猗」—“rely” (0105a19): the three editions read 倚 (a variant form); in 「息身所作」—“has stilled bodily activity,” the 「息」—“stilled” (0105a20): 【大】 reads 自 (self), that is, 【大】 reads ‘what one’s own body does.’ For the two characters 「四衢」—“four crossroads” and 「證」—“realized” in the same line of Discourse 388, the current edition carries separate notes recording characters written otherwise elsewhere; only the existence of the notes is recorded, not what they cite, and no character is changed on their basis. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  7. Readings in Discourses 389 and 390 (nos. 046–048)—in 「痰陰」—“phlegm,” the 「痰」—“phlegm” (0105b02): 【大】 reads 癖 (colic), and the current reading follows 【磧-CB】; the original Taishō printing reads 「痰癖陰」—“phlegm-colic,” and 【元】【明】 read 痰癊 (a variant form); below 「如來、應、等正覺為大醫王」—“the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One is the great king of physicians” in Discourse 389, 【大】 has the character 「知」—“know” (0105b17), which the current edition, by the context, takes as superfluous and deletes (a revision in the current edition). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  8. Readings in Discourses 393 and 394 (nos. 049 · 050)—the sentence at the end of Discourse 394, 「如是知,如是見,如是無間等,亦如是說」—“Thus knowing, thus seeing, thus unbroken comprehension—this too is stated thus” (0106c01): 【明】 lacks it, and 【明】 places it instead below 「知苦滅道跡聖諦」—“knowing the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering,” whose 「諦」—“truth” at the end of the discourse (0106b28); the two rows correspond; recorded only. Further, at seven places in Discourse 393 (0106a25 · 0106a28 · 0106b05 · 0106b09 · 0106b14 · 0106b18 · 0106b21) and one place in Discourse 394 (0106c01), the current edition carries a note in each, suspecting the character 「是」—“this” to be superfluous by the usual practice of the discourses, eight places in all; only the notes are recorded, and nothing is changed. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  9. Readings in Discourses 395, 397, and 398 (nos. 051–056)—「尅數」—“the divisions of time,” whose 「尅」—“divisions” in two places (0106c05 · 0106c12): 【元】【明】 read 刻 (a variant form); in Discourse 397, in 「而欲苦滅道跡聖諦」—“and wish … the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering,” the 「欲」—“wish” (0107a09): the three editions lack it; above 「無間等已,復得苦滅道跡聖諦者」—“having attained unbroken comprehension, then attain the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering,” 【大】 has the character 「得」—“attain” (0107a16), which the current edition, by the context, takes as superfluous and deletes (a revision in the current edition); in 「合集盛水持行者」—“gathering them to hold water and carry it,” the 「持」—“carry” (0107a20): the three editions read 持將 (carry along); in Discourse 398, in 「精進修學」—“train with diligence,” the 「修」—“cultivate” (0107b14): the three editions lack it. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  10. Readings in Discourses 400–406 (nos. 057–065)—in Discourse 400, in 「何等四」—“what four,” the 「等」—“what” (0107c02): 【宮-CB】 and the three editions read 等為 (what are); in 「應當學」—“should train,” the 「當」—“should” (0107c09): the three editions read 當是 (should, this); in Discourse 401, in 「得無間等」—“attain unbroken comprehension,” the 「間」—“unbroken” (0107c16): 【大】 reads 聞 (hearing), that is, 【大】 reads ‘attain the not-hearing,’ and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a revision in the current edition); in Discourse 402, in 「於四聖諦未無間等」—“has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths,” the 「等」—“comprehension” (0108a01): 【大】 lacks it (a revision in the current edition); in Discourse 403, in 「長夜驅馳」—“driven through the long night,” the 「夜」—“night” (0108a09): the three editions read 夜流浪 (night, wandering); in the verse, in 「斷有大流海」—“cuts off the great ocean of the flood of existence,” the 「流海」—“ocean of the flood” (0108a21): the three editions read 海流 (flood of the ocean); in 「不復受後生」—“receives no later birth,” the 「生」—“birth” (0108a22): the three editions read 有 (existence); in Discourse 404, in 「正向涅槃故」—“heading rightly toward nirvāṇa,” the 「故」—“because” (0108b10): the three editions lack it; in Discourse 406, in 「強者陵弱」—“the strong oppressing the weak,” the 「陵」—“oppress” (0108c17): the three editions read 凌 (a variant form). The plain rendering follows the current reading.

Punctuation in three places: in Discourse 366 the base text reads 「彼時時增油治炷,彼燈常明,熾然不息……」—“that person from time to time adds oil and trims the wick, so the lamp stays bright, burning in full blaze without going out…”〔T02 0101b01〕, marking the abbreviation with 「……」—“…” and 「如前來歎譬、城譬廣說」—“as explained at length before in the simile of the lamp and the simile of the city”; in Discourse 370 the base text reads 「往詣菩提樹下,敷草為座,結跏趺坐,正身正念……如前廣說」—“he went to the foot of the bodhi tree, spread grass for a seat and sat cross-legged, body upright, mindfulness right… as explained at length before”〔T02 0101c22〕; in Discourse 373 the base text reads 「有防邏者,捉捕劫盜,縛送王所……」—“has a patrol, and they seize a robber, bind him, and deliver him to the king…”〔T02 0102c22〕; two places in Discourse 376 and two in Discourse 391 likewise mark the abbreviation with 「……」—“…”; the plain rendering in every case records the abbreviation as it is without supplying what is passed over. Further, in the passages of Discourses 371, 373, 374, 379, 387, 389, 390, 393, 397, and 401, the base text opens each paragraph with an opening quotation mark and does not close it, and the plain rendering closes them paragraph by paragraph; the thought of the Buddha Vipaśyin in Discourse 366, the ‘you should ask thus’ in the exchange between Phalguna and the Buddha in Discourse 372, the deliberation of the couple and the thought of the man in Discourse 373, and the question put to the man by someone in Discourse 401 all stand within inner quotation marks, and the plain rendering either levels them into the sentence or records them with inner quotation marks (Discourse 401).

Gaiji: the present transcription of this fascicle has no character of the private-use area, nor any character of the extension B area. Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle. The line form of the verses: the one verse of Discourse 369 occupies fifteen lines in the base text (0101c02–0101c16), each line of two phrases; at the head of the first line stand the quotation mark of the World-Honored One’s words and the inner quotation mark of the verse, and at the end of the last line stand the inner closing mark of the verse and the closing mark of the World-Honored One’s words; the verse stands within the inner layer of the World-Honored One’s words; the one verse of Discourse 392 occupies ten lines in the base text (0106a05–0106a14), each line of two phrases; the one verse of Discourse 403 occupies four lines in the base text (0108a19–0108a22); the one verse of Discourse 405 occupies two lines in the base text (0108c03 · 0108c04). The plain rendering records them all in verse form, each line of two phrases.

X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation

① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—only places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words or the same simile, verbatim, are taken as established, and one sentence of the treatise is cited for each; where the sense is close but the treatise lacks the words, it is passed over with one sentence in present-day language and marked 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕; where the treatise and the discourse share words but, by the method of correspondence, it is listed only for reference, it is marked 〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕. The names of the items of the treatise’s uddānas are appended after the discourse numbers, as readings (first topic).

DiscourseMātṛkā (verbatim)AnchorShared words
365No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘in this present life, through weariness, freedom from desire, and cessation, attaining nirvāṇa’: the treatise’s gate of the truths speaks of the stage beyond training, close in meaning 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕——
366No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the passage under Finally, the Three Quests, 「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛;愛為緣故,而有其取;廣說乃至大苦蘊集」—“craving arises conditioned by the feelings born of contact with ignorance; because of craving as condition, there is clinging; explained at length, up to the arising of the great mass of suffering”〔T30n1579 0847a24〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0847a24愛·取 (craving · clinging)
367No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse——
368No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse——
369No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘the forward and reverse order of the twelve links of dependent arising’: the passage in fascicle ninety-six of the treatise belongs to the following fascicle 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕——
370No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse (abridged text)——
371 (Establishment · Giving the Causes and Conditions)「有四種法,於現法中最能長養諸根大種。」—“There are four kinds of things that, in this present life, most of all nourish the faculties and the great elements.”〔T30n1579 0838c06〕; 「由愛滅故,諸食亦滅。能取後有諸法滅故,」—“Because craving ceases, the nutriments too cease. Because the things that can take up a later existence cease,”〔T30n1579 0839b01〕 (secondary)0838c06·0839b01四·長養·愛·食·滅 (four · nourish · craving · nutriment · cease)
372 (Examining the Meaning of Nutriment)「誰食識食?當知此問為非理問。若作是問:誰是能食識食因緣」—“‘Who feeds on the nutriment of consciousness?’ It should be known that this question is an unreasoned question. If one asks thus: ‘What is the cause and condition of feeding on the nutriment of consciousness’”〔T30n1579 0839b16〕0839b16誰·食·識食·因緣·觸·有 (who · feed · the nutriment of consciousness · cause and condition · contact · existence)
373 (The Very Many Faults)「是故苾芻當觀段食如子肉想,不應貪著。」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate morsel food with the perception of a son’s flesh, and should not be attached to it.”〔T30n1579 0839c12〕; 「是故苾芻當觀順彼六種觸處如無皮牛。」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate what accords with the six bases of contact as a cow without its hide.”〔T30n1579 0839c15〕; 「是故苾芻當觀有漏意會思食如一分火。觀察如是所求不允,」—“Therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of mental intention, with outflows, as a portion of fire. Having examined that what is thus sought is not fitting,”〔T30n1579 0839c24〕; 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」—“there arises, as was said, inner suffering dependent on consciousness; therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of consciousness as being pierced by three hundred spears”〔T30n1579 0840a01〕0839c12·0839c15·0839c24·0840a01子肉·牛·蟲·唼食·火·識食·三百 (son’s flesh · cow · insects · feed on · fire · the nutriment of consciousness · three hundred)
374 (Defilement and the Rest)「於現法中能染於識,令其安止四種識住,增長當來後有種子」—“in this present life it can defile consciousness, make it settle in the four stations of consciousness, and make grow the seeds of a later existence in time to come”〔T30n1579 0840a17〕0840a17四食·貪·識住·增長·當來 (the four nutriments · craving · station of consciousness · grow · time to come)
375 (Defilement and the Rest)「於現法中便生悲歎愁憂萎頓懷慼而住。當知是名憙」—“in this present life one then dwells in lamentation, grief, sorrow, dejection, and distress. It should be known that this is called delight”〔T30n1579 0840a22〕0840a22悲·憂 (lament · sorrow)
376 (Defilement and the Rest)「能與緣境煩惱日光作入依處,是光於此或住上地」—“which can serve as the place through which the sunlight of the afflictions that take objects enters; this light here may rest upon the ground above”〔T30n1579 0840a26〕0840a26光 (light) (the treatise has 「日光」—“sunlight,” the sūtra 「光照」—“its light shines”; the words differ)
377 (Defilement and the Rest)「當知如是補特伽羅,憙、貪已斷,猶若虛空,」—“It should be known that such a person, in whom delight and craving are abandoned, is like empty space,”〔T30n1579 0840b09〕0840b09彩色·畫·虛空 (colours · paint · empty space)
378 (Defilement and the Rest)「譬如其地,能為種種煩惱彩畫作所依處。」—“like that ground, which can serve as the basis for the painting of various afflictions.”〔T30n1579 0840b07〕0840b07種種·彩·畫 (various · colour · paint)
379 (Attainment)「得方便者,謂即於此四聖諦中,三周正轉十二相智」—“As to the means of attainment: namely, within these very four noble truths, the knowledge of twelve aspects, rightly turned in three rounds”〔T30n1579 0843b09〕; 「如來知已,起世間心:阿若憍陳已解我法。地神知已」—“The Tathāgata, having known this, raised a worldly thought: Ājñāta Kauṇḍinya has understood my Dharma. The earth deities, having known this”〔T30n1579 0843b29〕 (secondary)0843b09·0843b29轉法輪·四聖諦·智、明、覺·地神·須臾·展轉 (turn the wheel of the Dharma · the four noble truths · knowledge, understanding, and awakening · the earth deities · a moment · in turn)
380 (Inclusion)「一切皆歸四聖諦攝。當知諸法略有二種。一、能知智」—“all are included in the four noble truths. It should be known that dharmas are, in brief, of two kinds: first, the knowledge that knows”〔T30n1579 0841c05〕0841c05四聖諦 (the four noble truths)
381No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should cultivate unbroken comprehension’, while the treatise speaks of ‘cultivating realization of the noble truths’ 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕——
382 (Attainment)「我當於後猶有所作,應當遍知未知苦諦,應當永斷未斷集諦」—“I still have something to do hereafter: I should fully know the truth of suffering not yet known, I should finally abandon the truth of arising not yet abandoned”〔T30n1579 0843b15〕0843b15苦·斷 (suffering · abandon)
383 (The Basis)「如實解了我已遍知,我已永斷,我已作證,我已修習,名現觀位」—“understanding as it really is: I have fully known, I have finally abandoned, I have realized, I have cultivated—this is called the stage of realization”〔T30n1579 0844a16〕; 「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」—“The complete ending of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned on first seeing the truths. Making an end of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned by the arhat”〔T30n1579 0844a23〕 (secondary)0844a16·0844a23斷·修·苦邊 (abandon · cultivate · the end of suffering) (the treatise has 「作證」—“realize,” the sūtra 「已證」—“has realized”; the words differ)
384 (The Basis · Function)「正盡苦者,謂初見諦所斷眾苦。作苦邊者,謂阿羅漢所斷眾苦」—“The complete ending of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned on first seeing the truths. Making an end of suffering: namely, the sufferings abandoned by the arhat”〔T30n1579 0844a23〕0844a23阿羅漢 (arhat)
385No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the passage under Finally, the Three Quests, 「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉」—“Further, through the heightened power of the quest for pure conduct, the arising of faith is spoken of first; next, one proceeds to take up training in morality”〔T30n1579 0847a07〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0847a07梵行 (pure conduct)
386No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; for the earlier phrase of having known and abandoned, see the pairing of Discourse 383 〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕——
387No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the discourse explains its five phrases itself, and the treatise lacks the words 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕——
388No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; for the earlier phrase of having known and abandoned, see the pairing of Discourse 383 〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕——
389 (Characteristics)「復次,苦諦如諸疾病;集諦如起病因;滅諦如病生已,而得除愈」—“Further, the truth of suffering is like the diseases; the truth of arising is like the cause from which disease arises; the truth of cessation is like a disease that, having arisen, is cured”〔T30n1579 0843c18〕0843c18病·良醫·如來 (disease · good physician · Tathāgata)
390 (The Reasoned · Characteristics · Faults)「復次,背聖諦智、不成現觀,諸有沙門、若婆羅門」—“Further, those ascetics or brāhmaṇas who turn their backs on the knowledge of the noble truths and do not accomplish realization”〔T30n1579 0843c24〕; 「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應」—“Further, if there are ascetics or brāhmaṇas who are not yet joined with the knowledge of the noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845b09〕 (secondary)0843c24·0845b09沙門·婆羅門·如實知 (ascetic · brāhmaṇa · know as it really is)
391 (Characteristics)「謂有勝義諸沙門等,意不許彼為沙門等;言亦不數為沙門等」—“namely, the ascetics and others in the ultimate sense do not in mind allow them to be ascetics and the like, nor in word count them as ascetics and the like”〔T30n1579 0843c25〕0843c25沙門·數 (ascetic · count)
392 (Characteristics)「於諸惡趣亦未解脫。堪能棄捨正所學處;不堪能證諸出世間過人勝法」—“nor are they yet liberated from the evil destinations. They are able to abandon the points of training they have rightly taken up; they are not able to realize the supramundane superhuman excellent states”〔T30n1579 0843c27〕; 「堪能尋訪除學無學餘外福田;於超苦苦更不還果,無所堪能;於現法中究竟悟解」—“they are able to seek out other fields of merit besides those in training and those beyond training; for passing beyond the suffering of suffering and for the fruit of not returning again, they have no ability; for final awakening and understanding in this present life”〔T30n1579 0844a01〕0843c27·0844a01解脫·惡趣·堪能·過人·福田·苦 (liberated · evil destinations · able · superhuman · field of merit · suffering)
393 (The Basis)「應知是處,於善說法毘奈耶中淨信出家,名得依處」—“It should be known that this basis—leaving home in pure faith within the well-taught Dharma and Vinaya—is called attaining the basis”〔T30n1579 0844a07〕0844a07信·出家·無上 (faith · leave home · unsurpassed)
394 (Function)「謂此諦智是能永滅眾苦前行,如日將出,先現明相。正盡苦者」—“namely, this knowledge of the truths is what goes before the final cessation of the sufferings, as when the sun is about to rise the sign of light first appears. The complete ending of suffering”〔T30n1579 0844a22〕0844a22日·明相·正盡苦 (sun · the sign of light · the complete ending of suffering)
395 (Function)「如日光明能破世間所有大闇。又如有一,」—“just as the light of the sun can break all the great darkness of the world. And as there is one,”〔T30n1579 0844a26〕0844a26日·明·闇·世間 (sun · light · darkness · world) (the treatise has 「光明」—“light,” the sūtra 「明照」—“illumined”; the words differ)
396 (Function · The Great Meaning)「已證諦智,永斷三結。從此無間,由失念故,」—“who has realized the knowledge of the truths and finally abandoned the three bonds. Immediately after this, through loss of mindfulness,”〔T30n1579 0844a27〕; 「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在,諸惡趣苦皆已越度」—“namely, for those in training, at most the suffering of seven births among humans and gods remains, and the sufferings of the evil destinations have all been passed beyond”〔T30n1579 0846a13〕 (secondary)0844a27·0846a13三結·無間·七·惡趣 (the three bonds · immediately · seven · evil destinations) (the treatise has 「人天」—“humans and gods,” the sūtra 「天人」—“gods and humans,” in reversed order)
397 (Function)「如睒彌葉。當知餘似娑羅枝葉,四聖諦智漸次集成一切圓滿」—“is like śamī leaves. It should be known that the rest resembles the branches and leaves of the sāla, the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed by degrees, all fulfilled”〔T30n1579 0844b15〕0844b15葉 (leaves)
398 (Function)「所有悟解不假他緣。不視他面,彼將何說我當聽受」—“whatever he awakens to and understands does not depend on other conditions. He does not look to the faces of others, thinking, ‘What will he say, that I may listen and accept it’”〔T30n1579 0844b09〕0844b09不視他面·猛風 (not looking to the faces of others · fierce winds)
399 (Function)「八方猛風不能傾動,一切異論不能移轉。」—“which fierce winds from the eight directions cannot shake; no divergent doctrines can move him.”〔T30n1579 0844b08〕0844b08風·傾動·論·石 (wind · shake · doctrines · stone) (the treatise has 「猛風」—“fierce winds,” the sūtra 「四方風吹」—“the wind blows from the four directions”; the words differ)
400 (Function)「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」—“Born in the hells there are, in brief, two sufferings: first, the suffering of burning; second, the suffering of punishment.”〔T30n1579 0844b18〕0844b18苦 (suffering)
401 (Function)「於現法中一身滅壞而可得者,應生踊躍歡喜忍受。縱毀百身尚應歡喜」—“if it can be obtained in this present life by the destruction of one body, one should leap with joy and gladly endure it. Even were a hundred bodies destroyed, one should still rejoice”〔T30n1579 0844b22〕0844b22受·百 (endure · hundred)
402 (Obstacles)「告諸弟子言:我已於四聖諦理得現觀故,證覺無上正等菩提」—“he said to his disciples: Because I have attained realization of the principle of the four noble truths, I have realized unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”〔T30n1579 0844c01〕0844c01四聖諦 (the four noble truths) (the treatise has 「正等菩提」—“right and perfect awakening,” the sūtra 「平等正覺」—“fully and evenly awakened”; the words differ)
403 (Obstacles)「故復說言:我昔與汝輩,長世久流轉,由未正思惟」—“he therefore further said: Formerly I, with all of you, long wandered on through the ages, because we had not rightly reflected”〔T30n1579 0844c03〕0844c03與汝等·生死·後有 (with you · birth and death · later existence)
404 (Obstacles)「譬如大地諸草木葉;為他說者少不足言,譬如手中升攝波葉」—“like the leaves of the grasses and trees of the great earth; what I teach to others is too little to mention, like the śiṃśapā leaves in the hand”〔T30n1579 0844c11〕0844c11手中·葉·無量 (in the hand · leaves · measureless)
405 (Obstacles · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain)「筈筈無遺,甚為希有。或復一毛析為百分,以毛𥎞毛」—“notch upon notch without a miss, which is very rare; or again a hair split into a hundred parts, striking hair with hair”〔T30n1579 0844c17〕0844c17箭·一毛·百分·難 (arrow · a hair · a hundred parts · hard)
406 (Obstacles · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain)「無墜人身甚為難得。復引盲龜以況其事。云何放逸?」—“a human body not fallen away is very hard to obtain. He further cites the blind turtle to illustrate the matter. What is heedlessness?”〔T30n1579 0844c25〕0844c25盲龜·人身·難 (blind turtle · human body · hard)

Of the five items of the uddāna on nutriment in fascicle ninety-four and the twelve items of the uddāna on the truths in fascicle ninety-five, those that correspond to the discourses of this fascicle are listed in the table above; of the twelve items on the truths, the one item The Truth of Arising has no shared words in this fascicle (fourth topic, section 8), and the one item Black Ripening and the Rest has only a correspondence of meaning (fourth topic, section 15).

② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):

DiscourseTaishō note (verbatim)Anchor
365「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」0101a06
366「S. 12. 4-9. Vipassī, &c.」0101a16
367「S. 12. 83. Sikkhā.」0101b08
368「S. 12. 84. Yoga.」0101b17
369No Taishō note recorded—
370No Taishō note recorded—
371「S. 12. 11. Āhārā.(食)」0101c25
372「S. 12. 12. Phagguna.」0102a12
373「S. 12. 63. Puttamaṃsa.」0102b18
374「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0102c28
375「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103a13
376「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103a21
377「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103b08
378「S. 12. 64. Atthi rāgo.」0103b24
379「S. 56. 11-12. Tathāgatena vuttā.」0103c13
380No Taishō note recorded—
381No Taishō note recorded—
382「S. 56. 29. Abhiññeya.」0104b13
383No Taishō note recorded—
384「S. 56. 25. Āsavakkhaya.」0104b29
385No Taishō note recorded—
386No Taishō note recorded—
387No Taishō note recorded—
388「S. 56. 13. Khandha, 14. Āyatana.」0105a13
389No Taishō note recorded—
390「S. 56. 5-6. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0105b21
391「S. 56. 5-6. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0105c09
392「S. 56. 22. Vijjā.」0105c15
393「S. 56. 34. Kulaputta.」0106a16
394「S. 56. 37-38. Suriyupamā.」0106b24
395「S. 56. 37-38. Suriyupamā.」0106c02
396No Taishō note recorded—
397「S. 56. 32. Khadira.」0107a03
398「S. 56. 39. Indakhīla.(因陀羅柱)」0107a28
399「S. 56. 40. Vādino.」0107b16
400「S. 56. 34. Cela.」0107b27
401「S. 56. 35. Sattisata.」0107c11
402「S. 56. 23-24. Sammāsambuddha.」0107c25
403「S. 56. 21. Vijjā.」0108a04
404「S. 56. 31. Siṃsapā(申恕)」0108a24
405「S. 56. 45. Chiggala(孔)」0108b13
406No Taishō note recorded—

The Taishō notes number thirty-one (one of them, for Discourse 365, a cross-reference marked 「cf.」—“cf.”); Discourses 366–378 fall under 「S. 12.」—“S. 12.” and Discourses 379–405 under 「S. 56.」—“S. 56.”; eleven discourses, Discourses 369, 370, 380, 381, 383, 385, 386, 387, 389, 396, and 406, have none recorded. Of the forty-two discourses, thirty-one have coordinates. For the one note of Discourse 393, the current collated text lists separately 「cf. S. 56. 3-4. Kulaputta.」, which differs from what the original Taishō note records; the two are recorded together without adjudication. 「S. 56. 34. Kulaputta.」 of Discourse 393 and 「S. 56. 34. Cela.」 of Discourse 400 share a number but differ in name, and are copied as originally recorded. 「S. 56. 22. Vijjā.」 of Discourse 392 and 「S. 56. 21. Vijjā.」 of Discourse 403 share a name but differ in number, and are copied as originally recorded.

The Taishō notes also carry notes of transcription for names within the discourses, recorded verbatim here for reference: 「見法般涅槃 Diṭṭhadhammanibbāna.」 (0101a07, final nirvāṇa in this very life); 「Vipassin.」 (0101a17); 「尸棄,毘濕波浮,迦羅迦孫提,迦那迦牟尼,迦葉 Sikhī, Vessabhū, Kakusandha Koṇāgamana, Kassapa.」 (0101b05); 「頗求那 Phagguna.」 (0102a16); 「Koṇḍañña.」 (0104a10); 「Aññāta koṇḍañña.」 (0104a13); 「佉提羅 Khadira.」 (0107a10); 「純曇摩 Paduma(?)」 (0107a19); 「摩樓迦 Māluvā(?)」 (0107a20); 「Licchavī.」 (0108b15).

③ Variants of the Alternate Translation: no parallel discourse is found in the Alternate Translation (see the second topic).

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0